livingage172 article [November 8] An essay urging the British to take up the mantle of polar exploration once again and critiquing the practice of exploration. The Living Age An Arctic Expedition in 1874 Arctic exploration Arctic science 341-347 November 8 119 1873 1535 Magazine article 1873-11 magazine144 article [November] An international meteorological congress was recently held in Hamburg, when it was suggested how desirable it would be to extend the various stations for the International Weather Bureau as near as possible to the North Pole, while such stations could at the same time serve as bases for Arctic exploring expeditions. It was even suggested that thus an attempt could be made to approach the North Pole gradually by means of a series of stations which should narrow the circle around that much coveted spot. It is reported from Copenhagen that as Greenland belongs to Denmark, the government intends to as a considerable vote toward defraying the expenses of a Danish Arctic expedition, so as not to be left too far behind by the Swedes. It is to be hoped that the plan which for a long time [this refers to the Howgate scheme for "polar colonization"] has been urged by the New York Herald, and other influential journals, will at last be realized, namely that several vessels be prepared adapted for the service; that supplies of every conceivable kind be gathered together for not a mere single hibernation in some ice-locked bay, but for a protracted siege of years in duration; that a sufficient number of men be enlisted for the undertaking, with unstinted bounties, and that a trusty leader be found to command the forlorn hope which is always to precede the main body and mark out its pathway. It is proposed that this advance guard should proceed on ships as far north as practicable, and then a permanent camp should be established amid perpetual ice. At intervals from this camp to the open Atlantic other camps are to be made on shore, if it is possible, and if not, vessels of supply are to be stationed and a constant communication kept up between the innermost explorers and the outer world. The foremost camp should, as rapidly as possible, be made a grand depot of men and supplies, and employed as the base for northward advances. From its shelter there should be a continual pushing forward and the establishment of a cordon of depots as far north as should be indispensable to the support and safety of the vanguard, who are to be always on the move ahead, and whose ranks are to be supplied right along with fresh men to replace the broken down and sick. [entire item] The Manufacturer and builder: A monthly journal devoted to the advancement and diffusion of practical science Beleaguering the North Pole International Polar Year 1882-1883 IPY1 planning 249 November 11 1879 11 Magazine article 1879-11 magazine209 article [August] This memoir to the Forty-fifth Congress [1877-1879] was prepared by Henry W. Howgate, U. S. A., in the hope of convincing it of the wisdom of supporting a plan for the establishment of a temporary Arctic colony in the interest of scientific discovery. An outline map of the North Polar regions of the western hemisphere, showing the location of the proposed colony on Lady Franklin Bay, prefaces the memorial. This is laid down at the mouth of Lady Franklin Channel, on the northern shore or Hall Basin. At Hall Basin is the confluence of the waters of Kennedy Channel and Peterman Fiord from the south with Lady Franklin Sound and Robeson Channel from the north. It lies a little south of the eighty-second parallel of north latitude, and between longitude 64 deg. and 66 deg., on what is called Grant Land, the northern borders of which are washed by the Polar Sea. [first paragraph] Online at Google Books http://books.google.ca/books?id=JH4FAAAAQAAJ&pg=PA524 The Magazine of American History with Notes and Queries Polar Colonization - Memorial to Congress and Action of Scientific and Commercial Associations Howgate expedition (1877-1878) Arctic research 524-525 August 3 1879 8 Magazine article 1879-08 magazine113 article [September] It may be interesting to mention that Arctic exploration is more actively prosecuted this year than ever before, there being, according to report, more expeditions simultaneously engaged in the world of exploration than have ever been employed in the Northern seas at one time. ... Finally, we have the Howgate expedition, to test the value of the plan of establishing stations or colonies, and gradually pushing these forward until at length the Pole is reached. The steamer "Gulnare," charged with the task of establishing the pioneer Polar colony, has sailed for Smith's Sound for the purpose, and the colony will be planted somewhere about latitude 82 deg. N. This station will be maintained as long as may be necessary, and a vessel will pay it an annual visit with fresh supplies and recruits, while the colonists, as rapidly as they become acclimatized, will push their stations further to the North. Germany and Italy, it is reported, have each decided to send out an Antarctic expedition; and lastly, a British Arctic expeditions is about to be organized to test the feasibility of the plan of Commander Cheyne, who designs to reach the Pole with the aid of balloons... (p. 207). The Manufacturer and builder: A monthly journal devoted to the advancement and diffusion of practical science Arctic Exploration International Polar Year 1882-1883 Arctic exploration Howgate expedition (1880) Antarctic exploration 207 September 12 1880 9 Magazine article 1880-09 magazine207 article [In the House of Representatives at Washington, on January 15, 1880, Mr. Whitthorne, from the Committee on Naval Affairs, submitted a report from which the following extracts are made:] The Committee on Naval Affairs, to whom was referred House Bill No. 1823, "to authorize and equip an expedition the Arctic Seas," having had the same under consideration, have directed the same to be reported back to the House with a substitute therefor, and thereupon to recommend the adoption and passage of said substitute, herewith submitted: In making this report the committee respectfully state and report that the object of the bill, as is shown by its terms, is to authorize a temporary station to be selected within the Arctic Circle, for the purpose of making scientific discoveries, explorations, and observations, obtaining all possible facts and knowledge in relation to the magnetic currents of the earth, the influence of ice-floes therefrom upon the winds and seasons and upon the currents of the ocean, as well as other matters incidental thereto, developing and discovering at the same time other and new whaler-fisheries, now so material in many respects to this country. It is, again, the object of this bill that this expedition, having such scientific observations in view, shall be regularly made for a series of years, under such restrictions of military discipline as will insure regularity and accuracy, and give the fullest possible return for the necessary expenditure; and, again, in view of the fact that either the governments directly, or scientific corps under their authority, of Germany, Holland, Norway, Sweden, Austria, Denmark, and Russia, have concurrently agreed to establish similar stations, with like object, during the year 1880, it is believed that the interests and policy of our people concur in demanding that the United States should co-operate in the grand efforts to be thus made in the solution of the mysteries and secrets of the North Polar Seas, upon which, in the opinion of scientists, depends so much that affects the health and wealth of the human race. (p. 655) Online at http://books.google.ca/books?id=SBMLAAAAYAAJ Kansas City Review of Science and Industry, A Monthly Record of Progress in Science, Mechanic Arts and Literature Expeditions to the Arctic Seas, Congressional Report Howgate expedition (1880) Arctic exploration International Polar Year 1882-1883 655-659 February 3 1880 11 Magazine article [February] This is the House of Representatives report on the House bill on the support for the Howgate scheme; pairs with the Senate report of the bill Report 512, 21 April 1880 (howgate-Reports_of_Committees1880.pdf) 1880-02 magazine117 article [December 25] Preparations are being made by nearly all the countries of Europe and by American for a regular Arctic siege, to begin in 1882; the days of Arctic campaigns are past. We have reached the precincts of the citadel itself, and now the sappers and miners must begin their slow but sure work, to be capped at the proper time by a grand assault. Germany, Austria, Norway, Sweden, Russia, Denmark, the United States, and we believe Canada are all to take part in this great work by establishing observing stations at suitable points all around the polar area; while Italy is to send out next year a scientifically equipped expedition to the Antarctic region, our knowledge of which is meagre and uncertain. This last will really be an observing as well as an exploring expedition, preparatory to the establishment of an Antarctic station. Should our Geographical Society take any steps in the direction of Arctic work, we trust it will not be to encourage the foolish venture for which the country has been been canvassed for subscriptions for years. We hope that Society will see that as a scientific body, its duty is to encourage a scientific method of work; and if it appeals to government at all, let it be to urge it, for the honour of our country, to join in the concert of both hemispheres for the siege of the Polar citadel. We have already pointed out on several occasions the vast gains to science that might be expected from the work of a series of Polar observatories established on the plans so ably sketched by Lieut. Weyprecht. The Living Age The Future of Polar Research International Polar Year 1882-1883 IPY1 planning Polar research Polar exploration 816-819 December 25 147 1880 1906 Magazine article URL: http://cdl.library.cornell.edu/cgi-bin/moa/moa-cgi?notisid=ABR0102-0147-15 1880-12 magazine28 article [April] Article touches on a Jeanette search expedition being put together and speculation on another arctic expedition. Concludes with this: "News comes from Washington that two polar expeditions are to be fitted out and sent north in the coming summer, under the direction of General Hazen, Chief Signal Officer, for purely scientific purposes. One, to Lady Franklin's bay, is to be under the command of Lieut. Greeley, one of the most trusted officers of the Signal Corps; the other will sail from San Francisco and will establish itself at Point Barrow, on the north coast of Alaska. The commanding officer of the second expedition has not yet been designated. -- Mining and Scientific Press." Online in Canadiana Online. The Scientific Canadian Mechanics' Magazine and Patent Office Record Polar Exploration International Polar Year 1882-1883 Jeannette Arctic Expedition (1879-1881) U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) U.S. IPY expedition Barrow (1882-1883) 99 April 9 1881 4 Magazine article 1881-04 magazine179 article [March] Captain Dawson, who is in command of one of the British circumpolar expeditions, gives in Nature this picture of River and Lake Athabasca.... The Manufacturer and builder: A monthly journal devoted to the advancement and diffusion of practical science A Remote Northern Settlement International Polar Year 1882-1883 British IPY expedition to Fort Rae (1882-1883) 67 March 15 1883 3 Magazine article 1883-03 magazine178 article [October] Commentary on the return of the U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884), under Adolphus W. Greely (1844-1935). Online at the Making of America, Cornell University Library. Harper's New Monthly Magazine Editor's Easy Chair [Greely return commentary] U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) International Polar Year 1882-1883 793-794 October 69 1884 413 Magazine article 1884-10 magazine29 article [August 9] Account of the preparations for the successful Greenland crossing from a popular "moral" publication. Interesting is the dense typesetting of this sort of material. Online at Canadiana Online. Northern Messenger, Devoted to Temperance, Science, Education, and Literature The Nansen Greenland Expedition Polar exploration Fridtjof Nansen Greenland expedition (1888) Greenland 4 August 9 24 1889 16 Magazine article 1889-08 magazine254 article [March 31] South Pole - Most of today's visitors to the South Pole come by plane, courtesy of the New York Air National Guard's special Hercules cargo aircraft. Much has changed in the 95 years since people first visited the Pole. The recently completed United States South Pole Station has most of the amenities of home, even if its 200 or so occupants are allowed only two-minute showers, twice a week. Another thing that has changed is motive. Once, Antarctic science was strictly for eccentrics. It was poorly financed and the reason for paying anything at all was as much to do with keeping a toehold in the place as for the sheer joy of acquiring knowledge. Now the continent and its northern antipodes are seen as crucial to understanding the Earth's climate and how it changes. That understanding has become so pressing that some 60 countries are planning to spend a total of $1.5 billion to send more than 10,000 researchers north and south for the International Polar Year, which started this month. (Document Summary) The Economist Special Report: To coldly go - Antarctic science; Antarctic science Antarctica International Polar Year 2007-2008 105 March 31 382 2007 8522 Magazine article 2007-03 case204 article [July] Record of resolutions by three organizations in support of the Howgate scheme: St. Louis Medical Society of Missouri, April 26, 1879; Merchant' Exchange of St Louis, Feb. 13, 1879; St. Louis Academy of Sciences, April 21, 1879 Kansas City Review of Science and Industry, A Monthly Record of Progress in Science, Mechanic Arts and Literature Geographical Notes [record of resolutions in support of Howgate scheme] Howgate expedition (1880) Arctic exploration 150-151 July 3 1879 3 Magazine article 1879-07 fanta370 article [July] The article offers information on the International Polar Year (IPY), an internationally coordinated scientific program to study both polar regions through all of the scientific disciplines. The year observed from March 1, 2007 through March 1, 2008, is organized through the International Council for Science (ICSU) and the World Meteorological Organization (WMO). It will focus on six scientific themes namely Status, Change, Global linkages, New frontiers, Vantage Point and Human dimensions. Americas International Polar Year International Polar Year 2007-2008 12-13 July 59 2007 4 Magazine article 2007-07 greely176 article [September] "In later years Arctic expeditions have been so common as to excite only local comment, and there are not half a dozen men in this country who can name two out of three of the many voyages of the last fifteen years. It is not inappropriate, then, that the three important expeditions of this year should be briefly discussed, since all three have for their end and aim the attainment of the farthest north--the reaching of the North Pole. ... These voyages are not only made under the auspices of three different nations, but follow three widely-separated routes in their lines of operation. Dr. Fridtjof Nansen, the Norwegian, goes by the New Siberian Islands or the Asiatic route; Mr. C. R. Jackson, the Englishman, by Franz Josef Land, or the European pathway; while our own countryman, the gallant and successful Peary, continues in the distinctly American route, through Baffin Bay, with the west coast of Greenland as his base of supplies" (p. 288). The North American Review Polar Probabilities of 1894 Arctic exploration 287-298 September 157 1893 442 Magazine article 1893-09 headley206 article [February] "No one takes any interest in the southern pole. No conjecture is wasted as to whether an open polar sea exists there, and no attempts are made to reach it" (p. 614). "No effort is made to reach it, and it is in a double sense 'left out in the cold.' It is taken for granted that there is neither land nor open polar sea there, nothing of any value to the explorer nor the man of science, and all the interest is gathered around the north pole, and all efforts directed thither. This perhaps is not strange, for the south pole seems outside of human interests, bears no pari in human activity, while the north pole is intimately linked with man's destiny" (p. 615). "...the north pole is so completely interwoven with man's interest and destiny, that it is not surprising it should occupy so much of his thoughts. Great effort and sacrifices have been made to reach it, man has steadily pushed his adventurous efforts farther and farther north, till he has reached a point only some four hundred miles distant from it" (p. 615). "The Howgate expedition, as it is called, is based on an entirely new plan, and embraces all the elements of success, if success is possible" (p. 616). "It is useless to mention all the advantages to science that these explorations may secure--one thing is certain, if there is an open polar sea, it is impossible to estimate the value of the results that will follow its discovery" (p. 617). Kansas City Review of Science and Industry, A Monthly Record of Progress in Science, Mechanic Arts and Literature The Benefits of Arctic Exploration Polar exploration Arctic exploration Antarctic exploration Howgate expedition (1880) 614-617 February 3 1880 10 Magazine article 1880-02 howgate205 article [December] Presents the colony idea in the context of the October 1879 International Geographical Congress meeting in Hamburg "for the purpose of securing harmonious action on the part of governments and geographical societies of Europe and America in the world of Arctic exploration" (p. 451). Kansas City Review of Science and Industry, A Monthly Record of Progress in Science, Mechanic Arts and Literature International Polar Stations International Polar Year 1882-1883 Howgate expedition (1880) 451-455 December 3 1879 8 Magazine article 1879-12 humphrey323 article [November/December] With the sailing of the Naval Task Force 43 to Antarctica in mid-November, the United States commenced the first operational phase in one of the most important scientific endeavors ever undertaken--the International Geophysical Year of 1957-58. The IGy will represent the most comprehensive physical study of the Planet Earth ever put into operation. More than 40 nations are cooperating, and altogether the equivalent of tens of millions of dollars will be spent for special observations. Areas receiving special attention will include the Arctic and Antarctica Regions and the Equatorial Belt. In addition, chains of stations will be located along three longitudinal lines at 10 deg. East, passing through Western Europe and Western Africa; 140 deg. East, crossing Siberia, Japan, and Australia; and along 70 deg. to 80 deg. West through the Americas. Weatherwise Looking Back 50 Years Ago: The USNC-IGY Antarctic Program International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 U.S. Task Force 43 U. S. IGY participation (1957-1958) 14 November/December 58 2005 6 Magazine article 2005-11 lawes268 article [March 8] For Canada's academic and government scientists, it was a long-awaited financial boost for a research field given new life after decades of neglect. For Canada's "new government", it was an opportunity to bolster its green credentials with an electorate that ranks climate change as its top concern. On March 1, Environment minister, John Baird and Indian and northern Affairs minister Jim Prentice shared centre stage with scientists and Inuit leaders at Ottawa's Museum of Civilization to announce 44 research projects to be funded as part of the government's $150-million commitment to the International Polar Year 2007-08 (IPY). ... The $150M investment ... still represents the single largest commitment Canada has ever made to northern research. Research Money $150M for IPY signals Canada's latest attempt to rebuild northern research capacity International Polar Year 2007-2008 Research funding Canada 5 March 8 21 2007 4 Magazine article 2007-03 markham173 article [April] "I have now endeavored, in as detailed a manner as the space placed at my disposal in this Review will admit, to set before my readers the various attempts that have been made during the last three centuries to reach the North Pole. It will be seen that science, experience and modern inventions and improvements have not, after all, assisted us very materially in reaching that hitherto inaccessible spot [the North Pole]" (p. 493). "There is, at the present moment, an area of about a million and a half square miles, the approximate centre of which is the North Pole, that is absolutely unknown" (p. 494). "The great desideratum therefore in selecting a route for Polar exploration, is the presence of land trending to the northward. So long as this can be found, so sure is it that its northern termination, however far it may be situationed, will be reached. ... Taking all things into consideration, it seems to me more than likely that, when the North Polar problem is solved--and solved it assuredly will be--the solution of it will be found in the direction of Franz Josef Land. It is by this route, I feel sure, that the greatest amount of geographical success is to be achieved." (pp. 494-5). "In conclusion, I am inclined to think that everything is in favor of the solution of the problem, and although we are well aware that the North Polar nut is a hard one to crack, it is one that is well worth cracking, and cracked it undoubtedly will be before many years have elapsed. The introduction of steam as a motive power to ships will materially facilitate the solution, nor must we omit to mention the great improvements that have lately been effected in the conservation of provisions of all kinds and descriptions, for these will materially minimize the evil effects of sickness, particularly scurvy; while our increased knowledge of hygienic principles will enable us to keep our ships, or other habitations for the explorers, in a pure and healthy state, and, finally the valuable experience we have already gained in all those expeditions that have wintered in the Arctic regions, will be of the greatest importance in furthering the successful efforts of future attempts to solve the North Polar problem" (p. 496). The North American Review The North Polar Problem Arctic exploration North Pole 486-497 April 162 1896 473 Magazine article 1896-04 matthews343 article [November] National Geographic Magazine Antarctica's Nearer Side Antarctic research 622-655 November 140 1971 5 Magazine article Matthews, Samuel W.: Antarctica's nearer side. Photographs by William R. Curtsinger. In National Geographic. Vol. 140, No. 5, November 1971, map, illust., pp. 622-655 (double columns). Pict. wrappers. 1971-11 nourse115 article [October] A full affirmative answer could be made to this inquiry; its outlines only can be laid down within an open letter. The reply may run counter to a widely entertained feeling, yet it is justified by history, and is due to the interests of science. Sympathy with the losses sustained by the De Long and Greely expeditions is sincere, deep, and wide-spread. But sympathy with the sufferers, and with the bereaved, cannot dim the value of the results secured by the sufferings of the lost and the living. Their work is compensation for at least something of the severe sacrifices made, and history shows that the well-being of man has ever been and will be advanced by sacrifice. To meet the inquiry fairly, is to recall the true objects and gains of Arctic exploration; its history, like that of other experimental progress, begins with a single object which, in the logic of events, evolves other and far more important issues. Its gains have been made with remarkably small loss of life, for the whole number of deaths occurring in all the Arctic expeditions from the year 1819 to 1875 was but one and seven-tenths per cent. of officers and crews, while in carrying on the work of the fourteen meteorological stations of the past two year, but two deaths have occurred outside of Greely's party of Lady Franklin bay. With the sufferings of Greely's men before their minds, people were heard to exclaim: "Four miles nearer the Pole! Is this worth nineteen lives?" Forgetting the true objects of Arctic exploration, they lose sight of all but the polar problem alone, and they deal inconsistently with event this, the origin of more important issues. (p. 952) The Century Magazine: A Popular Quarterly Is Arctic Exploration Worth its Cost? Arctic exploration International Polar Year 1882-1883 U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) 952-953 October 28 1884 6 Magazine article 1884-10 quilty326 article [June] IGY followed in the tradition of a central role for geophysics in scientific research, which began with the 1829 voyage of Henry Foster in Chanticleer to measure gravity and magnetic features, and continued with the search for the South Magnetic Pole in the mid-19th century. The idea for IGY arose during dinner in honour of the renowned physicist Sydney Chapman, at the home of James van Allen (after whom the Van Allen Radiation Belt is named). In 1950 the idea was formally proposed to the International Council of Scientific Unions, which welcomed it and established an organising committee. From the beginning the programme was to be purely scientific, with no concern for politics or finances, which would be the responsibility of participating nations. ... The IGY was the first major international scientific effort with a dedicated Antarctic component. The first polar year in 1882-83, involving 12 nations, had 15 expeditions but only two in the Southern Hemisphere - at Orange Bay in southern Tierra del Fuego and one on South Georgia. The year recognised that the study of global meteorology and geophysical phenomena required large scale international collaboration, and thus set a precedent for collaborative work. The second polar year, involving 40 nations, investigated the global implications of the newly discovered jet stream, and saw advances in meteorology, magnetism and atmospheric science. In the spirit of these collaborative successes the IGY involved 67 nations. Research was conducted at a time when many aspects of Earth?s magnetic field were unknown, and continental drift was not widely accepted. (p. 4) Australian Antarctic Magazine Around the World in 365 Days International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Geophysical research 4-5 June 12 2007 Magazine article 2007-06 magazine174 article [November] Account of Andree's presentation on his balloon expedition. Online at http://cdl.library.cornell.edu/cgi-bin/moa/moa-cgi?notisid=ABP2287-0055-30 The Century Magazine: A Popular Quarterly Andree's Flight into the Unknown. Andree at the Congress of 1895 Arctic exploration Salomon August Andr\'{e}e Arctic balloon expedition (1897) 155-156 November 55 1897 1 Magazine article 1897-11 stadling175 article [November] The Century Magazine: A Popular Quarterly Andree's Flight into the Unknown. Impressions and Photographs of an Eye-witness Arctic exploration Salomon August Andr\'{e}e Arctic balloon expedition (1897) 81-88 November 55 1897 1 Magazine article illustrated 1897-11 stout208 article [August] When, on a former occasion, we advocated the passage of a resolution by this Academy, addressed to the Congress of the United States, advocating and soliciting the desired authority and appropriation of funds to organize the Howgate Expedition, to explore the Arctic Zone, and, if possible, reach as far north as the North Pole, the objective question was asked (and properly enough), "In what good can it result?" Cui bono? The answer was, that a full reply to the query would fill an octavo volume. We now offer a concise and condensed answer to the question. (pp. 604-605) Kansas City Review of Science and Industry, A Monthly Record of Progress in Science, Mechanic Arts and Literature Arctic Discovery Polar exploration Howgate expedition (1880) Geomagnetism 204-214 August 3 1879 4 Magazine article 1879-08 wellman116 article [February] Account of the arrival of the expedition in Franz Josef Land and preparations for the winter and a sketch of plans for attempting the trip to the North Pole the following summer. Illustrated. The Century Magazine: A Popular Quarterly On the Way to the Pole: The Wellman Polar Expedition Polar exploration Wellman Polar Expedition (1898) 531-538 February 57 1899 4 Magazine article 1899-02 yarnall188 article [November] We regret to record the failure of the Howgate expedition, the Gulnare having returned home from Disco, being found to be unseaworthy. Dr. Parry, the naturalist of the expedition, remained in Greenland for the winter. [entire item] American Naturalist: An illustrated magazine of natural history Geography and travels: General notes Howgate expedition (1880) Arctic exploration 824 November 14 1880 Magazine article 1880-11 manchestertimes410 misc [April 14] The projected German Polar expedition is to start on its voyage in the beginning of May. It will consist of two exploring vessels (small wooden screw-steamers, of about 400 tons, and 80 to 100 horse-power), and a common sailing ship as transport-vessel. The latter is considered important, because the small steamers cannot take a sufficient quantity of coals, and consequently would have to lose much time, and have to go out of their way every 30 days to supply that want in some northern haven. The voyages is to be completed in six months; but the transport-vessel is to stop over the winter in one of the havens of Spitzbergen, in order to make meteorological and other scientific observations, for which purpose three competent men have offered their services, Dr. Fischer-Renzon for geology, Professor Kupffer for zoology, and the Austrian Ensign of the Marine Weyprecht for physical experiments. The aim and purpose in general of the expedition is, of course, the exploration of the Arctic central region. Special ends will be pursued by the investigation of the east coast of Greenland, the examination of the Gulf and Polar streams and their limits, by the geographical survey of new coasts, should any be discovered, by the measuring of the depth of the sea, &c. The equipment and provision of the expedition vessels have been calculated for the duration of two years. The expense is estimated at about 100,000 thalers, the greater part of which is to be covered by the Prussian government. The crews of the three ships will consist entirely of volunteers, as so many offers for service have been received by the commander of the expedition (Capt. Werner), from sailors of all ages, that he has only to select among the best. [entire item] Manchester Times Scientific Miscellany Arctic exploration Germany 7 April 14 1866 Newspaper article 1866-04 dailynews414 misc [September 26] To-day Captain Williams, of Sunderland, who recently undertook a polar expedition in the steamship Diana, belonging to Mr. Lamont, arrived in Dundee. The primary objects of the voyage was to proceed by way of the Kara Sea into the Gulf of Obi, for the purpose of ascertaining whether commerce could not be carried on between Europe and Central Asia on the confines of Tartary. It was also intended that Captain Wiggins should afford relief, if possible, to the Austrian explorers, and with this view Mr. Leigh Smith, of London, sent on board the Diana a large quantity of provisions. Daily News The Arctic Expedition of the Diana Arctic exploration Diana (vessel) 5 September 26 8868 1874 Newspaper article 1874-09 aberdeenjournal411 misc [September 30] It was scarcely to be expected that Austria would do much for Arctic exploration, more especially since Great Britain and America have had the Arctic regions pretty much to themselves. Great Britain has, however, apparently given up in despair the attempt to solve the mystery, reluctant to add to the number of the martyrs of the North-west Passage a new series of martyrs of the Pole. British seamen have advanced nearest the Pole on the eastern side, at Spitzbergen; American on the Western side, at Smith's Sound; and now an Austrian captain has approached, at a like distance with the others, from the Nova-Zembla side. Four years ago, the Austrian ship Tegetthof, commanded by Capt. Weyprecht, sailed for Greenland. The explorers were last heard of in 1872, on the eastmost coast of Spitzbergen. After that they disappeared in the ice to the north of Nova Zembla--the least tried of all the possible means of access to the open Polar sea, the existence of which the explorers on the west side seem so confident of; and since then, till a month ago, nothing was heard of them. Aberdeen Journal Arctic Exploration Arctic exploration Tegetthof (vessel) Austro-Hungarian North Pole Expedition (1872-1874) 8 September 30 6612 1874 Newspaper article 1874-09 dailyglobe245 misc [July 1] (From the Dundee Advertiser, June 4 [1874].) Yesterday the steamer Diana, which was recently chartered by Captain Wiggins, of Sunderland, for the purpose of proceeding on an exploring expedition in the Arctic Seas, sailed from Dundee. The vessel has been thoroughly equipped from the voyage, which it is expected will occupy about four months. Captain Brown, of Peterhead, who has much experience in Greenland, has been engaged as ice-master, and there will be a crew of fourteen hands. Captain Wiggins will himself control the operations, and the voyage will be undertaken by way of Nova Zembla. One object of it will be to make a search for the missing Austrian expedition which went out some two years ago, and regarding which no report has yet been received. It appears that the Austrian ship Tegetthoff had been fitted out by private enterprise; and from a circular which has been issued by Baron Wilczek to those who have friends on board, or who were in any way concerned in the vessel, we learn that the belief is that the state of affairs, as on the 21st August, 1872 (on which day the Tegetthoff was lying near the North Barent's Isle), had not changed. ... In Weyprecht, an eminent seamen, the crew had a splendid guide, and he was assisted by the experienced Payer and five other officers, each of whom was capable of commanding a ship.... Capt. Wiggins has received from Mr Leigh Smith, who went [on] a voyage of exploration in the Diana last year, a quantity of provisions for the use of the Austrian expedition should it be discovered. He has also obtained from Dr. Petterman [sic], of Gotha, a great variety of valuable charts, hints, and suggestions, and communications have passed between him and the Doctor up to the moment of the vessel leaving. Daily Globe Arctic Exploration. Sailing of the Steamer Diana from Scotland to "Look Out" for the Austrian Exploring Ship Tegetthoff Diana (vessel) Arctic exploration Barents Sea 4 July 1 1874 Newspaper article Got access to this through UCalgary. 1874-07 aberdeenjournal412 misc [September 30] On Friday morning last, the S.S. Diana, commanded by Captain Wiggins, of Sunderland, arrived in Dundee. The Diana left Dundee on the 4th June last, and entered the Kara Sea by the Waigates Straits on the 26th June. A much larger quantity of ice than usual was encountered. The vessel cruised about till the 4th of August, when she arrived off the Gulf of Obi. It was found to be quite open, but for many important reasons--one being the prevalence of strong currents down--it was not deemed expedient to attempt to ascend it. Aberdeen Journal Polar Expedition Arctic exploration Diana (vessel) 6 September 30 6612 1874 Newspaper article 1874-09 dailynews413 misc [September 26] Hamburg, Sept.23. Ever since it was known that the members of the Austrian Expedition would pass through this city on their way to Vienna great preparations were made to give them a hearty reception, and many well-known geographers and personal friends of the officers arrived from Vienna and Hungary to welcome them on German soil. Captain Payer, the chief of the Expedition, and Dr. Kepes, the naturalist, had been honoured with an invitation from the King of Sweden to visit him at Stockholm, and arrived in this city yesterday morning from the North; whilst Captain Weyprecht, of the Austrian Navy, who had the executive command of the maritime part of the Expedition, as well as the navigation, embarked at Tromsoe, with his view, on board the Norwegian steamer Finnmarken, Captain Siovertsen, for Hamburg, touching at Drontheim and Christiania. Daily News The Return of the Austrian Polar Expedition Arctic exploration Austro-Hungarian North Pole Expedition (1872-1874) 5 September 26 8868 1874 Newspaper article 1874-09 hampshiretelegraph418 misc [November 4] We to-day furnish our readers with a Chart of the region explored by the Arctic expedition, which has been issued from the Admiralty. All points of interest mentioned in the copious reports we published on Wednesday are clearly traced in it.... Hampshire Telegraph and Sussex Chronicle The Return of the Arctic Expedition Arctic exploration British Arctic Expedition (1875-1876) 4 November 4 4614 1876 Newspaper article 1876-11 graphic416 misc [August 25] The American Arctic Expedition, which is to leave New York next July, has sent out a pioneer vessel, the Florence, to establish the first station for supplies. ... The vessel is to winter on the west coast of Davis Strait, ... where the explorers will collect dogs and Eskimo hunters ready for next year. The main body of the expedition in 1878 will try to plant a colony of fifty men in Discovery Harbour, where the Discovery wintered in 1875-6, a spot chosen because game and coal can be found in the neighbourhood. Here the colony, consisting of three executive officers, two surgeons, and three naturalists, with forty-two men from the army or navy, would be left well provisioned and in a comfortable house for three years; while a second party would be established at Cape Joseph Henry, ninety miles to the north, and communication would be kept up by means of copper wire. From this second station the party would start for the Pole, as Captain Howgate, the promoter of the Expedition, believes that at some seasons lanes of water open up north of Robeson Channel, by which boats might journey towards the Pole if men were on the spot to seize the opportunity. He also thinks that land exists in lat. 85 deg.N., where another provision depot might be formed, and thus, even should no waterway be available, the desired goal might be reached by sledging parties. Anent Arctic voyages, Lieut. Weyprecht of the Austrian Polar Expedition of 1874, and Count Wilczek are going to spend a year in Nova Zembla to make meteorological observations. They wish to establish stations on the American plan, and propose the formation of colonies in Spitzbergen, on the Siberian coast, near the mouth of the Lesia [Lena], in 71 deg.N., near Point Barrow east of Behring Strait, and in Nova Zembla and East Greenland, while they also suggest a station on the Antarctic borders, at either Cape Horn, the Kerguelen, or Auckland Islands to make simultaneous observations. The Graphic The American Arctic Expedition Howgate expedition (1877-1878) International Polar Year 1882-1883 190 August 25 404 1877 Newspaper article 1877-08 newyorktimes200 misc [May 29] It is tolerably certain that when Congress meets again the bill appropriating $50,000 to equip and expedition to the Arctic seas, which failed last year owing to the political troubles, will become a law. The plan of the proposed expedition is known as the Howgate Polar Colonization Scheme.... New York Times Polar Colonization. The Howgate Scheme of Discovery--A Preliminary Expedition--Subscriptions Called For. Howgate expedition (1877-1878) Arctic exploration 8 May 29 1877 Newspaper article 1877-05 newspaper405 misc [September 25] The Alert screw sloop left Portsmouth yesterday morning early upon an expedition of considerable geographical and commercial importance. Sir George Nares goes out in his old ship, upon which something like 20,000 pounds has been expended in repairs and refitting since her return from her last famous voyage. This large expenditure was rendered necessary by reason of the inadaptability of her late arrangements for the present purpose. Before starting on the Polar expedition considerable alteration had to be made to render the interior of the ship proof, as far as possible, against the cold. ... On the 20th of last month [August 1878] Sir George Nares re-commissioned the Alert at Sheerness, and has now proceeded on exploring and surveying work in Magellan Straits and the South Pacific. The duration of the present voyage has been fixed at two years, but when the nature of the work is taken into account, it is not at all probably (says our Portsmouth correspondent) that the tight little craft will reach home at the end of double that period. Leeds Mercury The Alert Expedition Antarctic exploration British Arctic Expedition (1875-1876) Alert (vessel) 8 September 25 12624 1878 Newspaper article 1878-09 newspaper403 misc [August 10] Picture of the Jeannette [the former Pandora] and a map of the circumpolar world showing the unexplored areas and the highest points reached. The Graphic The American Arctic Expedition Arctic exploration Jeannette Arctic Expedition (1879-1881) Jeannette (vessel) 149 August 10 454 1878 Newspaper article 1878-08 liverpoolmercury401 misc [April 22] Further explorations of the arctic regions are (says the Times) being arranged. Professor Nordenskj\"{o}ld, the accomplished Swedish mineralogist, has already made an enduring name to himself by his explorations in Spitzbergen and Nova Zembla, and has shown great skill and done much service to commerce by taking a little steamer from Norway to the Yenissei in two successive summers--1875-6--his example having been successfully followed last summer [1877] by more than one expedition. Professor Nordenskj\"{o}ld has made a thorough and minute study of the meteorology and ice conditions of the entire coast from Norway to Behring's Straits, so that he will set out under very different conditions from those in which Willoughby and Chancellor sailed from Greenwich 300 years ago. Since the time of Barentz, no attempt has been made to force the north-east passage. But piecemeal, so to speak, nearly every mile of the north coast of Europe and Asia has been traversed, so that we have a pretty fair knowledge of the contour of the coast and of the movements of the ice which borders it. Liverpool Mercury Arctic Exploration Arctic exploration Northern Sea Route Adolf E. Nordenski\"{o}ld Vega Expedition (1878-79) 6 April 22 9444 1878 Newspaper article About Nordenskj\"{o}ld's Vega expedition 1878-04 newspaper404 misc [September 6] The Norwegian scientific Arctic expedition returned with the steamer Voringen to Tromsoe on the 26th of August having completed its third and last voyage for this year. The expedition left Hammerfast [sic] on the 28th of July for the last time. In consequence of a gale it was detained three days below the Bear Island, on which it landed during the night of the 2nd to the 3rd of August. Rich tusk fisheries were discovered on the coast. On the 5the August the expedition reached the south cape of Spitzbergen, and the polar stream and the ice boundary to the north-west on the 8th of August. Newcastle Courant Arctic Exploration by Norwegians Arctic exploration Norwegian scientific Arctic expedition (1878) Voringen (vessel) 5 September 6 10628 1878 Newspaper article 1878-09 graphic402 misc [May 18] The Arctic Regions are stated to be unusually suitable for research this year, as owing to the mild winter comparatively little ice has been formed, and this is now supposed to be breaking up and drifting south. Reports from Labrador and other high latitudes declare that there has been no season so favourable to northern exploration for the last thirty years. Accordingly, the Americans are very anxious to despatch their Howgate Expedition, which is to establish a series of Polar colonies, and Captain Howgate alleges that if the Expedition can start by July 25 the travellers will easily get as far north as Lady Franklin Bay, about lat. 82. Meanwhile, the Dutch Arctic Expedition, the Willem Barents, which intends to follow in the track of the old Dutch navigator, left Amsterdam on Sunday week. Jan Mayen Land will first be visited, and the Expedition will then skirt Spitzbergen and Amsterdam Island, where the graves of the Dutchmen who died there in 1633-5 are to be found, and monuments erected, while from thence the vessel will go to Nova Zembla, returning home before the winter. The Willem Barents is a sailing vessel of eighty tons, is provisioned for eighteen months, and carries fourteen persons. [entire item] The Graphic The Arctic Regions are stated to be unusually suitable for research this year Arctic exploration Howgate expedition (1877-1878) Willem Barents (vessel) Dutch Arctic expedition (1878) 490 May 18 1878 Newspaper article 1878-05 newspaper406 misc [September 27] Her Majesty's surveying ship Alert has now received the full text of her instructions from the Admiralty Hydrographer and Director-General of the Medical Department. Her cruise will last for two years, and the same description of extra clothing and muffled bedding as was used on the Arctic expedition has been issued for the use of the crew; but an intimation has been given that the extra rate of pay allowed on the former expedition will not now be granted. The Alert is to leave Portsmouth immediately after inspection by the First Lord of the Admiralty, and additional stores will be forwarded to her at Cape Horn by merchant vessels in the spring of 1879. Before Cook, no navigator had left Europe with the clear design of penetrating into the Antarctic regions. Dirk Gheritz, indeed, had been driven by a furious storm far to the south of Cape Horn, and became the involuntary discoverer of the ten Shetland Islands in 1600; but his voyage was soon forgotten. Newcastle Courant The New Antarctic Expedition Antarctic exploration Alert Cruise (1878-1882) Alert (vessel) 6 September 27 10631 1878 Newspaper article 1878-09 lloydsweekly399 misc [March 30] [Duplicate of the Hampshire Telegraph article of 30 March 1878] Intelligence from Washington states that the proposition for Polar exploration by the plan of colonisation has met with so much favour in Congress that the Bill to appropriate 50,000 dollars for the preliminary expedition has passed the Senate, and has been favourably reported upon by the House Committee on Commerce. Should the Bill pass the House not later than the present month, there will be time for the expedition to sail this year, but if delayed there will be danger of losing the present season. The proposal to sanction the transfer of the Pandora to the American flag, and provide a staff of American naval officers to sail her, has been unanimously approved by the Senate. The New York Herald gives a report of an interview which its representative had with Captain Howgate, the director of the scheme. The captain, it says, explained that the proposal of the Bill now before Congress was to settle a colony of hardy, resolute, and intelligent men at some favourable point on the border of the Polar Sea, and to furnish it with all modern appliances for overcoming the physical obstacles in the pathway to the Pole, and for resisting the effects of hunger, cold, and sickness. The location selected as the site of the colony is on the shore of Lady Franklin Bay, near the seam of coal found by the Discovery (of the English expedition), under Captain Nares, in 1875. The original suggestion of such a plan of operations was derived from the English expedition's experiences, which proved that it is possible to locate further north than in the earlier days of Arctic exploration, when sailing vessels were used. Lloyd's Weekly Newspaper New Polar Expedition Polar exploration Howgate expedition (1877-1878) Pandora (vessel) 4 March 30 1845 1878 Newspaper article 1878-03 leedsmercury397 misc [February 23] After the lapse of more than two centuries the discovery of a north-east passage from Europe to China is again about to be attempted, this time by Sweden, and though in the present state of geographical knowledge no one now expects to find a new trade route to the east, still an undertaking of this nature is sure to excite a lively interest among seafaring nations, an dmore especially in England, the country which first sought to solve the problem. Professor Nordenskjold, a well-known Arctic explorer, to whom the suggestion and scheme of the intended expedition are due, has already, in 1875 and again in 1876, passed east of Novya Zemlya to the further shore of the Kara Sea, where, close to the eighty-first parallel of east longitude, and to a headland marked Effremoffstone Point on the English Admiralty chart, he found a good anchorage, and named it Deckson's Haven [Dickons' Haven/Havn]. This harbour lies considerably to the eastward of the furthest point previously reached by English or Dutch navigators, but as it is in Professor Nordenskjold's opinion easily attainable before the end of August, in ordinary seasons it ought, he things, to be regarded as a fresh point of departure for any future voyage of discovery, and, therefore, in reporting upon the results achieved by former expeditions, he had continued his attention to those whose work lay east of the river Yenessi. ... Leeds Mercury The North-East Passage Polar exploration Northern Sea Route Adolf E. Nordenski\"{o}ld Vega Expedition (1878-79) 2 February 23 1878 12441 Newspaper article 1878-02 newspaper407 misc [November 2] The Pall Mall Gazette Copenhagen correspondent, writing on the 29th of October, says--The Dagbladet has received a long and most interesting letter, dated Dickson's Port, August 7th, from its correspondent who accompanies Professor Nordenskjold in his voyage of exploration round the north coast of Asia, of which the following condensed extracts will no doubt be read with interest in England. The steamer left Troms\"{o} on the 21st of July, and anchored the next evening off the small island of Maas\"{o}, situated close to the North Cape, and then, the correspondent writes--During the night a gale sprang up... Leeds Mercury Professor Nordenskjold's Arctic Expedition Arctic exploration Adolf E. Nordenski\"{o}ld Vega Expedition (1878-79) 3 November 2 12657 1878 Newspaper article 1878-11 hampshiretelegraph398 misc [March 30] Intelligence from Washington states that the proposition for Polar exploration by the plan of colonisation has met with so much favour in Congress that the Bill to appropriate 50,000 dollars for the preliminary expedition has passed the Senate, and has been favourably reported upon by the House Committee on Commerce. Should the Bill pass the House not later than the present month, there will be time for the expedition to sail this year, but if delayed there will be danger of losing the present season. The proposal to sanction the transfer of the Pandora to the American flag, and provide a staff of American naval officers to sail her, has been unanimously approved by the Senate. The New York Herald gives a report of an interview which its representative had with Captain Howgate, the director of the scheme. The captain, it says, explained that the proposal of the Bill now before Congress was to settle a colony of hardy, resolute, and intelligent men at some favourable point on the border of the Polar Sea, and to furnish it with all modern appliances for overcoming the physical obstacles in the pathway to the Pole, and for resisting the effects of hunger, cold, and sickness. The location selected as the site of the colony is on the shore of Lady Franklin Bay, near the seam of coal found by the Discovery (of the English expedition), under Captain Nares, in 1875. The original suggestion of such a plan of operations was derived from the English expedition's experiences, which proved that it is possible to locate further north than in the earlier days of Arctic exploration, when sailing vessels were used. Hampshire Telegraph and Sussex Chronicle The Proposed American Polar Expedition Arctic exploration Howgate expedition (1880) 7 March 30 4740 1878 Newspaper article 1878-03 newspaper409 misc [January 2] News has reached us--strangely and appropriately in the midst of almost Arctic weather--which ought to gladden even the most jealous of geographers, and make the hearts of all old Arctic navigators leap up within them out of simple delight. The great problem of the Siberian Polar Sea, which has vexed the souls of navigators ever since 1556, has been solved at last. The North-East passage has been forced. Capes Taimyr and Tscheljuskin have been doubled. The existence of an open waterway from North Cape and Archangel to Bahring Straits has been put beyond doubt. And although it is hard indeed not to wish that the glory of such a success should have fallen to an English vessel, with an English captain and an English crew, our congratulations to Professor Nordenskiold upon a triumph which crowns the labours of his life need not, on that account, be the less hearty or sincere. Between the Kara Sea to the west and Behring Straits to the east there just out northward the two great promontories of Taimyr and Tscheljuskin--the Malea of Siberian navigators--neither of which, until now, has ever been doubled by a sea-going vessel. Freeman's Journal and Daily Commercial Advertiser Arctic Exploration--Discovery of the No[r]th-East Passage Arctic exploration Northern Sea Route Adolf E. Nordenski\"{o}ld Vega Expedition (1878-79) 3 January 2 113 1879 Newspaper article 1879-01 newspaper185 misc [July 21] Washington, July 20.--Capt. Howgate has received a letter from Capt. Palmer stating that the repairs upon the Gulnare are nearly completed, and that they expected to sail from St. John today for the Arctic regions. the engineer and assistant, to whose carelessness and inefficiency the accident to the machinery of the Gulnare was attributed, have been discharged, and others employed to fill their places. Lieut. Drane has joined the vessel at St. John. [entire item] Online in the New York Times Archive. New York Times The Howgate Expedition Howgate expedition (1880) Arctic exploration 5 July 21 1880 Newspaper article 1880-07 newspaper186 misc [June 4] WASHINGTON, June 3, 1880. ... A Board of Inspectors, appointed by the Secretary of the Navy, to examine and report upon the Howgate ship Gulnare, has partially performed its duty. It recommends, in order to ascertain the efficiency of the boiler of the vessel, that a test be made under its supervision. This has been agreed to by Capt. Howgate, and will be done as early as practicable. No formal report has been made to the Secretary regarding the construction of the wood-work of the vessel, but the Secretary is of opinion that that portion will prove to be satisfactory. With regard to the subsistence for the expedition, Secretary Thompson says he will have to draw from his naval supplies to fit out the Gulnare, there being no money available for that purpose. [entire item] New York Times Notes from the Capital Howgate expedition (1880) Arctic exploration 5 June 4 1880 Newspaper article 1880-06 newspaper369 misc [January 3] Arctic Exploration.--The rejection of Commander Cheyne's balloon expedition to the North Pole by the Royal Geographical Society is not to be surprised at, considering the very uncertain character of aerial journeys. Indeed, there is a growing conviction that individual "dashes for the Pole" are a visionary waste of money, and since the failure of the splendidly equipped attempt of Captain Nares it is doubtful if any single venture in the old style will ever again be paid for out of any national exchequer. Ships will, no doubt, be despatched by wealthy owners, eager for the fame of exploration, and valuable results will, doubtless, be obtained by these, as in the case of the Vega, Baron Nordenskj\"{o}ld's vessel; but the project of Lieutenant Weyprecht for the establishment of international scientific stations in a great ring within the Arctic circle is the plan which will most likely be adopted in the future. This result will probably be hastened by the forced return of the American exploring ship Gulnare through injuries sustained, and by the recent news that Mr. Gordon Bennett's steam yacht the Jeannette is lost among the northern ice. Meanwhile to hasten the execution of Lieutenant Weyprecht's plan we learn that Herr L.O. Smith, a merchant of Stockholm, has placed ?4,000 at the disposal of the Academy of Sciences for use in setting up a scientific station at Spitzbergen. This might be made the first step toward the contemplated circle of observatories, and it is probable that England will also establish posts in North America. [entire item] The Times Arctic Exploration International Polar Year 1882-1883 Arctic exploration Swedish IPY expedition Spitsbergen (1882-1883) 10 January 3 30081 1881 Newspaper article 1881-01 newspaper415 misc [April 9] The Commander of the Austro-Hungarian Arctic Expedition of 1872, Herr Weyprecht, who, in company with Lieutenant Payer, discovered Franz Josef Land, has died at Michelstadt, in the Grand Duchy of Hesse, from lung disease, contracted during his Arctic voyages. He was forty-three years of age. [entire item] The Graphic Scraps [death of Weyprecht] Karl Weyprecht (1838-1881) 343 April 9 23 (593) 1881 Newspaper article 1881-04 newspaper417 misc [August 5] The Series of International Polar Meteorological Observations are to begin this week at twelve different stations in the Arctic regions, and will, it is hoped, be carried on for a year, following out the plan arranged by the late Lieutenant Weyprecht. The most northerly station is undertaken by the Americans in Lady Franklin Bay, lat. 81 deg. 20 min. They have another post at Point Barrow in the north of Alaska, while the British and Canadian station is at For Rae, just below the Arctic Circle. The Russians also take charge of two stations--at the mouth of the Lena and in Nova Zembla; the Germans are at Cumberland Sound, the Dutch at Dickson's Harbour, the Austrians at Jan Mayen, the Swedes at Spitzbergen, the Danes at Gothab in Greenland, the Norwegians at Bossekop, and the Fins [sic] at Sodaukylii [sic]. [entire item] The Graphic Scraps [The Series of International Polar Meteorological Observations] International Polar Year 1882-1883 127 August 5 1882 Newspaper article 1882-08 newspaper389 misc [August 16] We announced in our telegraphic intelligence recently that the "Austrian Polar Expedition had arrived at Dontheim from Jan Mayen," after a stay in that solitary island of 16 months. The expedition has been completely successful in the objects for which it was sent out, and not a trace of scurvy or other disease was found among the members during their long exile. The Austrians have special reason to congratulate themselves upon the success of their expedition and on the success, so far, of the great international effort to obtain some substantial knowledge of the varied physical conditions which prevail over the polar area. It is just nine years since the last Austrian polar expedition, under Payer and Weyprecht, returned with a stirring tale of its two year's adventures, and of the discovery of a new Arctic land of unknown extent, Franz Josef Land, of which we have heard so much recently in connexion with Mr. Leigh Smith's yachting enterprises. The Times The Circumpolar Stations International Polar Year 1882-1883 Austrian IPY expedition to Jan Mayen (1882-1883) Austria 7 August 16 30900 1883 Newspaper article 1883-08 markham505 misc [August 20] [Last paragraph:] The experiences of the Greely expedition, as regards observing and exploring, will be useful. They will add to our stock of knowledge. The disaster was due to the neglect of precautions which were well known to be necessary. It cannot, therefore, be referred to as a sound reason for discouraging future research. That it will be so used by the ignorant is not only likely but certain. Ignorance must be battled with, and will certainly be defeated in the long run. Ignorance still asks what is the use of Polar discovery, although its uses have been explained over and over again. But ignorance is not on the winning side. Science requires, and will eventually have, a complete knowledge of the coastlines, currents, and other natural phenomena within the Polar regions. As education spreads, and knowledge drives out ignorance from its lurking-places, this requirement will be more and more fully appreciated; and most assuredly Polar research, in the time to come, will be proceeded with until it is completed. Pall Mall Gazette The Greely Expedition International Polar Year 1882-1883 U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) London 1-2 August 20 40 1884 Newspaper article 1884-08 brown507 misc [October 6] ... Not only did not Northern exploration close with Nares' efforts, but it was speedily taken up by other nations. The ventures which followed were, however, almost entirely on a small sacale, all at private cost, under civilians of scanty experience, and, with scarcely an exception, having the North Pole as their objective. Nordenski\"{o}ld's Vega voyage was the only important one which had not the extreme North as its aim. Even Greely, who was sent simply to make meteorological observations, under the International scheme, at Discovery Harbour, had something else in reserve. For when found dying of hunger at Cape Sabine, his first words were, "Did what I came to do--beat the best record." And his expedition had actually accomplished this somewhat empty feat. ... From that day until this the chases for the Pole have been little better than so many sporting "events"... Science and its prospective gains figure, it is true, very ostentiously in the programmes, and the exploration of the vast Polar Basin is put prominently in the front. ... The Graphic Polar Exploration Arctic exploration London 396, 398 October 6 1297 1894 Newspaper article 1894-10 newspaper506 misc [March 21] It is often asked what is the use of wasting money, and possibly human lives as well, in exploring the Arctic regions? The "Handbook of Arctic Discoveries" (Sampson Low, Marston, and Company) answers this question by saying that during the past two centuries that dreary and seemingly unproductive region of our globe has yielded commercial materials far exceeding a thousand million dollars in value. This useful handbook by General Greely forms the third volume of the Columbian Knowledge Series, edited by Professor David P. Todd. General Greely does not pretend to do more than set forth all the important arctic discoveries, and he warns his readers that they must not look for narratives in his book, since he has confined himself rather to what men have done rather than to how they did it. He emphatically combats the widespread impression that all Arctic voyages have been made for practically the same purpose. He maintains that Polar research has passed through three distinctive phses: first, for strictly commercial purposes in connection with trade to the Indies; second, for advancement of geographical knowledge; and third, for scientific investigations connected with the physical sciences. ... The Handbook contains a large mass of information compressed into a short space, and an excellent feature in its editing is the lists at the end of the chapters of the most important works bearing on the particular expedition treated. The Graphic Arctic Exploration Arctic exploration London 343 March 21 1373 1896 Newspaper article 1896-03 newspaper248 misc [January 14] Canada's vast holdings in Far North took on a new familiarity to an audience of women that filled the banquet hall of the Royal York yesterday afternoon. Arranged by the Women's Canadian Club, the attraction was a showing, which almost amounted to a pre-view, of the moving pictures of the last expedition of the "Beothic," explained by George P. Mackenzie, the official in charge of the expedition. ... Only comparatively recently, the speaker said, has Canada followed up her title to the lands by occupation, and since 1922 a Government expedition has gone up each year, calling at each of the posts as far north as the Bache Peninsula, 11 degrees from the Pole, and the most northerly human habitation. The Globe Enthralling Story of Arctic Land Told by Aid of Camera; Canada's Vast Holdings in Far North Vividly Described; Worth Conserving Arctic regions Canada Canadian Arctic expedition (1927) Beothic (vessel) 21 January 14 1930 Newspaper article 1930-01 newspaper246 misc [January 7] (Associated Press Despatch.) Fairbanks, Alaska, Jan. 6.--One of three big cabin planes in the search for the missing airmen, Carl Ben Eielson and Earl Borland, still lost in the Northern wastes tonight. The plane carried the Canadian pilot, Pat Reid, and William Hughes and Jim Hutchinson, mechanics. Another plane in the search was wrecked several days ago and the third was storm-bound at Nulato, between Fairbanks and Nome. The disappearance of Pilot Reid and his companions made five men now lost in the frozen North. [entire item] The Globe Five Now Missing in Arctic Wastes. Pat Reid, Canadian, is among Lost Eielson Searchers. Plane is Stormbound Alaska Aerial search and rescue 1 January 7 88 (24967) 1930 Newspaper article 1930-01 newspaper249 misc [January 14] Nome, Alaska, Jan. 13.--Plans for an aerial search for Carl Ben Eielson and Earl Borland, United States aviators, who vanished on a flight from Teller, Alaska, to North Cape, Siberia, on Nov. 9 last, gained momentum today with the arrival here of the first cabin plane of the rescue expedition. The second plane, which had been missing for a week, is at Unalakleet, and its pilot, Pat Reid, and two passengers, William Hughes and Jim Hutchinson, are safe. A storm forced them to land at the mouth of the Ungalik River and the ship was damaged slightly. Temporary repairs were made, but weather conditions delayed a take-off for the flight to Unalakleet. The Globe Soviet's Resources Thrown into Search for Arctic Aviators; Return of Daylight is Waited by Eielson Rescuers; Believed Still Alive Alaska Aerial search and rescue 12 January 14 1930 Newspaper article 1930-01 newspaper260 misc [May 1] Account of presentations to AGU meeting, has summaries of recent advances in meteorology and other disciplines and includes mention of the 60 Arctic and 5 Antarctic meteorological stations to be established during the IPY. "The second polar year, to be observed in 1932-33, fifty years after establishment of the first polar year, will be observed by many nations which will contribute to the support of sixty meteorological stations around the rim of the Arctic Circle and five stations in Antarctica, it was announced in a session of the section on meteorology." New York Times 25-Year Forecasts on Rain Predicted; Cycles are Related to Sun Spots, A.F. Gorton Tells Geophysicists at Capital; Sea Level Found Varied; Two-Feet Variation Between Atlantic and Pacific Coasts, Says Major Bowie; 60 Stations for Arctic International Polar Year 1932-1933 History of science 19 May 1 1931 Newspaper article 1931-05 newspaper265 misc [February 26] Special to The New York Times. WASHINGTON, Feb. 25.--Participation of the United States in the "Second Polar Year" program was virtually assured today when the Senate Finance Committee reported favorably an authorization of $30,000 requested by President Hoover, who transmitted to the senate a letter by Secretary Stimson explaining the project. The Polar Year program, consisting of scientific observations throughout the world between Aug. 1, 1932, and Aug. 31, 1933, has been approved by twenty-six nations, which will cooperate in conducting researches of solar phenomena. The first Polar Year program was carried out in 1882-83, when twelve countries sent fourteen expeditions to the Arctic and Antarctic to participate in plans arranged by Lieutenant Karl Weyprecht of Austria. [entire item] New York Times $30,000 Polar fund reported to Senate; Finance Committee approves Hoover request for world scientific research International Polar Year 1932-1933 United States 4 February 26 1931 Newspaper article 1931-02 newspaper262 misc [February 18] WASHINGTON, Feb. 17.--Little America, rear Admiral Byrd's base in the Antarctic, may be occupied again if a proposed international plan for meteorological, electric and magnetic research, approved by President Hoover, is entertained by the government. A resolution authorizing an appropriation of $30,000 for the participation of the United States with twenty-six other nations in the "second polar year" was voted favorably by the House Foreign Affairs Committee today. ... The project for rehabilitating Little America comes from New Zealand, he said, where it is proposed that a station be established by Norwegian whalers who venture that near the South Pole in whaling seasons. The United States has been asked to outfit and man two stations, one near Fairbanks, Alaska, and another near Refuge Harbor, in northeast Greenland. Argentina has agreed to establish a station at New Year's Island, off the southernmost tip of South America. Brazil also will establish an observatory in the South Polar region. France hopes to establish a station in the extreme South Indian Ocean. Russia will plant her station in the Arctic, while other nations will have stations over the globe. Online at New York Times Archive. New York Times Byrd's Little America Will Be Occupied as Base for Polar Study by 27 Nations International Polar Year 1932-1933 Antarctica Little America (US Antarctic base) 1 February 18 1931 Newspaper article 1931-02 newspaper267 misc [April 7] WASHINGTON, April 6 (AP).--John A. Fleming, acting director of the Carnegie Institution, said today plans for American participation in the second polar year program of international scientific investigation include reoccupation of Fort Conger (Lady Franklyn [sic] Bay) on frozen Ellesmere Island in the Arctic. It was from this lonely white land that Adolphus Washington Greely and a little party of explorers were rescued by Commander W.S. Schely in June, 1884, after two other relief efforts had failed. "We are hopeful an expedition may be arranged through private assistance to supplement the government's part in the program," Fleming said. "If plans go through, Fort Conger might be occupied for two years. It will be expensive and will involve more risk than the other part of the program, because the expedition would be dependent entirely on itself in this absolute isolation. But it would be particularly desirable because of the location with respect to strategic geographic and magnetic points. We may expect to learn more of atmospheric electric storms and of magnetic storms. The latter directly affect radio transmission and reception." [entire item] New York Times Greely's Arctic base may house scientists; Occupation of Fort Conger for two years is part of new polar plans International Polar Year 1932-1933 United States U.S. IPY participation (1932-1933) 16 April 7 1931 Newspaper article nyt-conger-new-plans1931 1931-04 newspaper263 misc [February 19] The second "polar year" program of twenty-seven nations to obtain magnetic data, mainly for meteorological study, promises more important results than were achieved by the fourteen nations which sent expeditions to the Arctic and the Antarctica in 1882-83. Recording instruments have since been greatly improved. The discovery by KENNELLY and HEAVISIDE of an electrically conducted layer 100 miles above the surface of the earth may be turned to scientific use. The charts made in the first "polar year" formed the basis of more trustworthy weather forecasts. It is to be hoped that the international expeditions of 1932-33 will help to make meteorology something like an exact science. New York Times International polar research International Polar Year 1932-1933 Antarctica History of science United States 19 February 19 1931 Newspaper article 1931-02 newspaper261 misc [February 6] Special Cable to The New York Times. BUENOS AIRES, Feb. 5.--A transport which sailed from Buenos Aires on Jan. 25 with a scientific mission, which is to remain a year at the meteorogolical [sic] station in the South Orkney Islands, has been forced to return to Bahia Blanca because of boiler trouble. The mission probably has been forced to make the southward voyage in a sailing vessel and to transfer to a whaler. The government is anxious to get the men to the post as soon as possible because this year's work at the South Orkney station is to include important scientific observations preparatory to next year's international "polar year" work. [entire item] New York Times Scientist's Ship Fails; Argentine Transport on Way to South Orkneys Turns Back International Polar Year 1932-1933 24 February 6 1931 Newspaper article 1931-02 newspaper504 misc [April 11] It seems fitting, as proposed by the Acting Director of the Carnegie Institution, that Fort Conger on the north side of Lady Franklin Bay, Lieutenant GREELY'S observation station in 1881-83, be reoccupied by a United States party to carry out the second program of international research. Fort Conger must not be confused with the Winter quarters, near Cape Sabine, where Captain SCHLEY found and rescued the survivors. Fort Conger, on the other side of the channel from Northwestern Greenland, was the scene of memorable achievements by the Greely expedition, with no shadow on it of the tragedy that was to follow. Splendid scientific work was done at the station. It was a base for important geographical discovery. Four hundred and ninety-six miles distant was the North Pole, and two hundred and fifty miles to the south the Etah Eskimos, the most northerly inhabitants of the world, supported life. New York Times A Polar Station International Polar Year 1932-1933 U.S. IPY participation (1932-1933) New York 15 April 11 1931 Newspaper article New York Times 1931-04 newspaper252 misc [December 27] "As a result of investigations of the upper air," said Mr. Patterson, "it has been found the temperature falls at a fairly constant rate with height, but that at a certain height this 'lapse rate' of temperature ceases and the temperature remains constant or often increases in height. The part of the atmosphere in which the temperature falls with increasing height is called the troposphere, and the part where the sudden change in temperature lapse rate occurs is called the tropopause. The atmosphere above this, in which the temperature is constant or slowly rising with height, is called the stratosphere. ... Highly satisfactory was the recovery of twenty out of twenty-four balloons released at Calgary during the year ended last September--one phase of Canada's contribution to the International Polar Year Explorations. There is still prospect of recovery of the four missing balloons, but it is none too bright; all were found within Alberta. The Globe New Facts Evinced About Higher Air; Contribution to Weather Forecasting May be Forthcoming; Patterson Explains History of science Aeronomy Meteorology International Polar Year 1932-1933 Canada Canada IPY participation (1932-1933) 1 December 27 1933 Newspaper article 1933-12 newspaper259 misc [September 16] Report of Danish scientist who explains he thinks he's determined that the northern lights are caused by the sun and not by anything on earth. New York Times Says Sun Generates the Northern Lights; Danish Scientist, After Greenland Study, Holds Magnatic [sic] Pole Attracts Them International Polar Year 1932-1933 History of science Auroras Denmark IPY expedition (1932-1933) 33 September 16 1934 Newspaper article 1934-09 newspaper278 misc [February 1] "The nation rejoiced early this morning as the news spread that the United States now had its own satellite, 'The Explorer,' circling the earth. Vice President Richard M. Nixon, handed the news while at a part in his home, said that the launching of the satellite 'demonstrates to the world that there's no monopoly on scientific capability.' ... People waved placards saying, 'Move over, "Sputnik" Space is Ours' and 'Our Missiles Never Miss.'" "'This was a joint achievement of American science and industry,' he [Neil H. McElroy, Secretary of Defense] said. 'The data the satellite will gather will be made available to all nations and will enrich the scientific knowledge of all the world.'" New York Times Nation Hails News; Nixon Sees Victory for Peace Policy International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Satellites United States 1,3 February 1 1958 Newspaper article 1958-02 owen264 misc [February 22] An effort to learn more of the effect of polar cold upon the climate of the earth, and of the magnetic changes which affect all problems of terrestrial magnetism, will be made by many nations cooperating in the "second international polar year" of 1932-33. The participation of the United States in the polar research work was announced recently in Washington, when John A. Fleming of the Carnegie Institute outlined the plans of the international committee in charge of the work. Simultaneous observations at fifty stations in the Arctic and Antarctic will be made if the hopes of the committee are realized. New York Times Science seeks new data at earth's ends; Polar Year expeditions to gather facts on effects of cold and magnetic changes International Polar Year 1932-1933 U.S. IPY participation (1932-1933) 111 February 22 1931 Newspaper article 1931-02 owen266 misc [March 1] The recent achievement of Bertram Thomas in crossing the unknown Arabian desert calls attention to the fact that there are still blank spots on the map, many places to which modern man has not penetrated, and of which he has no records. Geographers have a good idea of what exists in many of these hidden lands, but of others nothing is known, and in them any sort of discovery may be made. Such a region was the Arabian desert, and into this category also fall inaccessible parts of South America and most of the Antarctica Continent. ... The Arctic is now chiefly of interest to physicists and meteorologists, and its influence on the weather of the Northern Hemisphere is becoming of greater importance every year. It is for this reason that the International Polar Year committee is planning to establish more than twoscore stations there for the study of magnetic phenomena and air currents. The greatest interest at present outside of meteorology and the study of magnetic phenomena in the Arctic has to do with the depth of the polar basin. ... New York Times Unknown lands still beckon the explorer International Polar Year 1932-1933 Exploration XX1 March 1 1931 Newspaper article 1931-03 australia460 misc [June] The Antarctic Treaty provides a framework and governing philosophy for the work of nations in the Antarctic. Australia, an original signatory to the treaty, has played a major part in its development into one of the most successful international agreements ever made, and has been a leading participant in Treaty meetings. Driven throughout its existence by the twin ideals of peace and science, the Treaty has also turned to protection of the antarctic environment. Australia was a driving force behind a protocol to the Treaty (the Madrid Protocol) which has provided the Antarctic with the most comprehensive and rigorous international environmental protection regime anywhere on earth. Online at http://www.aad.gov.au/default.asp?casid=2416 A Remarkable Agreement Antarctic Treaty June 2007 2003 Web resource Australian Antarctic Division 2003-06 bacher320 misc [September 11] The IGY from web site Terre Ad\'{e}lie - Une histoire postale et humaine... Online at http://philadelie.free.fr/agi.htm L'Ann\'{e}e G\'{e}ophysique Internationale (1957 - 1958) International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Philately September 11 2007 Web resource 2007-09 bertell282 misc [October 30] Background information on High Altitude Aurora Research Project, Gakona, AK, by an activist organization that believes the HAARP "is an advanced model of an 'ionospheric heater'" that will cause unforeseen repercussions. The patent at the heart of the technology claims it can "put unprecedented amounts of power in the Earth's atmosphere at strategic locations," "interfere with third party communications," lift "large regions of the atmosphere" "to an unexpectedly high altitude" that could destroy objects, and modify the weather and artificially increase "ozone, nitrogen, etc., concentrations in the atmosphere." The current source provides background on American military efforts in atmospheric research for scientific and military purposes. Includes brief information on IGY-linked Project Argus (1958) that used nuclear devices to determine the shape and layers of the Van Allen belts. Online at http://www.earthpulse.com/haarp/background.html Background of the HAARP Project International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Project Argus (1958) October 30 2007 1999 Web resource 1999-10 bones241 misc [July 13] The second International Polar Year came in the middle of the economic Depression in the 1930s. This put its stamp on the scientific efforts, both in Norway and internationally. Online at http://www.polarhistorie.no/artikler/2007/ipy_1932-33 Polar\aaret 1932-33 International Polar Year 1932-1933 Norway July 13 2008 2008 Web resource English version is Google translated; similar to the material included in Bones (2001). 2008-07 bas459 misc [February 24] Information on the Antarctic Treaty from BAS. Online at http://www.antarctica.ac.uk/About_Antarctica/Treaty/index.html The Antarctic Treaty Antarctic Treaty February 24 2007 2002 Web resource Natural Environment Research Council 2002-02 drinkwater485 misc [March 9] During IPY, to date considerable progress is being made towards characterization of key high-latitude processes by means of spaceborne snapshots of the polar regions. A number of ongoing efforts are described below which are designed to coordinate these satellite acquisitions, to help demonstrate the benefits of a cryospheric observing system component, and to develop IPY data legacy comprising critical climate benchmarks. Conclusion: The recent pace of changes observed in the polar regions has stimulated global interest in the International Polar Year. It is also exactly 50 years since the technical triumph of Sputnik and the International Geophysical Year. The confluence of international science programs, technical capabilities in satellite remote sensing, and IPY therefore present an extremely valuable opportunity for gathering data essential to understanding the changing polar climate and its global impact. IPY uniquely federates scientific activities across 63 nations while the IPY Space Task Group and the GIIPSY IPY Project are actively harnessing the technical capabilities of the world?s Space Agencies and the specialist knowledge of their science communities to obtain a unique legacy data suite- or ?polar snapshot?, comprising a broad range of satellite products. This data legacy will provide the opportunity to engage a new generation of researchers, experts, educators, policy makers, and polar residents in understanding the polar regions and changes in its environment, as well as the global consequences of these changes. Online at http://www.earthzine.org/2008/03/09/coordinating-satellite-observations-during-the-international-polar-year-2007-2008/ Coordinating Satellite Observations During the International Polar Year 2007-2008 IPY Space Task Group International Polar Year 2007-2008 March 9 2008 2008 Web resource IEEE Committee on Earth Observation 2008-03 eisenhower316 misc [June 30] July first marks the beginning of one of the great scientific adventures of our time-the International Geophysical Year. During this period, which will actually be 18 months long, the scientists of the United States will join their efforts with those of the scientists of some sixty other nations to make the most intensive study ever undertaken of our planet. All over the world elaborate preparations for this event have been under way for the last five years. You have been reading in the daily press of the expeditions to the Antarctic which have been paving the way for a concentrated study by some 12 nations of the last unknown Continent. Two years ago, it was announced that the United States would launch an earth-circling satellite during the International Geophysical Year in order to obtain information about the Sun and the Earth's environment from outside the barrier of the Earth's atmosphere. During the years of preparation meteorological and other observing stations all over the globe have been readied. Hundreds of new stations have been established in order that many types of geophysical phenomena might be viewed and measured from every possible vantage point. Online at http://tinyurl.com/27mxbu Remarks in Connection with the Opening of the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 June 30 2008 1957 Web resource 1957-06 fiphilatelic430 misc [August 10] Based on two contemporary sketches, the 50p stamp illustrates the Zoological building at Moltke and studies into the metabolism of King Penguins. The 60p stamp illustrates the Meteorological station at King Edward Point, South Georgia. Based on images taken by British Antarctic Survey scientists working around South Georgia, the 85p and [pounds] 1.05 stamps capture the importance of the marine ecosystem. Online at http://www.falklands.gov.fk/pb/sg/ipy-2008.htm International Polar Year 2007-2008 International Polar Year 2007-2008 Philately August 10 2008 2008 Web resource Also contains brief information about IPY research in the Falklands, South Georgia and Southern Ocean. Falkland Islands Government 2008-08 ipo468 misc [April 5] A summary account of the past polar and geophysical years. Online at http://www.ipy.org/development/history.htm A Short History of IPY International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 International Polar Year 1882-1883 International Polar Year 1932-1933 April 5 2007 2005 Web resource IPY IPO 2005-04 koerbel431 misc [August 10] Timelines of Austrian polar exploration. Online at http://members.eunet.at/castaway/history/history.html History of the Austrian Polar Exploration Polar exploration Austria August 10 2008 2002 Web resource Antarctic stations list: http://members.eunet.at/castaway/stations/aa-bases.html Home: Arctic Research Consortium Austria http://www.arctic.at/castaway/ 2002-08 mcsherry469 misc [February 14] A collection of news items concerning the US IPY expedition to Lady Franklin Bay. Online at http://www.arcticwebsite.com/greely1881expedition.html Greely Expedition (Lady Franklin Bay Expedition) 1881 Directory International Polar Year 1882-1883 U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) February 14 2007 2008 Web resource Jack L. McSherry 2008-02 nationalacademy470 misc [April] Brief history online at http://www.nas.edu/history/igy/ The International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 April 2007 2005 Web resource National Academy of Sciences 2005-04 nac476 misc [April] Photographs from US IGY participation online at http://www7.nationalacademies.org/archives/igyhistory.html The International Geophysical Year Picture Galleries International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 April 2007 2006 Web resource National Academy of Sciences 2006-04 noaa471 misc [August 13] List of reports from the first IPY online at http://www.arctic.noaa.gov/aro/ipy-1/Sources.htm IPY Reports International Polar Year 1882-1883 August 13 2007 2005 Web resource NOAA Office of Communications 2005-08 noaa480 misc [May 1] The 1957-1958 International Geophysical Year (IGY) was an international effort to coordinate the collection of geophysical data from around the world. It marked the beginning of a new era of scientific discovery at a time when many innovative technologies were appearing. The IGY still lives today in many NOAA programs, databases, and participation in international collaborations. Not only does 2007 mark NOAA's 200th anniversary, it is also the 50th anniversary of the IGY. Conclusion: The IGY led to several advancements that live on today. For example, the work of the IGY led directly to the Antarctic Treaty, which called for the use of Antarctica for peaceful purposes and cooperative scientific research. Since then, international cooperation has led to protecting the Antarctic environment, preserving historic sites, and conserving the animals and plants. Today, 41 nations have signed the Treaty and international collaborative research continues. Online at http://celebrating200years.noaa.gov/magazine/igy/welcome.html Rockets, Radar, and Computers: The International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 May 1 2008 2007 Web resource US Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 2007-05 sciencepoles477 misc [September 2] SciencePoles interviewed Arctic climatologist Professor Roger G. Barry, Director of the National Snow and Ice Data Center (NSIDC). From 1976 to 1982, Professor Barry was the Director of the World Data Center for Glaciology (WDC) set up during the the International Geophysical Year (IGY) in 1957-58. In 1982 he became Director of the NSIDC, after it was created by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) as a means to expand the WDC holdings and as a place to archive data from some NOAA programs. In addition to leading NSIDC in service of the cryospheric science community, Professor Barry continues his arctic climate research, funded by NASA, NOAA, and NSF grants. In 1999, Professor Barry was awarded an American Geophysical Union Fellowship in recognition of his outstanding contributions to research, teaching, and service in the field of climatology. Online at http://tinyurl.com/ynooo8 Roger Barry: Bridging IGY and IPY Polar research Climatology Biography Roger G. Barry September 2 2007 2007 Web resource International Polar Foundation website 2007-09 sorlin337 misc [July 2] The Arctic was a hot zone in the Cold War, potentially a Theatre of War, should tensions between the superpowers grow beyond control. Ironically, these were the crass geopolitical circumstances, when science, politics, and local elite met in idyllic, non-aligned Folkhem Sweden on 2 July 1957--to host the event which can be seen, in retrospect, as the never recognized opening of the IGY. To further emphasize the role of Kiruna as a temporary hothouse of IGY creativity, we may note that Lloyd Berkner in his Kiruna hotel room drafted a six page handwritten letter inviting Stockholm glaciologist Hans W. Ahlmann, then President of the International Geographical Union, to take the lead in organizing post-IGY organization of Antarctic science. It was in essence an early blueprint of what would become the Antarctic Treaty regime of a continent by and for science that took shape in Berkners mind under the Kiruna midnight sun. Ahlmann was, however, too busy to take on the challenge. Northern nodes already had global connections back then. IPY 2007-2009 works under quite different political circumstances but still in a tradition which combines sensitive, transnational politics of science with genuine progress in building institutions for fostering a sustainable humanity on earth. One more difference is apparent: in IGY Kiruna documents, the Sami and other local communities are conspicuously absent. Big Science and Big Politics of the past at that time considered the homes of these peoples as Their Own Geophysical Laboratory, preferably reserved for the Defence of the Free World. The current IPY seeks to change that. Online at http://www.ipy.org/index.php?/ipy/detail/igy_50_years_down_the_road/ IGY 50 Years Down the Road: Kiruna Observatory and the Politics of Arctic Geophysics International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Sweden Human dimension of IPY4 July 2 2007 Web resource IPY Sweden 2007-07 wikipedia191 misc [August 17] Biography of Howgate. Henry W. Howgate Howgate expedition (1877-1878) Howgate expedition (1880) Henry W. Howgate (1834-1901) International Polar Year 1882-1883 August 17 2008 2008 Biography Page Version ID: 219233701 Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia 2008-08 wright302 misc [May 27] This website was created for the 40th commemoration of the beginning of the Space Age. 2007 is the big 50 anniversary of Sputnik. Rather than making lots of changes to this site I prepared 10 years ago, basically kept the same (other sites have deleted certain information since). There are a few new links and stories. Online at http://www.batnet.com/~mfwright/sputnik.html Here Comes Sputnik! International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Satellites May 27 1997 Web resource 1997-05 berkner296 misc [January 27] This is a transcript of material presented to the resident students at the Industrial College of the Armed Forces. INTRODUCTION--Lieutenant General George W. Mundy, USAF, Commandant, Industrial College of the Armed Forces. GENERAL MUNDY: General Harrold, Distinguished Guests, gentlemen: Our subject this morning is a review of the evaluation, of the findings, and of the accomplishments of the recently completed "International Geophysical Year." This lecture was originally scheduled a little earlier, but it was necessary to postpone it because our speaker made a visit to the Antarctic in connection with his IGY duties. Dr. Berkner is eminently qualified to speak to us on this subject. Not only was he the original proponent of the IGY but he has been one of its most active workers. Since his graduation from college he has specialized in scientific research. During the war he was on duty as a naval officer, and today he is a rear admiral in the United States Naval Reserve. He is also a member of the Board of Advisers of the industrial College of the Armed Forces. ... "Man now begins, you see, to piece together the weather phenomena of planet Earth into a global pattern. Indeed, observations in the Antarctic during the IGY have been so important and successful that, as you probably know, the nations have decided to continue these observations indefinitely in the future" (p. 16). "...during the IGY, we found for the first time that auroral arcs that appear in the Northern Hemisphere appear within a few seconds of the same time that similar arcs appear in the Southern Hemisphere" (p. 20). Online at http://www.ndu.edu/library/ic3/L59-097.pdf Biography at pubs.aina.ucalgary.ca/arctic/Arctic20-2-144.pdf International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Lloyd V. Berkner (1905-1967) January 27 1959 Lecture Industrial College of the Armed Forces 1959-01 gable473 misc An account of the Greely expedition to Lady Franklin Bay during the first IPY. Word document online at http://co.seneca.ny.us/history/The%20Greely%20Expedition.doc The Greely Expedition International Polar Year 1882-1883 U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) 2006 Manuscript Available in pdf in the NOST 216 Collection at http://uarctic.lms.athabascau.ca/file.php/9/3firstipy/gableGreelyExpedition06com.pdf Seneca County, NY 2006 odishaw304 misc [December 4] (Remarks by Dr. Hugh Odish[aw]:, Executive Director, US National Committee for IGY, before the National Press Club, Dec. 4, 1958) Members of the National Press Club and distinguished guests, I am pleased to be here today, sensible of the honor that an invitation from you holds. I am also sensible of the honor accorded me by the distinguished gentlemen at the head table; most of them are members of the U. S. National Committee for IGY. Now I am only, as Henry V put it, a warrior for the working day. But I understand that what you want is a personal assessment of the IGY from someone who has become completely enmeshed in its tentacles--a description which fits me perhaps all too well. This personal assessment, of course, is compounded of my own convictions and prejudices, cultivated over the last five exciting and consuming years. My contention is a simple one: the IGY is the single most significant peaceful activity of mankind since the Renaissance and the Copernican Revolution. Accordingly it must and does have a variety of meanings. It has meaning in terms of (l) science, (2) its social significance as a pattern of activity, (3) its role in affecting the future, and (4) its general and intellectual implications. Online at http://history.spacebusiness.com/sputnik/files/sputnik10.pdf The Meaning of the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 December 4 1958 Address Source: Hugh Odish[aw]:, Executive Director, US National Committee for IGY, "The Meaning of the International Geophysical Year," 4 December 1959 [should be 1958], U.S. President's Committee on Information Activities Abroad (Sprague Committee) Records, 1959-1961, Box 6, A83-10, Dwight D. Eisenhower Library, Abilene, Kansas. 1958-12 report360 techreport [April 22] In 2007-2008 50 years will be completed since the IGY (the 3rd IPY) conduction and correspondingly 75 and 125 years from the 2nd and 1st IPY conduction. Now it is the time to perform again a wide range of studies in the Arctic and Antarctic, with the use of new approaches and methods to solve important problems the World science and practice faces in the course of the Earth's polar regions exploration. (p. 2) Concepts of Conducting the 3rd International Polar Year International Polar Year 2007-2008 IPY4 planning Russia April 22 2003 Discussion paper RAS Scientific Council on Arctic & Antarctic Exploration 2003-04 agi298 misc [December 13] Bibliography of works relating to the IGY. Online at http://www.gi.alaska.edu/services/library/IGY.pdf International Geophysical Year, 1957-1958 [bibliography] International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Bibliography December 13 2006 Bibliography Alaska Geophysical Institute 2006-12 ats355 techreport (122) SCAR introduced IP 120 on "International Polar Year (IPY) 2007-2008". The IPY will provide an opportunity to galvanise ongoing programmes and promote new activities in Polar Regions. Moreover, SCAR pointed out that the International Council for Science has established a planning group charged with developing a concept for the IPY and a work plan. The United Kingdom, Russia, Chile, France, the United States, New Zealand, Canada, Norway and the Netherlands agreed on the need to adopt a resolution to support SCAR's efforts in this area. (123) Australia and Canada understand that paragraph 4 of the IP provides a basis for IPY preparations by the States in close cooperation with SCAR. Chile believes that this IP provides a new framework for the Parties' work. Even though there are political and legal differences between the two poles, there is also a strong interdependence which demands a global approach to scientific and environmental matters. (124) The ATCM adopted Resolution 3 (2003) on "Support of the ATCM for the International Polar Year 2007/8", reproduced in Annex C. Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting Resolution regarding the IPY 2007-2008 - June 2003 International Polar Year 2007-2008 Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR) Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting 2003 Corporate resolution Antarctic Treaty Secretariat 2003 acuns455 misc For over twenty years ACUNS' statement of ethical principles for the conduct of research in the north has been one of the most widely disseminated and reproduced guide for research used in the Canadian North. Recently updated to reflect the changing social and political context, the document has achieved recognition from many international and circumpolar countries through its perspective that acknowledges scholarship and research take place among people with a stake in the work that is being undertaken. ACUNS' ethics guide is currently available in English, French, Inuktitut, and Russian translations. Ethical Principles for the Conduct of Research in the North Arctic research Ethical research guidelines 2003 Ottawa, ON Pamphlet Association of Canadian Universities for Northern Studies 2003 buedeler305 misc Preface: Scientists of more than fifty nations and with widely differing training and skills are joining together for a united undertaking. Never before, except for war, have so many of them been mobilized for a common cause. The driving force in this case is for a better knowledge of our planet, the earth. Through the International Geophysical Year, described in this volume, there will be exploration of the atmosphere and beyond. Balloons will be topped by rockets and high altitude projectors which, in turn, will be followed by satellites believed by many to be the prelude to space travel. In addition to publishing this concise description of the International Geophysical Year, and its programme and possible benefits, UNESCO also plans to bring the general public a knowledge of this research effort and its methods by means of a travelling exhibition. Seventy-five years ago, the first Polar Year dealt largely with the Arctic region. Then, after a period of fifty years, came the second Polar Year which included the Antarctic. This third great effort has a new name because it will involve not only the poles but the whole earth including the land, the oceans, the atmosphere and the mysteries of solar activity which have so great an influence on our daily lives. Unesco can be justly proud of its financial support to the International Council of Scientific Unions in the early stages of the International Geophysical Year and its continuing support of the Special Committee which has been planning the work. Individual national efforts will be responsible for the scientific observations, but the collaboration between nations which makes everything fit into its place is furnished by the Special Committee. Through the International Geophysical Year the various co-operating nations will greatly advance our knowledge of the earth on which we live and will give an inspiring example of international understanding and co-operation. LUTHER H. EVANS, Director-General. ... This booklet is necessarily an outline. It deals with what is contemplated for the International Geophysical Year and with what may be achieved if expectations are fulfilled. Everything may not turn out as expected, but the general trend of scientific progress in geophysics will undoubtedly proceed along the lines mentioned. The present booklet is a scientific one and, therefore, nothing has been said of the possible economic consequences of this new knowledge. The uranium ores and many other mineral deposits which, no doubt, will be found, in Antarctica for instance, may one day have great practical value but it is not the aim of this brochure to deal with these problems (p. 67). The International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 72 1957 15 Booklet United Nations Educational, Scientific & Cultural Organisation 1957 bullis303 techreport This study examines in detail a specific example of how the world scientific community has worked together in cooperation and good will toward resolving international problems. Its subject is the International Geophysical Year (IGY), the largest and most complex international scientific undertaking ever attempted. In keeping with the objectives of the relics of which it is one part, this study analyzes the contributions made by the IGY in overcoming ideological differences as a means of building bridges between science and diplomacy. More specifically, it attempts to identify and explain the attitudes, behavior patterns, and procedures followed in the IGY as a step toward detente. Only time will tell of course whether the laudable examples set by the IGY represents the major turning point in history claimed by some. Of importance here and now is the message conveyed in this study that indeed international cooperation in science and technology is possible. What remains is for that example to be emulated and extended. ... Significantly, the IGY took place at a time of considerable international political distrust and hostility, the period of the so-called cold war between the United States and the Soviet Union. It would be naive to suggest that the political tensions of the period had no effect upon the conduct of IGY scientists or their activities, and equally mistaken to suppose that the IGY brought about fundamental changes in the prevailing pattern of confrontation. ... It may be that the IGY, representing as it did an island of relative tranquillity in a sea otherwise lashed by violent political storms, has been overpraised and undercriticized. Certainly those who knew it best were most enthusiastic and lavish in their praise, and no record appears to remain of any significant criticisms of their exuberance and optimism. The Political Legacy of the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 1973 Government report US Government Printing Office 1973 eiby490 misc [September] At the present time, geophysicists are news. From day to day we read in the paper that men have reached the South Pole, or shot rockets into space, or dedged up material from the deepest parts of the ocean. All this activity is part of something called the International Geophysical Year (or IGY for short). During the eighteen-month period from July 1957 to December 1958, scientists of all nations are trying to clear up as many as possible of the mysteries which still shroud our earth, and the organisation they have set up is known as IGY. ... Geophysics goes on all the time, and the IGY is something special, perhaps the biggest experiment which has ever been planned. (p. 3). Useful plain language overview of several fields of geophysics. The International Geophysical Year: This Earth of Ours, Part One International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Earth science September 11 1958 9 Serial School Publications Branch New Zealand Department of Education 1958-09 gerson373 article The development of the International Polar Years, now culminating in the IGY of 1957-1958, began as an inspiration to a young Austro-Hungarian naval officer, Karl Weyprecht. At a time when Arctic exploration subsisted on the hope of discovering new lands and the emotional drive of reaching the North Geographic Pole, Weyprecht espoused a fundamentally scientific approach. He realized that haphazard navigation of the "Sea of Ancient Ice" provided few results of basic importance. Weyprecht proposed a replacement of the born marauder by teams of careful scientific workers. The very soundness, depth of vision, and comprehensiveness of Weyprecht's approach leads directly to the IGY (International Geophysical Year) today. Indeed, his original thoughts come so close to fulfillment among the IGY objectives that seems highly desirable to list some of his fundamental recommendations. (p. 1) ... As a general venture, the International Year (FPY, SPY, and IGY) have been tremendously successful. They have been popular with laymen, scientists, and governments. They have been favorably received by heads of state. Indeed, during the planning for the IGY, Pope Pius XII commented ecouragingly upon the enterprise. (p. 43) Advances in Geophysics Landsberg, H. E. and van Mieghem, J. From Polar Years to IGY International Polar Year 1882-1883 International Polar Year 1932-1933 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 1-52 5 1958 Academic Press 1958 herter435 techreport The current International Polar Year 2007-2009 is very special. It's about us. This is the first IPY event which has focused on northern residents and their languages, history and culture in addition to meteorological, geophysical, and biological research, including climate change. Researchers from local communities, as well as from UAF and international organizations, all contribute to the new face of polar science. Last winter the UAF Marine Advisory Program and Northwest Campus hosted a series of eight International Polar Year speakers whose topics ranged from Alaska Native languages to melting sea ice to the history of the Serum Run. ... IPY participants are producing photos, video, museum displays and books to describe the northern way of life and convey that life to peoples around the world. ... We are very proud of our success in last year's series as we were able to reach 717 Bering Strait residents. International Polar Year Speaker Series for the Bering Strait Region (2007-2009) International Polar Year 2007-2008 Human dimension of IPY4 2008 Report University of Alaska Fairbanks 2008 icsu464 techreport [November] Online at http://classic.ipy.org/development/framework/framework.pdf A Framework for the International Polar Year 2007-2008 International Polar Year 2007-2008 IPY4 planning November 2004 IPY document ICSU 2004-11 icsu465 techreport [September 15] Online at http://classic.ipy.org/development/framework/OSP_v5.2.pdf International Polar Year 2007-2008 Outline Science Plan International Polar Year 2007-2008 IPY4 planning September 15 2004 5.2 IPY document ICSU 2004-09 icsu363 techreport [September 3] This document presents the proposed approach to planning a major ICSU initiative for an International Polar Year in 2007/8. The IPY is aimed to promote intensified investigation of the role of polar regions in the Earth System. Proposed Approach and Workplan ICSU Planning Group for a International Polar Year 2007/8 International Polar Year 2007-2008 IPY4 planning September 3 2003 Workplan ICSU 2003-09 ludecke466 techreport History of institutionalisation of Antarctic research within SCAR Antarctic research Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR) October 2004 Research proposal SCAR 2004-10 nationalacademy327 misc This booklet is a very brief introduction to the sciences of the earth and its environment. In a short space, it tries to tell you something of man's ancient curiosity about the physical universe in which he lives, something of what we know about that universe today, and a little about the instruments and experiments that scientists are using to study it. The text is in the form of a commentary on six posters which treat some of the important study areas in geophysics today. Each poster is reproduced in the booklet and is related to the discussion in the text by a number code. Because the reproductions are greatly reduced in size, you should go to the full-scale posters for detailed reference. In designing the posters, the artist took some liberties with certain of the proportions and relationships. Sometimes this was necessary because of scale limitations; sometimes it was desirable for effect. You may want to see how many of these liberties you can find and list. Remember that this booklet gives you only a very short glimpse into the fascinating puzzles of geophysics. The topics which interest you most can be followed up in many absorbing accounts elsewhere. This earth upon which we travel through space--the object of affectionate study through the ages by poets and artists as well as by scientists--becomes far more intriguing as we uncover its puzzles and try to solve them. Planet Earth: The Mystery with 100,000 Clues International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Science education United States 1958 Booklet National Academy of Sciences 1958 newzealandinst56 techreport [Entire item] Second International Polar Year: The International Meteorological Conference held at Copenhagen in 1929 decided to organise a second international polar year in 1932-33. At Dr Kidson's suggestion it was agreed that in the absence of a National Research Council, the New Zealand Institute could most suitably undertake the organisation of the Dominion's share in the proposed Polar Year. The following committee was therefore appointed with power to add:--His Excellency the Governor-General; Dr C. Coleridge Farr; Dr E. Marsden; G. Shirtcliffe, Esq.; W. R. B. Oliver, Esq.; Professor P. W. Burbridge; [end p. vi] H. E. Walsh, Esq.; Dr E. Kidson (convener); Sir Joseph Kinsey; Senior Naval Officer; Hon. Minister of Scientific and Industrial Research; Hon. G. M. Thomson; A. E. Hefford, Esq.; Professor W. N. Benson; Professor D. M. Y. Sommerville; and Professor D. C. H. Florance. The Minister of Scientific and Industrial Research wrote regretting that it was not practicable for him to accept a seat on the Committee, as in his capacity of Prime Minister he would probably have to give consideration to the matter when approached by the Netherlands Foreign Office. Correspondence in connection with the proposal has been circulated to members of the above committee and to interested bodies. Online at http://rsnz.natlib.govt.nz/volume/rsnz_62/rsnz_62_00_000070.html Second International Polar Year International Polar Year 1932-1933 New Zealand May 21 1931 Corporate minutes New Zealand Institute 1931-05 newzealandinst57 techreport [Entire item] Second International Polar Year: Dr [E.] Kidson, Secretary of the New Zealand Polar Year Committee, reports as follows:-- "The Committee held a number of meetings at which various schemes for the co-operation of New Zealand in the Polar Year Scheme were discussed. Amongst these were: "1. Co-operation with Great Britain in an expedition to Cape Adare. "2. The organisation of a New Zealand expedition to Macquarie Island or Macquarie and Auckland Islands. "3. Co-operation with Australia in the above. "With regard to the first, the contribution asked from New Zealand was too large and out of proportion to our resources. "The Australian authorities did not find it possible to make any proposal for co-operation with us. "Owing to the continually increasing severity of the financial depression, all efforts to raise funds in New Zealand for an expedition to Macquarie Island proved unavailing. [end p. viii] "At its last meeting the Committee decided to discontinue active existence. The organisation will, however, be retained in case any opportunity should arise of furthering the objects of the Polar Year Scheme. "It is hoped that special magnetic observations in accordance with a general scheme will be possible at the Magnetic Observatory at Amberley. Professors of Physics and workers in wireless telegraphy are asked to consider the possibilities of assisting by organising researches in Atmospheric Electricity, Cosmic Rays, the Aurora, Wireless Phenomena, or other lines. "The Committee is greatly indebted to his Excellency the Governor-General, Lord Bledisloe, who presided at its meetings and gave much valuable advice and assistance. "Messrs H. E. Vaile, R. E. Ford, and the late Dr H. T. Ferrar were co-opted members of the Committee. It was not due to lack of effort of these and other members that the aims of the Committee were not accomplished. "Efforts were made to induce the European authorities to postpone the Polar Year, but several countries were too far committed, and in any case the success of the scheme so far as the Northern Hemisphere was concerned was definitely assured. "The Secretary was made a member of the International Commission for the Polar Year, and will remain in touch with developments. When desirable, small Committees of workers in the sciences concerned will be formed to carry out such work as it may be possible to organise." Online at http://rsnz.natlib.govt.nz/volume/rsnz_63/rsnz_63_01_000110.html Second International Polar Year International Polar Year 1932-1933 New Zealand May 19 1934 Corporate minutes http://rsnz.natlib.govt.nz/volume/rsnz_63/rsnz_63_01_000110.pdf http://rsnz.natlib.govt.nz/image/rsnz_63/rsnz_63_01_0016_0008r_ac_01.html http://rsnz.natlib.govt.nz/image/rsnz_63/rsnz_63_01_0017_0009r_ac_01.html New Zealand Institute 1934-05 newzealandpolaryearcom55 techreport The Quick-Run Magnetographs received from the International Polar Year Commission have been in operation at Amberley throughout the year, under the charge of Mr H. F. Skey, Director of the Christchurch Magnetic Observatory. Mr Skey was authorised to employ assistance in the preparation, tabulation, etc., of the records, and excellent progress has been made. The ordinary magnetograph records secured at Amberley also are being copied. The copies, together with the originals from the Quick-Run set, will be forwarded to the Polar Year Commission at Copenhagen. All records are to be collected at the headquarters of the organisation, where their discussion will be entrusted to specially-appointed experts, and where, also, they will be available for other investigators who wish to study them. [end p. 389] The Polar Year was magnetically a quiet period, and Mr Skey wishes to continue the working of the Quick-Run Magnetographs in the hope of recording some intense magnetic storms. It is probable that numbers of other observatories will also keep their instruments in operation for a further period. The programme of extra meteorological observations at Wellington and Christchurch has been completed. The authorities concerned consider that the Polar Year scheme has been very successfully carried out. An immense amount of valuable data has been collected, and the International Commission is proceeding vigorously with the publication and discussion. Numbers of researches are already under way, but the President anticipates that these matters will keep the Commission fully occupied for another five years. [followed by financial report on the magnetographs.] [This is almost the entire report. See the page image for p. 390 for the financial information in tables.] Online at http://rsnz.natlib.govt.nz/volume/rsnz_64/rsnz_64_00_005020.html New Zealand Polar Year Committee. Report for the Year ending 31st March, 1934 International Polar Year 1932-1933 Scientific instruments New Zealand New Zealand IPY participation (1932-1933) 1935 Report http://rsnz.natlib.govt.nz/image/rsnz_64/rsnz_64_00_0509_0389_ac_01.html http://rsnz.natlib.govt.nz/image/rsnz_64/rsnz_64_00_0510_0390_ac_01.html 1935 newman253 misc TARA NELSON (Reporter): It's about as far north in the world as you can possibly go, over 3,000 kilometres from the nearest city. In fact, if you picture the globe on a stand, this place would be somewhere under the little cap at the top. It's called Eureka and it's home to the world's northern most full-time weather station, a place Arctic scientists are flocking to from all over the world. They're coming here as part of international polar year, a massive Global scientific project studying the effects of climate change on our planet. Wayne Pollard is with the team from McGill University in Montreal, some 6,000 kilometres to the south. REBECCA BACHELOR (Climatologist): And the Arctic is a great sort of Global laboratory. You know, we're well clear of the worst of the on-site atmospheric pollutions. What we're looking at is the stuff that's mixing up and covering our entire globe. Arctic station monitors global warming International Polar Year 2007-2008 Canada 2007 Broadcast Global Television 2007 oppcov364 techreport This report presents the results of the FY 2003 COV [Committee of Visitors] review of the Antarctic Science and Arctic Science (including logistics) sections of the Office of Polar Programs for the period FY 2000-2002, and it follows the template of major topic areas and Core Questions set forth in the NSF COV directive cited above. It is noted that these sections were last reviewed in July of 2000 (spanning the period FY 1997-1999). C.1.1. Interdisciplinary, multidisciplinary, bipolar, and international science ventures: While the committee applauds OPP's extremely robust and long-running record in the promotion of interdisciplinary, multidisciplinary and international science, and leadership demonstrated by the United States Antarctic Program over several decades, we believe there are compelling reasons to continue augmenting such efforts, particularly with regard to the preparations for the upcoming International Polar Year-4 program (2007-08) that is to offer increased opportunities to do so. Recommendation: The Arctic and Antarctic science sections should consider engaging with the community to conduct a series of ?future workshops' or ?think tank meetings' which focus on the coupling of bipolar science, the integration of polar-derived data with global programs, the elucidation of new cutting edge opportunities between disciplines, involvement with agency-wide initiatives, etc. (p. 18) FY 2003 Report from the Office of Polar Programs Committee Of Visitors (COV), 17-19 September 2003 International Polar Year 2007-2008 United States IPY4 planning September 2003 Report National Science Foundation, Office of Polar Programs 2003-09 rapley358 techreport To begin, the group reviewed its Terms of Reference and the initial proposal to ICSU and sought to be sure it understood the intent. They attempted to articulate the value of an International Polar Year and why it should be conducted. Key points agreed to include: Why Polar? Poles are a Key Part of the Global System; Drive Changes Globally; Changes in the Poles are Occurring Rapidly; Global Changes are Amplified at the Poles; Poles are a Unique Repository of Global Change Information International Polar Year 2007-2008, Planning Group Meeting 1 (PG1), July 31-2 August, ICSU, Paris, France, Meeting Summary International Polar Year 2007-2008 IPY4 planning 2003 Report IPY Planning Group 2003 roller352 techreport Report of a polar research conference and Georg Neumayer Medal award ceremony in Bad Duerkheim, Germany. Section 5 is "Looking to the future - Neumayer Declaration": The International Polar Research Symposium and the awarding of the Georg von Neumayer Medal to Prof. Dr. Leonard Johnson in Bad Duerkheim 2001 brought major impetus towards the orientation of the International Geophysical Year (IGY) 2006/2007 with it. The scientific themes of the 175th IGY were on 26.06.2001 during the polar explorer--in a symposium to Neumayer designated declaration (Neumayer Declaration). The declaration reads: Neumayer Declaration An 175th I.G.Y. Program: Scientific Themes: Using new technologies to determine: 1. Causes and effects of climatic variability (air-sea-ice interactions) 2. Lithospheric dynamics (evolution and history of crust and sedimentary cover) Bad D?rkheim, 26.06.2001. Professor Johnson has these goals in a recent publication internationally publicized (Johnson 2001). Another common objective of POLLICHIA and its two partners, the Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research and the Federal Maritime and Hydrographic, it is planned in the International Geophysical Year 2007 2nd International Polar Research Symposium in Bad Duerkheim connected with the next ceremony of the Georg von Neumayer Medal to one about the polar research earned personality of the international scientific life to organize. Das 1. Internationale Polarforscher-Symposium in Bad D\"{u}rkheim und die Verleihung der Georg von Neumayer-Medaille an Prof. Dr. Leonard Johnson International Polar Year 2007-2008 IPY4 planning June 2001 Report n.p. 2001-06 newspaper508 misc [Entire item] A Berlin dispatch says France and England have declared their readiness to join in an international Arctic expedition. New York Times Current Foreign Topics International Polar Year 1882-1883 New York 1 November 19 1881 Newspaper article 1881-11 newspaper509 misc [Entire item] Dr. Rae, the well-known Arctic explorer, in a letter today to Nature, criticises Mr. Markham's theory that in order to reach an advanced position within the unknown area it is necessary to follow the coast line trending northward with a western aspect. He says so far as a western aspect is concerned experience has taught exactly the reverse. The German Government has asked the Reichsrath for 300,000 thalers, in order that the fatherland may join France and England in a proposed international Arctic expedition. Moltke has given his opinion respecting the practicability of aerial navigation. He declares that it is only a question of time and of the invention of the proper motive power. New York Times Cable Scraps from London International Polar Year 1882-1883 Arctic exploration Germany IPY participation (1882-1883) New York 1 November 20 1881 Newspaper article 1881-11 newspaper510 misc [Entire item] Berlin, April 27. The Reichstag has agreed to the resolution of Prof. Virchow (Progressist) in favor of Germany's participation in the international Arctic exploration expedition which was previously approved by the Admiralty. Herr Homeyer, Under Secretary of State, spoke despondingly of the attitude of Sweden, Russia, and the United States. He complained that no answer of any kind had been received from those powers for two years with regard to the proposition. New York Times Current Foreign Topics International Polar Year 1882-1883 Germany IPY participation (1882-1883) New York 1 April 28 1881 Newspaper article 1881-04 newspaper512 misc The international congress of meteorology will hold a special conference at the Deutsche Seewarte, Hamburg, on Oct. 1, to consider the schema proposed by Count Wilczek and Lieut. Weyprecht for the establishment of observing stations within the circumpolar regions. The stations proposed are north coasts of Spitzbergen and Novaya Zemlia, the North Cape, the mouth of the Lena, Point Barrow, and the east and west coasts of Greenland, as far north as possible. Lieut. Weyprecht has determined to start whenever the conference may decide, and he will stay at the station selected for 12 months, making observations of all the phenomena that are likely to be of use in promoting the study of meteorology. New York Times Foreign Notes International Polar Year 1882-1883 IPY1 planning New York 2 September 15 1879 Newspaper article 1879-09 newspaper513 misc [First part of the article is on the work of the two vessels.] But the chief interest of the Corwin's voyage was to find some trace of the Jeannette, and she brought back not only no credible tidings, but not even a rumor of the Jeannette's passage northward two years ago. ... Two other Arctic expeditions have also arrived at their destination, and doubtless have mostly completed their out-door work for the present year. These are the Signal Service parties which went north to establish permanent stations--one from St. John, Newfoundland, in the Proteus, under Lieut. A. W. GREELY, Fifth Cavalry, to Lady Franklin Bay, and the other from San Francisco, in the Golden Fleece, under Lieut. P. H. RAY, Eighth Infantry, to Point Barrow. Of course, little reliance can be placed upon these expeditions, and especially upon the latter, in the search for the Jeannette. In fact, their main purpose is to perform their part of the permanent work arranged by the Haambur International Polar Conference. This work comprises meteorological, magnetic, tidal, pendulum, and sundry other observations, collections of specimens in natural history and ethnology, and reports upon fuel and native food supply, its procurement and preservation. The only change for the Point Barrow party to be of service to the |Jeannette is in the missing vessel's attempting to return through Behring Strait, and finding herself in a position visible from POint Barrow. But Lieut. DE LONG, in his last letter to his wife, siad that he should go toward the pole through the Wrangell Land waters, and when checked by the ice would seek to effect his return not by way of Behring Strait, but by moving eastward so as to come out through Smith's Sound in case he should be far enough north to get through there, or else further south through Lancaster Sound. It is obvious that the Lady Franklin Bay party was as likely as any to see the returning voyager. The Jeannette might, however, be forced toward the coast of Asia, making her homeward voyage along the Siberian coast, through Behring Strait, like NORDENSKJOLD, or essaying the prodigious task of pushing across the figid zone and coming out near Franz Josef's Land. New York Times The Alliance and the Corwin International Polar Year 1882-1883 U.S. IPY participation (1822-1833) Jeannette Arctic Expedition Search (1881-1882) New York 4 November 3 1881 1881-11 newspaper514 misc Review of Furthest North; or, The Life and Explorations of Lieut. James Booth Lockwood, of the Greely Arctic Expedition. By Charles Lanman. New York: D. Appleton & Co., [1886]. Lieut. Lockwood, whose life and service are recorded in the present volume, was 28 years old when he received orders to act with Lieut. Kislingbury as First Lieut. Greely's assistant, to prosecute the researches proposed by the International Polar Commission. New York Times Polar Exploration Arctic exploration International Polar Year 1882-1883 U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) James Booth Lockwood (1852-1882) New York 12 June 27 1886 Book review 1886-06 newspaper515 misc From Nature. We are enabled to give the text of the telegram received in Stockholm this week from the Swedish circumpolar observation party, which has wintered at Spitzbergen. The news is the first received from the expedition since October last: "Cape Thorsden, July 4, 1883.--This message will be forwarded tomorrow to Capt. Statschin with the boatfetching our first mail this year. The wintering of the expedition has in every respect been attended with success, particularly as the scientific researches have throughout been carried on exactly in accordance with the regulations formulated by the International Polar Commission. ... New York Times Swedish Circumpolar Station International Polar Year 1882-1883 Swedish IPY expedition Spitsbergen (1882-1883) Sweden IPY participation (1882-1883) New York 3 August 16 1883 1883-08 nature498 article We have already (vol. xii, p. 460) referred to Lieut. Weyprecht's paper on the Principles of Arctic Exploration, read at the German Scientific and Medical Association. Lieut. Weyprecht rightly maintains that the polar regions offer, in certain important respects, greater advantages than any other part of the globe for the observations of natural phenomena--magnetism, the aurora, meteorology, geology, zoology, and botany. He shows that hitherto immense sums have been spent and much hardship suffered from the mere purpose of extending geographical and topographical knowledge, while strictly scientific observations were regarded as holding only a secondary place. While admitting the importance of geographical discovery, he maintains that the main purpose of future Arctic expeditions should be the extension of our knowledge of the various natural phenomena which may be studied with so great advantage in these regions. After showing in some detail the kind of observations which would yield valuable results, Lieut. Weyprecht lays down the following general propositions: 1. Arctic exploration is of the highest importance to a knowledge of the laws of nature. 2. Geographical discovery in these regions is of superior importance only in so far as it extends the field for scientific investigation in its strict sense. 3. Minute Arctic topography is of secondary importance. 4. The geographical pole has for science no greater significance than any other point in high latitude. 5. Observation-stations are to be selected without reference to the latitude, on account of the advantages they offer for the investigation of the phenomena to be studied. 6. Interrupted series of observations have only a relative value. Nature Lieut. Weyprecht on Arctic Exploration Karl Weyprecht (1838-1881) Arctic research 539 October 21 12 1875 312 This page also has a Note on the return of Capt. Young's Arctic Expedition in the Pandora, which "returned home prematurely without accomplishing any part of the work for which it was organized--the discovery of additional Franklin relics and the complete navigation of the North-west Passage." 1875-10 electronic197 article Account of the organization of the IPY. Note on Greely party reaching Discovery Harbour. Note about imminent departure of an Italian Arctic expedition. The International Polar Conference, which was held last year at Berne, and the previous year at Hamburg, met last month at St. Petersburg. The object of this Conference is the organisation of a series of stations around the Polar area for the continuous prosecution of scientific observations. Since its last meeting it has lost Lieut. Weyprecht, who was the originator of the idea of such a scheme. Delegates were sent from all the leading European States except England, and from the United States of America. The first subject discussed was the time at which observations should be taken, and their frequency. Observations will begin for all the expeditions in the Polar regions, as also for observations in the temperate zones, as soon as possible after August 1, 1882, and will finish as close as possible to September 1, 1883. ... The latter observations [omitted description of the timing] have for their special end to obtain a perfect knowledge of perturbations or magnetic storms, and their connection with the aurora borealis. ... At the third sitting of the Conference, the magnetic observations were discussed.... At the fourth meeting the Conference was occupied with observations on the aurora borealis, and with the question of facultative observations.... Nature Geographical notes International Polar Year 1882-1883 IPY1 planning U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) 478-479 September 15 24 1881 620 1881-09 rgs503 article Arctic Expeditions of the Present Summer. The expedition appointed by the United States Government for the search and relief of the Jeannette sailed in the Rodgers from San Francisco on the 16th of June. --Two other Arctic expeditions have been fitted out by the United States Government during the present summer, one to Point Barrow in the Arctic Sea, on the northern coast of Alaska, having for its object the establishment of a station for meteorological, magnetic, and other observations in accordance with the programme of the International Polar Conference which met at Hamburg in 1879; and the other to Lady Franklin Bay, near the coal seam discovered by the expedition under Captain Nares in 1875. The Point Barrow station is to be maintained until the summer of 1884, communications being kept up with it by a vessel to be despatched thither every season. It is under the command of Lieutenant P. H. Ray, of the U.S. Signal Service. The expedition up Smith Sound has the double object of founding a similar international station for scientific observations and of carrying out a scheme of circumpolar exploration. It is to return in the summer of 1883, and is under the command of Lieutenant A. W. Greely; the whole party consists of twenty-four officers and men of different branches of the U.S. military service. (p. 484) Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society and Monthly Record of Geography Geographical Notes International Polar Year 1882-1883 483-498 August 3 1881 8 1881-08 rgs502 article The Jeannette Expedition. Little additional information has been received during the past month regarding the survivors of the Jeannette Expedition, or the events of its two years' cruise in the Polar seas. ... Russian Meteorological Station at the Mouth of the Lena. On the 28th of December the expedition started from St. Petersburg which is to found the Russian station at the mouth of the Lena for meteorological, magnetic, and other observations, in accordance with the programme arranged at the International Polar Conference, held at St. Petersburg in August last. ... Notwithstanding the great difficulties to be overcome in the matter of transport, it is hoped that Lieutenant Jurgens will be able to commence his scientific work at the mouth of the Lena on the first of next August. Also Scientific Researches in Alaska. Expedition to the Chukche Peninsula. Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society and Monthly Record of Geography Geographical Notes International Polar Year 1882-1883 Russia IPY participation (1882-1883) Russia Jeannette Arctic Expedition (1879-1881) 90-100 February 4 1882 2 1882-02 electronic190 article On August 1, it is hoped, that a ring of observing stations will begin work all round the pole. By this time all the expeditions that have been arranged for will either be on the way or on the spot. The readers of NATURE are doubtless familiar with the inception and progress of a scheme for Polar research which originated in 1875 with the late Lieut. Weyprecht, and has been gradually built up until it has assumed the proportions of a great international effort to obtain accurate scientific observations on the physical and biological conditions of the polar area. Our Map of the Arctic Regions will enable the reader to note the localities of the various stations, and the nationality of the observing parties in each case. Meantime it may be useful to give a brief history of the scheme, and a sketch of the programme which it is proposed to carry out. This we are enabled to do from the official documents issued by the International Polar Commission. Article goes on to give a "brief history of the scheme" and reproduces the science plan for the stations. At this stage, the Italian Antarctic expedition hadn't been cancelled: "Besides these [the Arctic stations] France will carry on observations at Cape Horn, and Germany at South Georgia, on the borders of the Antarctic area; while, on behalf of Italy, Lieut. Bov\'{e} is co-operating in the Italian Antarctic Expedition" (p. 297). Nature International Polar Observatories International Polar Year 1882-1883 294 July 27 26 1882 665 1882-07 electronic121 article We are indebted to Dr. Sophys Tromholt for the photograph from which our engraving has been made of his auroral observatory at Kautokeino in Finmarken, Norway. The Norwegian savant has, as may be remember from his communications to NATURE, during last winter sojourned in Lapland for the study of the aurora borealis, simultaneously with which observations of this remarkable phenomenon have been made at the Norwegian and Finnish Circumpolar Stations at Bossekop and Sodankyl?. Also: "We have also received from Dr. Tromholt an excellent photograph, taken by himself, of the Circumpolar Observatory which Norway, participating in the programme of international Polar research, has established at Bossekop, in North Finmarken. The station is situated on an eminence by the Alten Fjord, and the photograph shows clearly the various huts, &c., erected for meteorological, astronomical, and terrestrial observations" (p. 398). Nature Dr. Tromholt's Auroral Observatory at Kautokeino International Polar Year 1882-1883 Norway Norway IPY participation (1882-1883) 397-398 August 23 28 1883 721 1883-08 electronic125 article Report of a telegram received from Nordenski\"{o}ld from the Greenland expedition. Also, on p. 531, there is a note about the return of the Yantic from its unsuccessful attempt to evacuate the Greely party from Lady Franklin Bay. Nature Nordenskj\"{o}ld's Greenland Expedition Arctic exploration Greenland Nordenski\"{o}ld Greenland expedition (1883) International Polar Year 1882-1883 U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) 530-531 September 27 28 1883 726 1883-09 electronic59 article The Danish polar station was at Godthaab, Greenland,--a little colony situated at the extremity of a peninsula which separates the two large parallel fiords, of Godthaab, and that, farther south, of Ameralik. The station was erected on a little hill of almost pure gneiss, twenty-six metres above the level of the surrounding water. This place was chosen both because it was the highest elevation in the immediate neighborhood and because the gneiss appeared free from iron ores. There were, in all, five buildings. Science The Danish International Polar Station International Polar Year 1882-1883 Danish IPY expedition to Godthaab (1882-1883) Denmark IPY participation (1882-1883) 476 November 21 4 1884 94 1884-11 electronic53 article Now that the result of the arctic sojourn of the various parties is determined, so far as concerns the safety of their personnel, and the manner in which they were able to carry out the programme of the international commission, it may be interesting for the readers of Science to briefly review the whole topic. Including Finland, ten countries participated in the work; namely, Germany, the United States, Denmark, Austria, Sweden, Norway, Russia, the Netherlands, Russian Finland, and France. Fifteen primary stations were contemplated, of which two in the southern, and twelve in the northern, hemisphere were successfully established, all of which, it is believed, carried out the observations prescribed by the commission. (Introduction, p. 370; Good overview of the IPY1 stations.) Science The International Polar Stations International Polar Year 1882-1883 370-372 4 1884 89 Copyright ? 1884 American Association for the Advancement of Science ArticleType: primary_article / Full publication date: Oct. 17, 1884 1884 science501 article This volume, which contains the report of Lieut. Ray's party at Point Barrow. 1881-83, is notable in several respects, and creditable to all concerned. It has been prepared by Lieut. P. H. Ray, U.S.A., and Prof. John Murdoch of his party, with the assistance of several experts. It is not necessary to rehearse the object and relations of the expedition, which have been repeatedly referred to in the pages of Science. The report begins with a statement of the orders and instructions under which the work was done. This is followed by a narrative by Lieutenant Ray of the transactions at Point Barrow, or rather the station Uglaaimi near the Point, of his explorations of the Meade River, and of the voyage to and from the station. This narrative is unpretentious and interesting, and terminates with a hearty recognition, by the commander, of the qualities shown by the members of his party during the monotony and privation of their long exile. Lieutenant Ray also furnishes an ethnographic sketch of the natives of Point Barrow, which will be found entertaining reading, and is illustrated by some excellent heliotypes,--the best, indeed, we have seen from photographs made in this part of the arctic regions. They give very satisfactory views of the station, the grounded ice, the natives of Uglafami, and of the village of Iliulliuk, Unalashka, at which the expedition touched. There is also a census and vocabulary of the Innuit of Uglaami, and a list of the ethnological specimens obtained by the party, to the illustration of which several plates are devoted. Science Report of the Point Barrow Station International Polar Year 1882-1883 U.S. IPY expedition Barrow (1882-1883) Alaska 446-447 6 1885 146 Book review 1885 electronic230 article Dr. John Rae, for thirty-five years a Corresponding Member of the American Geographical Society, died at his home in London on the 22d of July last. An attack of influenza in April had left him in a weakened condition, though he kept up with surprising energy and interested himself in his usual occupations to within a few days of his death. Journal of the American Geographical Society of New York Obituary: John Rae, M. D., F. R. S John Rae (1813-1893) Arctic exploration 479-481 25 1893 3 Obituary Copyright ? 1893 American Geographical Society ArticleType: notice_news / Full publication date: 1893 1893 newspaper247 misc (Canadian Press Despatch.) Levis, Que., Jan. 12.--Admiral Richard Byrd has sent a wireless message from his South Pole headquarters to Captain J. E. Bernier, veteran Arctic navigator. The Admiral extends his best greetings for the new year to Captain Bernier, whom he calls "the dean of Arctic explorers." [entire item] The Globe Byrd Sends Greetings to "Dean of Explorers" Antarctic exploration Radio communications Richard Byrd J. E. Bernier 8 1930 8 Newspaper article 1930 electronic112 article The relation of the aurora to the light of the night sky formed the topic of a Geophysical Discussion at the Royal Astronomical Society on May 19, under the chairmanship of Lord Rayleigh. Prof. S. Chapman opened the discussion. Dr. J. M. Stagg gave an account of its appearance and changes observed at Fort Rae, near the auroral zone, during the second International Polar Year (1932/33). Nature The Aurora Polaris and the Light of the Night Sky Auroras International Polar Year 1932-1933 British IPY expedition to Fort Rae (1932-1933) 884-885 May 27 143 1939 3630 1939-05 electronic111 article The Second International Polar Year, 1932-33, during which many nations joined in the simulaneous recording of meteorological, geomagnetic and auroral data in the polar and other regions of the globe, belonged to an epoch when the nations of Europe and elsewhere could still devote money and energy to a great co-operative scientific enterprise. Though receding in memory, some of its fruits still remain ungarnered; this has now been accomplished, for the share of Canada in the magnetic and auroral part of that enterprise, by the publication of volume 2 of the report of the three Canadian expeditions (volume 1 deals with the meteorological results). ... The report gives very full details, on an internationally arranged plan, of the magnetic observations made during the year at these two stations; the tables cover more than eighty quarto pages closely printed; they are likely to prove, for many years, valuable raw material for theoretical studies as was the case with the records of the first Polar Year (1882-83), the value of which is still not exhausted. Nature Canadian Polar Year Expeditions, 1932-33 International Polar Year 1932-1933 Canada IPY participation (1932-1933) 774 145 1940 3681 1940 electronic109 article An article on a new fund for encouraging science in Belgium. Includes a small section on Belgian involvement in IPY2. Belgium also took part in the organization of the International Polar Year (1932-33). Ever since 1882-83 the idea had been mooted of active co-operation of scientific workers belonging to various countries in order to bring more unity and co-ordination of polar expeditions. The programme of the second Polar Year, prepared a long time ahead in the course of international conferences, included a great number of subjects: the meteorology and exploration of the atmosphere; the dynamics of cyclones and anti-cyclones; weather forecasts; terrestrial magnetism and atmospheric electricity; earth currents and the aurora polaris. Under the auspices of the Government and of the National Fund [for science support], Belgium undertook to establish a new magnetic station in the province of Li\`{e}ge and another in the Belgian Congo. These stations carried on observations, following the plans elaborated by the Polar Year Commission. Nature The Belgian National Fund for Scientific Research International Polar Year 1932-1933 Belgium Belgium IPY participation (1992-1883) 780-781 155 1945 3948 1945 electronic328 article Many important discoveries in various scientific fields have been made in the first six months of the 18-month International Geophysical Year, or IGY, which ends Dec. 31, 1958. Early results of the U. S. IGY program are reported by Hugh Odishaw, executive director of the U. S. National Committee for IGY, in Science (Jan. 17). The first findings from the international research program probing earth and its environment reflect the work of hundreds of scientists. (See SNL, June 8, 1957, p. 362.) Results range from the recovery of a living organism from the record ocean depth of 16,200 feet to the discovery that there may be an atmosphere all the way from earth to the sun, consisting largely of hydrogen particles emitted by the sun. The Science News Letter Report First IGY Results International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 U.S. IGY participation (1957-1958) 51 73 1958 4 1958 article426 article Momentum is building for an International Polar Year in 2007-2008, timed to celebrate several international scientific anniversaries (see box). IPY 2007-2008 is envisioned as a campaign of coordinated polar observations and analyses that are bipolar in focus, multidisciplinary in scope, and international in participation. Its scientific program will incorporate elements of exploration, studies of polar processes, and activities to monitor and understand change and its human dimensions. Its goals include galvanizing new and innovative observations and research, building on and enhancing existing programs and initiatives, attracting and developing the next generation of polar scientists and science leaders, and creating an exciting range of education and outreach activities to engage the public. Witness the Arctic: Chronicles of the NSF Arctic Sciences Division Groups Plan for International Polar Year 2007-2008 International Polar Year 2007-2008 23 11 2004 1 2004 article76 article To assist circumpolar health researchers planning for research studies, particular those carried out in indigenous communities, we draw your attention to the website of the International Network for Circumpolar Health Research, which provides either copies of the guidelines or direct links to various international, national and regional agencies that prepared them
. The following is a partial list... Int J Circumpolar Health Ethical guidelines for conducting research in circumpolar populations Ethical research guidelines Research ethics Polar research 193 64 2005 2 2005 article294 article Neither marauding wolves, nor temperatures as low as -46 degrees Celsius, nor overdue supply ships stayed the explorers at Fort Conger in northwestern Greenland from their meteorological rounds. In 1882 and 1883, U.S. personnel at this isolated station and researchers at other sites across the Arctic recorded air temperature, barometric pressure, wind speed, and other variables as part of the first International Polar Year. At this site from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, history buffs can learn more about this pioneering project, and researchers can download the original data. The project's goal was to share environmental measurements from different locales, and 11 countries teamed up to staff Arctic observing stations. Their readings provide a snapshot of the far north before human-induced global warming began. Besides data, the site holds an archive with more than 200 photos, maps, and drawings that provide a glimpse of life at the stations. Paintings even record the deaths of three members of the Fort Conger expedition; only seven of the 25 members of the party were alive when rescuers arrived. [entire item] www.arctic.noaa.gov/aro/ipy-1 Science Exhibits: A Frigid Banner Year International Polar Year 1882-1883 U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) Web resources 769 May 6 308 2005 5723 Web resource 2005-05 webpage428 article The websites listed hereunder have been chosen because they constitute good entry points and can quickly help you build a wide array of web resources covering whatever portion of polar sciences you are interested in. Online at http://ec.europa.eu/research/rtdinfo/special_pol/07/article_2625_en.html RTDinfo An Internet journey through polar science Polar research Web resources 2008 2005 August 9 Web resource 2005 webpage427 article Chronology of events in glaciology, oceanography, biology, meteorology, geology and geophysics in Arctic and Antarctic. Web version of an article on "The history of research in polar regions - From sailing ships to satellites" in RTDinfo, Special issue - May 2005. Online at http://ec.europa.eu/research/rtdinfo/special_pol/01/article_2590_en.html RTDinfo Research milestones since 1818 History of science Polar research Web resources 2008 2005 August 9 2005 article87 article Meteorologists say automated data collection is failing. Arctic climate research is suffering as manned weather stations are being closed in Canada, Russia and the United States, some meteorologists complain. Since 1990, around a quarter of the 500-odd manned meteorological stations in North America and Siberia have been shut in order to save money. Some have been replaced with automated monitoring stations, but other closures have completely halted data flow from those sites. "Each station less means we have one important grid point less for validating our models," says Konrad Steffen, an ice specialist at the University of Colorado in Boulder. ... Scientists hope that the governments of Arctic countries will set up new manned monitoring facilities as a contribution to the International Polar Year, in 2007-2008. Nature Arctic stations need human touch International Polar Year 2007-2008 Polar research Arctic regions Meteorology 133 May 10 441 2006 7090 2006-05 article86 article Science in the Arctic cries out for better coordination--perhaps modelled on what happens in Antarctica. Nature Coming in from the cold Arctic regions International Polar Year 2007-2008 Research coordination Polar research 127 May 10 441 2006 7090 2006-05 article85 article International Polar Year 2007 can leave an imprint. The last time there was an International Polar Year (IPY), the world was a very different place. In 1957, at the height of the cold war, the poles were less a place for intriguing scientific discoveries than for political manoeuvring between the Soviet Union and the United States. Yet 1957-58 marked the third International Polar Year (the first two were in 1882 and 1932) and the first International Geophysical Year--a significant landmark, with hindsight, for global scientific collaboration. The International Geophysical Year yielded several great scientific discoveries, many of which were inexorably linked to cold-war imperatives. James Van Allen discovered the belts of radiation surrounding Earth with the first US satellite, Explorer I, sent up in response to the Soviet Union's Sputnik. And the US nuclear submarine Nautilus, on a top-secret voyage, became the first vessel to visit the North Pole under the ice. This time round, the political context of the IPY is dominated by climate change. ... The polar-year celebration represents, among other things, the best chance to get these climate-monitoring networks up and running. Let's hope that the funding difficulties are ironed out in time, and that this opportunity is used to produce a legacy worthy of International Polar Year 2007. Nature The ends of the earth International Polar Year 2007-2008 110 March 7 446 2007 7132 2007-03 article78 article The Arctic--particularly Greenland--needs to become a major focus of research for years to come. Halfway through the International Polar Year (IPY), which actually stretches from March 2007 to March 2009, it is clear that polar research has received exactly the kind of boost that its planners were seeking. As of last month, more than 160 projects were under way with full or partial funding. Some 60 countries are involved, including such unexpected ones as Portugal and Iran. Nature All eyes north International Polar Year 2007-2008 781 April 16 452 2008 2008-04 article81 article International Polar Year is drawing attention to the poles. But if more people are entering this pristine environment as a result, any negative impacts must be justified with commensurate benefits. Scientific projects as well as monitoring programmes at both poles are therefore essential and must be continued and expanded, even though scientists will leave an ecological footprint. But the growing industry of polar tourism ought to be regulated by more than its outrageous price tags. Nature Geoscience Looking polewards International Polar Year 2007-2008 Polar tourism 141 March 1 1 2008 3 2008-03 aberdare97 article RGS President's address at the anniversary meeting held on 22 May 1882. ... The suggestion, originally made by the late Lieutenant Weyprecht, that posts should be established at different points within the Arctic circle for taking simultaneous magnetic and meteorological observations, has at last been adopted and acted upon. The United States have sent out two observing expeditions, one to Lady Franklin Bay, under Lieutenant A. W. Greely, and the other to Point Barrow, under Lieutenant Ray. Russia has also established two stations, at the mouth of the Lena and in Novaya Zemlya. Denmark has sent Commander Paulsen to observe at Godhaab in Greenland. Holland has undertaken the charge of an observatory at Dickson's-haven near the mouth of the Yenisei. Austro-Hungary has one at Jan Mayen Island, Sweden at Mussel Bay, in Spitzbergen and Germany in Cumberland Sound (Davis Strait), as well as an Antarctic Station in South Georgia. Our own Government has, I am glad to say, agreed to join the movement and will establish an observatory at Fort Rae, in the Dominion of Canada. Your Council has contributed instruments to the value of 100l. for the use of Captain Dawson, R.A., who will have charge of the geographical observations. (p. 333) Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society and Monthly Record of Geography Annual address on the progress of geography for 1881-2 International Polar Year 1882-1883 329-333 June 4 1882 6 Address 1882-06 aberdare95 article Description of support for expedition to relieve Lieutenant Greely given during RGS President's address by Lord Aberdare (Henry Austin Bruce) at anniversary meeting held on 26 May 1884 (pp. 366-367). Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society and Monthly Record of Geography The Annual Address on the Progress of Geography: 1883-4 International Polar Year 1882-1883 U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) 365-379 July 6 1884 7 Address 1884-07 ahlmann232 article Apart from the work in the vast Arctic districts of Russia, which has now been developed and extended until the USSR is now undoubtedly in the front rank of Arctic exploration, the Russian Committee for organizing the Second International Polar Year had included in its program also comprehensive glaciological work in other parts of the Union. These plans have, under the leadership of N. P. Gorbunoff resulted in five expeditions. The above six volumes give the results of the expeditions to Pamir, to Tianshan, to the Khatengri massif, to the Zeravshan glaciers in western Tadjikistan, to the Ural, and to the Caucasus. These books, being printed in Russian, are only accessible to the undersigned in so far as summaries in English are given. Some of these summaries give a good idea of the contents, but others are far too brief, and of certain sections there are no summaries at all. I have repeatedly expressed to USSR representatives and organizations the desirability of the account of their more important scientific work being provided with sufficiently full summaries, in any of the large western European languages, to do full justice to that work. ... On the whole, it is extremely desirable that this glaciological work, which is planned with so great appreciation of what is of especial interest and value and has already given so many valuable results, should be consistently continued, by extending it over the whole of the accumulation areas, for only then can be obtained what has obviously been the object of the investigations--a more through knowledge of the economy of the glaciers. This is essential, not only to a true understanding of the general nature and life of the glaciers, but also to a practical, valuable knowledge of the water supply of the glacier rivers. It would be a great pity if this comprehensive work, so very skilfully begun, could not be continued to that end. The fact that the International Polar Year is now at an end must not make any difference. Geografiska Annaler [review] International Polar Year 1932-1933 Russia Glaciology Russia IPY participation (1932-1933) 296-299 19 1937 Book review 1937 airy422 article The changes in the monthly records are very remarkable. They leave no doubt in my mind that the diurnal magnetic changes are produced by the sun. But I cannot account for every change that takes place in the course of a day; nor can I undertake to say whether we can found, on these, the theory that general terrestrial magnetism is a part of solar, radiation, perhaps sometimes acting through or sometimes impeded by the masses of land and sea on which that radiation acts. Still I think that a considerable step is made by the establishment of a connexion between terrestrial magnetism (on one hand), and the radiation, or, at least, the visibility of the sun (on the other hand). Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London Results Deduced from the Measures of Terrestrial Magnetic Force in the Horizontal Plane, at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, from 1841 to 1876 History of science Geomagnetism 679-689 176 1885 1885 albert45 article Editorial on the fourth IPY. Plans are under way for the International Polar Year (IPY) 2007-2008. Previous IPYs (1882-1883 and 1932-1933) and the International Geophysical Year (1957-1958) (which began as an IPY) produced unprecedented exploration and discoveries in many fields of research and fundamentally changed how science was conducted in the polar regions. IPY 2007-2008 will benefit society by exploring new frontiers and increasing our understanding of the key roles of the polar regions in globally linked systems. Recent technological developments give us a new ability to investigate previously unexplored areas, using new tools and new ways of looking to understand once-unanswerable questions. Autonomous vehicles, genomics, and remote sensing instruments and networks are just a few of the technologies providing new tools for investigating previously inaccessible realms. The polar regions also continue to loom large in facilitating our understanding of the processes by which solar activity may seriously disturb Earth's space environment, affecting the performance of modern technologies deployed in space and on Earth. We believe that research is needed now, so that future generations may mitigate vulnerabilities and adapt to potential change. Science The International Polar Year Antarctic regions Arctic regions International cooperation Polar research International Polar Year 2007-2008 1437 March 5 303 2004 5663 2004-03 amundsen231 article Address to Royal Geographical Society, January 25, 1909. "By far the most important task left for geographical research to perform in the Arctic Regions is the exploration of the extent, depth, and character of the polar basin" (Nansen, in his lecture before the Royal Geographical Society in London on April 29, 1907). The great polar basin is still lying there with its many unsolved problems, and seems to challenge us; and in our own minds we know perfectly well that we shall not give up until all these problems are solved (p. 440). If you look at a list of the various exploring expeditions that have been undertaken in past years, you will soon see that only a very small number of them have had oceanic research as their object. It is a significant fact, too, that when "discoveries" were mentioned, it was always land that was meant, never sea; and an expedition that returned without knowledge of new lands, but only reported new seas, was considered to have yielded only negative results (pp 441-442). An expedition with a modern equipment will be able to make its way into the polar basin with every prospect of being able to clear up much that is still incomprehensible to us. I will now endeavour to set forth the problems that such an expedition will encounter, their significance and the manner in which they are to be solved (p. 442). The Geographical Journal A Proposed North Polar Expedition Roald Amundsen (1872-1928) Arctic exploration 440-456 33 1909 4 Address Address to Royal Geographical Society, January 25, 1909 1909 amundson83 article 'Polar-Palooza', a travelling roadshow celebrating the International Polar Year 2007-2009, highlights the scientific passion of those working on Arctic and Antarctic research, along with their ecological concerns. Nature Geoscience The ends of the Earth International Polar Year 2007-2008 Polar Palooza Exhibit 5-6 1 2008 1 2008 appleton381 article THE author of this particular issue of International Conciliation, W. SULLIVAN, is a science journalist, on the staff of the New York Times, whose work is greatly esteemed in professional scientific circles for its lucidity and accuracy. There should therefore be no one better fitted than he to tell the story of the IGY to the layman. Much of that story, so far as the scientific programme of the IGY is concerned, will of course be familiar enough to readers of this Journal. They may not, however, be so familiar with the manifestations of international rivalry, displayed in the course of the planning and operational phases of the IGY, which are given so much prominence here. One whole chapter is, for example, devoted to the dispute between the two Chinas as regards IGY participation, as a result of which the Chinese People's Republic wan the one nation among sixty-seven to withdraw. The chapter on Antarctica likewise deals much with clashes of national claims and interests; while the chapter on earth satellites instances various U.S.S.R. failures to implement data-exchange programmes in this field, and so on. To the many thousands of geophysicists who have been quietly absorbed in the implementation of the IGY programme, this emphasis on discord rather than concord, by a distinguished commentator, will be rudely awakening. Yet, even here, the greet majority of the scientists are seen to have risen above jealousy and emulation. [entire item] Journal of Atmospheric and Terrestrial Physics [The international geophysical year: W. Sullivan: No. 521, of International Conciliation, 1959] International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 397 16 1959 3-4 Book review 1959 appleton101 article ...North Norway, organized by the Royal Society as part of Britain's contribution to the work of the Second International Polar Year. It was this expedition which discovered the phenomenon of the polar radio 'black-out', associated with... Nature Dr. Geoffrey Builder International Polar Year 1932-1933 British IPY participation (1932-1933) 828-830 187 1960 4740 Obituary 1960 appleton379 article This is the second book published providing a comprehensive assessment of the scientific harvest of the International Geophysical Year 1957-8. The first one was written, appropriately enough, by Professor SYDNEY CHAPMAN, the principal planner of the year's concerted geophysical experiments and observations. This was published last year under the title IGY: Year of Discovery and provides the reader with a succinct yet readable account of I.G.Y. discoveries. The volume under present review, by a distinguished American journalist, WALTER SULLIVAN, Chief Science Writer of the New York Times, has been written with a different objective from that of Professor CHAPMAN'S. Mr. SULLIVAN tells us a story-the story of "the single most significant peace-time activity of mankind since the Renaissance and the Copernican Revolution." In telling that story he deals almost as much with people as with things, almost as much with human, as with scientific, situations. To do this the author naturally has to rely on his own personal contact with American I.G.Y. projects. As he says in his own words: "To season the scientific accounts with personal experience, the author has included a number of events that he witnessed and, because of this and the broad scope of the American programme, more space has been devoted to the United States effort than to that of any other nation." Nevertheless the international pooling of resources and techniques, which was such a striking feature of the I.G.Y., receives adequate attention and emphasis. Readable and reliable, Mr. SULLIVAN'S book is an outstanding success. It will both entertain and inform the scientist who himself took part in the I.G.Y., while it cannot fail to fire the scientific schoolboy with a desire to participate in the next I.G.Y. [entire item] Journal of Atmospheric and Terrestrial Physics [Assault on the unknown: W. Sullivan: McGraw-Hill, New York, 1961] International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 November 1961 Book review 1961-11 axford378 article The relationship between solar and geomagnetic activity was established in the second half of the nineteenth century. Despite extensive ground-based observations (for example International Polar Years of 1882-83 and 1932-33) and extensive theoretical work (notably by Birkeland, Stormer, Chapman, Ferraro and Alfven), progress in understanding the problems of geomagnetic activity and the aurora was relatively slow until the International Geophysical Year in 1957 and the launching of the first Earth satellite. For many years, ionospheric physicists were concerned mainly with problems of ionospheric effects on radio propagation as observed from the ground. There was a natural tendency to ignore questions associated with the extension of the ionosphere into space in the regions above 300 km altitude, which were not directly observable from the ground. Advances in Space Research Discovering the Earth's magnetosphere History of science Geomagnetism 11-12 2 1982 1 1982 baird482 article The International Geophysical Year (IGY) represented a worldwide effort to explore our planet using the best science and technology available in 1957. The IGY was somewhat misnamed in that it actually ran 18 months with a 12-month extension called the International Geophysical Cooperation (IGC). The goals of IGY/IGC were simultaneous observations in 15 areas: aurora and airglow, cosmic rays, geomagnetism, glaciology, gravity, ionospheric physics, latitude and longitude determination, meteorology, oceanography, rocketry, satellites, seismology, solar activity, radioactivity of the atmosphere, and World Days. The IGY took place simultaneously with the launching of the first artificial Earth satellites, which inaugurated the "space age." Over 70 countries collaborated and supported the development of plans for peaceful collection and exchange of geoscientific measurements, their interpretation, and understanding. Now, for IGY's 50th Anniversary, more than 120 countries are collaborating in several "geophysical years" to collect data about the Earth and its relationship to the sun. The major initiatives include the International Polar Year (IPY), the International Heliophysical Year (IHY), the Electronic Geophysical Year (eGY), and the International Year of Planet Earth (IYPE). SEG has officially recognized these specific international science projects. 1957, 2007, 2057. IGY's 50th anniversary is an opportunity for us to look back half a century and see where we have come from and to look at what others will say about what we are doing now when looking back from 2057. This special section, in keeping with that premise, provides a historical snapshot of some IGY events and addresses some current issues to consider as we plan the next 50 years. The Leading Edge Introduction to this Special Section: eGY Electronic Geophysical Year 2007-2008 1290-1292 26 2007 10 2007 baker194 article Karl Weyprecht has left an unforgettable record of polar exploration, but has himself tended to be forgotten. His fame rests not so much with his work in the Arctic, which included the discovery of Zemlya Frantsa-Iosifa, but on the series of international scientific programmes which he initiated in 1875 with the first International Polar Year (IPY), 1882-83. International scientific programmes can be traced back to 1751, when observations of the parallaxes of the Moon, Mars and Venus were made at six stations in the Northern Hemisphere and at one in the Southern. The most recent, the World Climate Research Programme, organized jointly by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) and the International Council of Scientific Unions (ICSU), began in 1980. As the first IPY celebrates its 100th anniversary this year, the second International Polar Year 1932-33 its 50th anniversary, and the third International Polar Year--better known as the International Geophysical year (IGY), 1957-58--its 25th anniversary, ICSU has invited its national and international scientific members to commemorate these three anniversaries. [This article focuses on the first IPY.] Polar Record The First International Polar Year, 1882-83 International Polar Year 1882-1883 275-285 21 1982 132 Sections titles: The origin of Weyprecht's idea; The idea and its adoption; Polar conferences; The expeditions; More recent 'years'; Conclusions; Notes; References 1982 barr180 article 1983 marks the centennial of a milestone event in the history of scientific research in the polar regions, the First International Polar Year. A total of 14 stations was established in the polar regions by 12 different nations, along with a number of subsidiary stations. Focusing primarily on meteorology, geomagnetism, and auroral studies, scientists at these stations carried out a standardized, synchronized program of observations for a full calendar year. In terms of the geographical spinoff from the project, several of the expeditions made notable contributions in the area of exploration and mapping, particularly the American expedition to Ellesmere Island and the French expedition to Cabo de Hornos (Cape Horn). The meteorological program naturally produced a wealth of raw data, which are now of great value as a basis for comparisons. Although geomorphology was not part of the official program, several of the scientists made very useful observations, particularly in the area of periglacial forms and processes. Concerning the marine environment the Dutch expedition, whose ship was adrift in the ice of the Kara Sea for the entire year, contributed very valuable observations on the nature and behavior of sea ice. Its oceanographic contribution was also extremely significant, as was that of the French expedition to Cabo de Hornos. Scientists from several of the expeditions also made extensive and valuable pioneer observations of the indigenous peoples in their respective areas. Worthy of particular mention here are studies of the Eskimo of the North Slope by the American expedition to Point Barrow, of the Inuit of Cumberland Sound by a scientist with the German expedition to Baffin Island, and of the Yahgan Indians of Tierra del Fuego by the French expedition to Cabo de Hornos. Annals of the Association of American Geographers Geographical aspects of the first International Polar Year, 1882-1883 Scientific cooperation Polar regions International Polar Year 1882-1883 463-484 73 1983 4 1983 barry446 article The Arctic Ocean ice-climate system has attracted scientific attention since the early 19th century, but systematic research awaited the First IPY and its successors, and the stimulus they provided. These contributions are reviewed and attention is then focused on our present understanding of surface energy exchanges on the Arctic ice. The complexities introduced by snow cover, summer melt ponds, and polynyi are examined, drawing upon Russian as well as Western sources. Large-scale ice-climate interactions are discussed for seasonal and longer time scales and potential human-induced impacts on the Arctic ice regime are noted. Although ice anomalies are pronounced on a regional scale, in response to atmospheric circulation patterns, there are also strong correlations between high-latitude temperature trends and total ice area over at least the past 30 years. Annals of the Association of American Geographers Arctic Ocean Ice and Climate: Perspectives on a Century of Polar Research Arctic research Arctic Ocean Ice 485-501 73 1983 4 1983 behr425 article The upcoming International Polar Year (IPY) 2007-2008 is the fourth time scientists have planned a coordinated international campaign to advance understanding of the polar regions and their interactions with the global system. The histories of the three previous polar years show the development of science and technology over the past 125 years. Science, once the occupation of only a few educated individuals, is now a large-scale endeavor involving professional societies, international initiatives, and government agencies. Modern communications and transportation now allow investigators to control instruments and collect observations remotely; members of the first IPY expeditions spent more time on their own survival than gathering data. Above all, these histories show science as a human endeavor set in a specific social and economic context, whose success depends on the behavior of the individuals and groups involved in its planning and implementation. Our current understanding of the Earths poles, awareness of their unique features, and appreciation for their global importance has been made possible by the cumulative effort of generations of explorers and investigators. Witness the Arctic: Chronicles of the NSF Arctic Sciences Division IPY History Reflects Progress in Science and Society International Polar Year 1882-1883 International Polar Year 1932-1933 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 International Polar Year 2007-2008 1-4 12 2007 2 2007 belanger374 article When 1 July 1957 "dawned" in the dark of the south polar night, Americans at seven scientific stations scattered across Antarctica officially began systematic, synoptic observations of the air above and ice below. Joining scientists from 11 other countries on the polar continent, they were part of the International Geophysical Year, an 18-month worldwide effort to understand the earth and its environment. The Navy and other military services provided the transportation, construction, and maintenance to make life and work possible on the ice. The scientific success and value of the IGY inspired a mechanism--the Antarctic Treaty of 1959--for a peaceful future focused on the cooperative pursuit of scientific knowledge. While imperfect and fragile, the treaty is still in force and, with continuing military and civilian support, scientific research in Antarctica prospers. All this was achieved in a remarkably short time, by disparate, thinly acquainted, mutually wary cultures--military, scientific, and diplomatic. All the more astonishing is that it happened within the tense context of the Cold War, as statesmen and warriors were wise enough to allow "apolitical" scientists to lead where they could not. Journal of Government Information The International Geophysical Year in Antarctica: Uncommon collaborations, unprecedented results International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Antarctica Antarctic Treaty 40-41 30 2004 4 2004 belotserkovskii283 article Investigations carried out on the basis of materials collected during the International Geophysical Year will throw light on many as yet unclear physical problems of our planet, which in its rotation round its axis and rite yearly rotation round the sun serves as a natural standard for one of the three basic units, namely the second of time. In the vast IGY program of work, investigations connected with the study of variations in the velocity of the Earth's rotation and their causes are of the greatest interest for metrology. Measurement Techniques International Geophysical Year and measurements of time International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 166-167 1 1958 2 1958 benyon89 article Review of Ionospheric Radio Communications, edited by Kristen Folkestad. Proceedings of a NATO Institute on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic, organized by the Canadian Defence Research Telecommunications Establishment and the Norwegian Defence Research Establishment, at Finse, Norway, April 13-19, 1967.) (Plenum: New York, 1968). xi+468. Routine radio sounding of the ionosphere started nearly forty years ago and, although over the years there have been some significant advances in the application of ionospheric data to certain radio communication problems (as, for example, in the forecasting of long-term trends in ionospheric conditions), many practical problems still remain unsolved. This is particularly true of radio communications in high latitudes where the ionosphere is frequently subject to a variety of minor and major unpredictable disturbances. The extreme variability of the polar ionosphere was clearly recognized as early as 1932 at the time of the Second International Polar Year, when the occurrence of the so-called "polar radio blackout" was first identified. [Casual mention of information gleaned during IPY2.] Nature Radio communications International Polar Year 1932-1933 Radio communications Ionosphere History of science 101 220 1968 5162 1968 berkman293 article International Polar Years have continuously expanded interdisciplinary horizons to understand the world we live in. IPY-4 has the potential for involving all nations in more than two dozen disciplines with activities extending more than 72,000,000 km from Earth. In this inclusive context, IPY-4 could add value by creating innovative strategies to integrate Earth and planetary data from past and ongoing research programs. Importantly, in our global society, such information-technology strategies will contribute to the welfare of nations by opening new doors for knowledge discovery. Science International Polar Year 2007-08 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 International Polar Year 2007-2008 1669b- 301 2003 5640 2003 berkner287 article The opportunity for close collaboration of scientific investigators on the details of our terrestrial environment can come to man only about once in his active lifetime. The problems and the cost of international arrangement for world-wide synoptic observation of this environment are imposing. Consequently, only twice in the last seventy years have "World Years" been observed for geophysical observation. A third such opportunity, during 1957-1958, is now approaching. Under the leadership of the International Council of Scientific Unions, thirty-two nations have already signified their intention to join in an International Geophysical Year. The organization for this effort is now well advanced.1 This rare opportunity has excited scientists to re-examine critically our current knowledge of the earth and the potentialities of new scientific tools to extend vastly this knowledge in the context of intimate international collaboration. This symposium is a part of the appraisal that is precedent to the most fruitful exploitation of the forthcoming opportunity. Only a few of the many aspects of our geophysical knowledge can be explored here. Nevertheless, the privilege accorded to the symposium by the Academy serves to illustrate the importance of the approaching Geophysical Year and the status of our progress as we enter into this great scientific endeavor. [1. Science, 119, No. 3096, 569-575, April 30, 1954.] Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences Explanatory Foreword: Symposium on Scientific Aspects of the International Geophysical Year, 1957-1958 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 922-923 40 1954 10 1954 berkner284 article For the third time in a century the scientists of the world will join, during 1957-58, in a critical examination of the ever-changing aspects of man's immediate physical environment. Throughout the ages, man's curiosity about and observations of the gross manifestations of nature have provided him the elementary facts and ideas that have "hatched" into one great scientific discipline after another. The clues to nature's organization are not often related very directly to man's special sense organs. Consequently, his reconstruction of nature's processes requires the exhaustive examination of those few clues of which his senses are immediately aware, so that other phenomena, more privy to nature, may be discovered. (p. 569) ... The purpose of geophysics is to provide a concise generalized description of our gross natural environment from which we can comprehend its variations from time to time and from place to place (p. 570). ... Experience has shown that these continuing activities are far from sufficient to provide all information needed for a detailed synoptic description of the organization and behavior of particular events. What is the world-wide description of the appearance and growth of a particular auroral disturbance? Does a succession of such disturbances develop along a common pattern? Questions of this type, applying to almost every geophysical variable, lead to the second great class of geophysical observation--namely synoptic observation. Although this type of observation is applied to meteorological phenomena in limited areas of the world, it can seldom be extended to the whole world, because of cost and effort involved. Because simultaneity of synoptic observation everywhere is essential to a world-wide description of an event, geophysical scientists are strongly impelled to agree on an interval when they will all concentrate on the operation of a sufficient network of synoptic stations to obtain its universal description. An International Geophysical Year is such an interval. An international year serves two purposes: It provides an internationally agreed upon interval of unusual geophysical activity when it is especially profitable to occupy inaccessible areas, such as the antarctic, for the purpose of supplementing the great continuing geophysical activities with observations in vital areas. And it provides opportunity for the geophysicists of the world to plan strategic networks for synoptic description of particular kinds of world-wide geophysical events, particularly meteorological, magnetic, ionospheric and auroral "storms" or disturbances whose spatial morphology and history are otherwise beyond our grasp. (p. 571) Science International Scientific Action: The International Geophysical Year 1957-58 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 569-575 119 1954 3096 1954 berkner285 article "For something more than five years now a small group of scientists have been planning rather more than "a slight survey" of our terrestrial sphere. They have concluded that a truly comprehensive study of the Earth as a planet can be undertaken only on a world-wide scale and that a common basis for thinking and experiment is imperative." "...it is not improbable that important aspects of our terrestrial environment may have gone unnoticed in the absence of such highly coordinated observation. To meet this challenge, scientists of the Earth have joined forces to make intimately coordinated observation of the Earth during an International Geophysical Year (IGY), which will commence on July 1, 1957, and extend through 1958. During these eighteen months geophysical scientists of more than fifty nations will carry out measurements with a prearranged geographic distribution of stations, with common timing, and international standards set down in more than thirty-five manuals. The IGY coincides with the expected maximum of sunspot activity during the present epoch, when external influences on the Earth should be most active." Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society The International Geophysical Year, 1957-1958: A Pattern for International Cooperation in Research International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 159-163 101 1957 2 Copyright ? 1957 American Philosophical Society ArticleType: primary_article / Full publication date: Apr. 19, 1957 "Read November 15, 1956) 1957 bones235 article Surveying Norway's role in past International Polar Years (IPYs), this essay by historian Stian Bones contributes to a broader understanding of Norway as a "polar nation". He describes the strengths of Norway's scientific traditions in the polar regions, and examines the varying motivations driving Norwegian involvement in the first three IPYs: 1882-83, 1932-33 and 1957-58 (also known as the International Geophysical Year). Polar Research Norway and past International Polar Years: A historical account International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Norway International Polar Year 1882-1883 International Polar Year 1932-1933 195-203 26 2007 2 2007 bonner383 article James Cook in his voyage of 1774-1775 is generally credited with the discovery of the Antarctic. He was soon followed by fur sealers who by the end of the first quarter of the nineteenth century had severely reduced the stocks of fur seals. Besides sealers, there were purely scientific expeditions to the Antarctic in the early 1800s. Exploratory whaling voyages began in 1873-1874, but the Antarctic whaling industry was not established till 1904. Whaling developed quickly, despite attempts to control its growth. These were frustrated by the invention in 1925 of factory ships which could operate on the high seas. Successive attempts to regulate whaling were unsuccessful, and following the reduction of the stocks of whales, the industry has collapsed. The development of whaling was accompanied by scientific exploration and research. The "Heroic Age" of Antarctic exploration saw the successful discovery of the Pole by the Norwegian Amundsen in 1911. Antarctic exploration developed between the two World Wars. After the Second World War there was a resurgence of interest in the Antarctic. Territorial claims caused political tensions, but these were temporarily assuaged during the International Geophysical Year, 1957-1958, when 12 nations cooperated to establish 47 research stations in the Antarctic. This scientific initiative was so successful that steps were taken to preserve this opportunity for scientific cooperation under the aegis of the Antarctic Treaty, signed at Washington in 1959. This treaty, together with two other associated instruments, provides the legal framework for present-day conservation in the Antarctic. Environment International Antarctic science and conservation--The historical background Antarctic research Antarctic exploration International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Antarctic Treaty 19-25 13 1987 1 1987 bowman77 article Public address under the auspices of the National Academy of Sciences given at the University of California on the evening of September 18, 1930. "It happens that polar exploration has participated in this advance from the place of wish-and-guess to the eye-piece of an instrument of precision and a knowledge of the workings of natural laws, and I have, been asked to outline its part in terms of modern science. Let me say at once that there was no thought of forecast in the beginnings of polar exploration. On the contrary, so far as the record permits us to learn, we see at first no other force in men's minds than that driving curiosity which is the motive power of most exploration everywhere and which impelled Pytheas of Massilia to the shores of Britain as it in like manner took Nansen to the inner Arctic where the secret of one part of the oceanographic puzzle might be found. Man insists on knowing what is in the outer world--the world outside the boundary posts of knowledge. Once it was discovered that such knowledge had utilitarian value, economics took a permanent place beside curiosity" (pp. 439-440). "The new ideas in polar exploration are not airplane and radio--these are but instruments of discovery. They are astonishingly reliable and useful instruments but they are of mechanical interest only, apart from the ideas they serve. Science feared for a time that they would run away with the game, because the popular mind is still on the romance of flying and the magic of communication by wireless. The really big game of the polar hunt are the scientific ideas or laws upon which the polar regions, and in some cases they alone, can throw light. Science is searching for particular things, not just anything. Real exploration has ceased to be a blind and adventurous wandering into the unknown" (p. 441). Science Polar Exploration Polar exploration 439-449 72 1930 1870 Address New Series; Copyright ? 1930 American Association for the Advancement of Science; ArticleType: primary_article / Full publication date: Oct. 31, 1930 1930 buchan120 article Up to the publication of this work by Prof. Mohn, our knowledge of the diurnal meteorological phenomena of this important part of the ocean was nearly altogether a blank. The interesting results here detailed are deduced from three series of hourly observations made during the Norwegian Expeditions in the summers of 1876, 1877, and 1878, which Prof. Mohn organised and carried out with a skill and a completeness that leave nothing to be desired. Thus new facts thus brought before us largely extend our knowledge of the physics of this portion of the North Atlantic. [first paragraph] Nature The Meteorology of the Arctic and Subarctic Portions of the Atlantic Ocean Meteorology Arctic research 398-399 28 1883 721 Book review 1883 bulkeley300 article From original documents in Russian and other archives, and other primary sources, the paper puts together a detailed account of the Soviet decision to join the IGY, the formation of the Soviet IGY committee, and the execution of their IGY programme. Topics covered include the network of stations and its share in the total IGY, the first Soviet Antarctic expeditions, the relationship between the IGY committee and the sputniks project, the part played by women, the work of World Data Center B, and the publication of scientific results. The paper was given to the Conference on the 50th Anniversary of the International Geophysical Year and the Electronic Geophysical Year, convened by the Geophysical Committee of the Russian Academy of Sciences at Suzdal in September 2007. http://elpub.wdcb.ru/journals/rjes/v10/2007ES000249/2007ES000249.pdf Russian Journal of Earth Sciences Aspects of the Soviet IGY International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 USSR Russia 1-17 10 2008 ES1003 Conference paper 2008 butler84 article You've heard what the presidential candidates think the challenges facing science in France are. Nature also canvassed opinion across the French research spectrum: from young researchers to reformers and industrialists. Declan Butler reports. INSU [the National Institute for Earth Sciences and Astronomy], for example, must plan expensive long-term ocean expeditions, and carry out its own peer review of missions. But current budgetary difficulties mean that it is having problems putting together expeditions for France's contribution to the International Polar Year. You can't do this sort of research with 3-year project grants. ... France's competitiveness in research and innovation has emerged as an election issue in the 2007 presidential campaign. Nature French election: Let science speak for itself International Polar Year 2007-2008 France 850-853 446 2007 7138 2007 capelotti183 article Despite five difficult and distinguished scientific expeditions to Svalbard and Franz Josef Land between 1871 and 1882, the British yachtsman and explorer Benjamin Leigh Smith published no detailed account of his expeditions. Best known for a dramatic shipwreck at Cape Flora in Franz Josef Land in 1881, his early work in Svalbard--particularly his first effort when he developed the Arctic voyaging and scientific techniques he would employ on his subsequent expeditions--has received scant attention. In the summer of 1871, Leigh Smith launched the first of three consecutive annual geographic and oceanographic explorations of Svalbard. His unpublished 1871 journal details his growing appreciation of and expertise in the European high Arctic; corrects misstatements in later accounts of this first effort; details his exploration of Hinlopenstretet and the discovery and naming of Broch\oya, Foyn\oya, and 31 other points in northeast Svalbard; and offers glimpses of an explorer who kept his personality well-hidden behind pioneering oceanographic and geographic observations of Svalbard and its surrounding seas. Polar Record Benjamin Leigh Smith's first Arctic expedition: Svalbard, 1871 Arctic exploration Benjamin Leigh Smith (1828-1913) Svalbard 1-14 42 2006 1 2006 capelotti184 article In 1872, the British yachtsman and explorer Benjamin Leigh Smith led his second expedition to the Arctic. Seeking to further the impressive oceanographic and geographic research of his first expedition in the summer of the previous year, Leigh Smith first explored Jan Mayen and then sailed to Svalbard. There, after investigating Moffen, adverse ice conditions precluded effective continuation of the voyage and almost wrecked his research vessel, Sampson. During a brief meeting with Adolf Erik Nordenski\"{o}ld's Swedish polar expedition, a bond was formed between the two explorers with fortuitous benefits for the Swedish expedition the following year as it struggled to escape from the north coast of Svalbard. Leigh Smith was forced to make for England in September 1872, without sailing nearly as far to the north or east as during his first expedition. His 1872 experiences led him to reconsider his method for Arctic exploration, and consequently, for his third expedition in 1873, he decided to include a chartered steamer as his primary research vessel with Sampson relegated to the role of support vessel. Polar Record Benjamin Leigh Smith's second Arctic expedition: Svalbard and Jan Mayen, 1872 Arctic exploration Benjamin Leigh Smith (1828-1913) 255-264 44 2008 3 2008 cehak385 article The need for ever increasing observational data was recognized in the early days of meteorological research. The first known network of stations was established by Ferdinand II, of Tuscany, in 1653. His Academy of Experimentation supervised seven observing stations in Italy and four in other countries. A second famous early network was that of the Societas Meteorologica Palatina of the Mannheim princes, which functioned from 1780 to 1792, when the French revolution stopped its activity. This network spread over Europe, Greenland and North America. The necessity of standardized instruments and methods was recognized and steps were undertaken to assure the fulfillment of this demand. A consequence of this line of thought was that ocean going vessels were equipped with meteorological instruments and log-books and with hand-books for standardized methods of observations. [first paragraph] Geoforum International cooperation in meteorology History of science Meteorology Scientific cooperation 62-67 14 1973 1973 chapman110 article Among the services la Cour rendered to the advancement of geophysical observation, one of the greatest was connected with the plans for the repetition, in 1932-33, of the International Polar Year of 1882-83, when the leading nations co-operated in sending expeditions to various parts of the north polar regions, in order to make meteorological, magnetic, auroral and other observation throughout a whole year. The project for a renewal and extension of this work, with modern instruments and methods, in the jubilee of the original polar year, was mooted in good time for new expeditions to be planned, and in 1928 the International Meteorological Committee appointed a commission to organize the work. In 1931, however, the world economic crisis deepened, and there was danger of the project being abandoned; la Cour was foremost in withstanding this, and under his leadership, as president of the International Polar Year Commission, the great enterprise was carried through to success. In facilitating afterwards the use of the large mass of new data thus obtained, la Cour likewise played an important part, with the enlightened generous support of the Danish Government. An international bureau was set up in his Institute, and there he organized the reproduction, on micro-films, of the magnetic and some other data. (p. 115) Nature Prof. D. la Cour Dan la Cour (1876-1942) International Polar Year 1932-1933 115-116 150 1942 3795 Obituary 1942 chapman106 article An account of the origin, development and scope of the IGY. "On April 3, 1950, Dr. L. V. Berkner, at a small gathering of geophysicists at the then home of Prof. J. A. van Allen, Silver Springs, Maryland, U. S. A., proposed a second repetition after twenty-five instead of fifty years, in view of the rapid advances made since 1933 in scientific, especially ionospheric, techniques." Nature The International Geophysical Year 1957-58 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 327-329 172 1953 4373 1953 chapman290 article As far as I know, this is the first meeting devoted by a national academy of science to public discussion of the International Geophysical Year. We believe that mankind the world over will reap many benefits from this great enterprise. It is our duty to gain for it the interest and approval of the community, which directly and indirectly will provide the resources for it. We must help the public, both general and scientific, to understand our purposes and our plans; past experience shows that by so doing we may evoke valuable new ideas for our program. At Rome next September I hope to speak especially on the international aspects of the Geophysical Year. At this meeting it is natural for me to dwell more on some American aspects of the undertaking. The Geophysical Year is the child and the grandchild of two earlier great international enterprises, the first and second International Polar Years. The proposal for the first of these, in 1882-1883, is ascribed to an Austrian arctic scientist, Weyprecht. The second, fifty years later, was suggested by Georgi in Hamburg. The proposal for a third Polar Year, not fifty but twenty-five years after the second, was made by Lloyd Berkner in April, 1950, to a small group, meeting socially, at Silver Spring, Maryland. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America The International Geophysical Year and some American aspects of it International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 924-926 40 1954 10 Address 1954 chapman100 article Substance of three University of London Special Lectures delivered at Queen Mary College during June 1-3 [1960] Nature Geomagnetic Storms and the Space Around the Earth Geomagnetism Sydney Chapman History of science 824-827 187 1960 4740 1960 chapman308 article Chapman: "... a time will come when our great enterprise, the IGY, will be viewed as an important? but primitive landmark in the history of man's exploration of the cosmos." But it cannot be doubted that the IGY also had significant political results. It made valuable contacts possible between the scientists of the East and the West, contacts that were previously handicapped by inhibitions on both sides. And it led to the drafting of the Antarctic Treaty that aims to exclude military action from Antarctica. ... "Sullivan in his preface indicates that "more space has been devoted to the United States effort than to that of any other nation"--as is very natural. "Nevertheless the author has sought to bring out the international character of the IGY...." In this Sullivan's approach is fair and impartial. But the IGY was so extensive in scope that even as ample a book as Assault on the Unknown must deal but scantily with many aspects of interest. Ten years hence, and subsequently, scientific historians should have many other and later accounts, by authors of different backgrounds and knowledge, from many lands, on which to base more definitive studies." Science Earth and Beyond - The International Geophysical Year in Retrospect: Was it a "turning point in history"? International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 41-43 134 1961 3471 1961 choi40 article The article reports on the International Polar Year that begins in 2007. Karl A. Erb, director of the National Science Foundation's office of polar programs, says the IPY will focus on climate change research. David Carlson, director of the IPY international program, discusses autonomous vehicles and automated sensors that will make observations. Scientific American Pole positions. The International Polar Year kicks off International Polar Year 2007-2008 26 March 296 2007 3 2007-03 clark392 article [1] The WDC system was created to archive and distribute data collected from the observational programs of the 1957-1958 International Geophysical Year. Originally established in the United States, Europe, Russia, and Japan, the WDC system has since expanded to other countries and to new scientific disciplines. The WDC system now includes over 51 Centers in 12 countries. The WDCs have been very successful over the last 50 years in meeting the needs of ICSU programs. However, in the next 50 years, the WDC system will need to evolve to accommodate the changing needs of ICSU and the global scientific community. Advances in information technology, as promoted by the electronic Geophysical Year, the implementation of new global scientific programs and the rapid increase in global, high-speed network connectivity will require the WDC system to adapt their current infrastructure, reorient their activities and implement new modes of operation. New requirements of existing ICSU programs like the IGBP, the activities of the new international science years (IPY, IHY, eGY, IYPE) and the implementation of the far reaching, long-term, Global Earth Observation System of Systems, will make new demands on the WDCs. The WDC system will respond by placing emphasis on modernizing its capabilities, expanding the WDCs into new disciplines, broadening the System geographically, especially into developing countries, and being more proactive in addressing new requirements from the ICSU and global scientific community. Online at http://elpub.wdcb.ru/journals/rjes/v10/2007ES000294/2007ES000294.pdf Russian Journal of Earth Sciences The Electronic Geophysical Year (eGY) and the World Data Center System International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 World Data Centers 1-4 10 2008 ES2007 Somehow got it free from here: http://elpub.wdcb.ru/journals/rjes/v10/2007ES000294/2007ES000294.pdf 2008 corby443 article An overview account of the first International Polar Year (1882-1883). World Meteorological Organization Bulletin The First International Polar Year (1882/83) International Polar Year 1882-1883 197-214 31 1982 3 http://uarctic.lms.athabascau.ca/file.php/9/3firstipy/corbyIPY1wmobulletin82com.pdf 1982 couzin66 article Science Opening Doors to Native Knowledge Arctic research Indigenous knowledge 1518-1519 March 16 315 2007 5818 2007-03 cowling309 article In many respects the most important of his activities after his 'retirement' were those connected with the International Geophysical Year. He had been a member of the U.K. National Committee for the International Polar Year of 1932-1933, but took no prominent share in its activities. He was involved in the IGY right from the start, when in 1950 a further Polar Year was proposed by L. V. Berkner at a dinner party given by J. A. van Allen, at which Chapman and other distinguished geophysicists were guests. He helped to extend the concept into that of a broader International Geophysical Year. In 1953 he was pressed to become president of CSAGI, the special committee for organizing the IGY; he accepted only after initial hesitation, because he did not then know what secretarial help he might expect after leaving Oxford. Once he had accepted, he threw himself wholeheartedly into publicizing the nature and value of the project, and securing the cooperation of groups in all countries. He gave what would have been full-time attention in most men to the preliminary organization and coordination of efforts; later on, he also undertook duties as reporter of the IGY auroral results. As he always insisted, the IGY was a cooperative effort, the credit for which belonged to no one single man; but the magnitude of his share in its organization was generally acknowledged. (pp. 58-59) Biographical Memoirs of Fellows of the Royal Society Sydney Chapman, 1888-1970 Sydney Chapman International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 53-89 17 1971 Obituary 1971 crary310 article The Scientific Monthly Seismology and the U.S. IGY Program International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Seismology November 83 1956 5 1956-11 crowther90 article [August 10] Review of The Essential Writings of Erasmus Darwin, chosen and edited with a linking commentary by Desmond King-Hele (London: MacGibbon and Kee, 1968). pp 223+16 photographs. In recent times, Erasmus Darwin has been known chiefly as the grandfather of Charles Darwin, rather than as a major figure in his own right. He was, however, one of the most influential men of the eighteenth century, both in science and literature. ... By the middle of the nineteenth century he had been almost forgotten.... Dr King-Hele in his new and beautifully illustrated book has shown that Erasmus Darwin was a pioneer, through advancing new and correct ideas, inventions or techniques, in at least seventy-five important topics. These include the formation of clouds by adiabatic expansion, and the conception of warm and cold fronts. He deduced that hydrogen would be the main constituent of the outermost atmosphere, and estimated that at a height of 35 miles the air is 3,000 times rarer than at sea level. He recognized that the aurora occurred at about this height. His views were unheeded, and a century later the measurements of the aurora planned for the International Polar Year of 1882 failed because they were based on the assumption that it occurs at a height of five miles. Nature Master mind International Polar Year 1882-1883 History of science Auroras Meteorology Biography 655 August 10 219 1968 5154 Book review 1968-08 csonka462 misc Online at http://www.uarctic.org/BCS322_mod11_3evXS.pdf.file University of the Arctic BCS 332: Contemporary Issues of the Circumpolar World Research in the North: Emerging Issues and Practices Arctic research 2004 Course text 2004 daly227 article Chief Justice Daly, President of the Society, said: The meeting this evening is to be devoted exclusively to the consideration of a proposed expedition for the exploration of the region immediately around the North Magnetic Pole, a subject which it is especially appropriate for a geographical society to consider, as the investigation and increase of our knowledge of terrestrial magnetism is one of the objects for which such societies have been founded. Such an expedition has, at least, this to recommend it, that the North Magnetic Pole can be reached and the portion of the Arctic immediately about it, or in its vicinity, can be traversed, whereas the Southern Magnetic Pole lies in an ice-bound region which man has not penetrated and perhaps never will penetrate. Journal of the American Geographical Society of New York An Expedition to the Northern Magnetic Pole Arctic exploration North Magnetic Pole 215-261 24 1892 2 1892 davies279 article [December 28] The American Geophysical Union and the U.S. National Committee for the International Geophysical Year are to be congratulated for the production of this excellent geophysical monograph. Although it is directed at Antarctic geophysical problems, several chapters have additional interest for other regions, particularly the Arctic. The enormous impetus of the International Geophysical Year on geophysics, coupled with the remarkable advances in techniques of measurement since the Second International Polar Year, has made necessary a wide distribution of expert surveys of the problems in the many branches of geophysics. Science [Antarctica in the International Geophysical Year. Based on a Symposium on the Antarctic] International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 1297 December 28 124 1956 3235 Book review Antarctica in the International Geophysical Year. Based on a symposium on the Antarctic. Cosponsored by U.S. National Committee for the IGY; National Science Foundation; American Geophysical Union. Geophysical Monograph No. 1. American Geophysical Union, Washington, 1956. 133 pp. Illus. $6. 1956-12 davila371 article In 1957 a program of international research, inspired by the International Polar Years of 1882-1883 and 1932-1933, was organized as the International Geophysical Year (IGY) to study global phenomena of the Earth and geospace. The IGY involved about 60,000 scientists from 66 nations, working at thousands of stations from pole to pole, in an effort to obtain simultaneous, global observations on Earth and in space. There had never been anything like it before. The 50th anniversary of the International Geophysical Year will occur in 2007. We propose to organize an international program of scientific collaboration for this time period called the International Heliophysical Year (IHY). Like its predecessors, the IHY will focus on fundamental global questions of Earth science. Advances in Space Research International heliophysical year: a program of global research continuing the tradition of previous international years International Heliophysical Year 2007-2009 2453-2458 34 2004 11 2004 debroyer312 article Baron Gaston de Gerlache de Gomery was the most prominent "Antarctician" in Belgium. He really personalised for a long time Belgium's involvement in Antarctic affairs. ... Belgium's involvement in the International Geophysical Year (1957-1958) as well as the subsequent Belgian Antarctic programmes were due to the initiative, conviction and unrelenting efforts of Gaston de Gerlache. After gaining a first Antarctic field experience as an observer among the French Antarctic expedition in Terre Ad\'{e}lie, he organized and took the leadership of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition 1957-1958, which built the King Baudouin Station in Dronning Maud Land. This was exactly 60 years after the Belgica expedition conducted by his father, and Gaston, symbolically, raised the old flag of the Belgica at the new Belgian station. During this well organized expedition (Gerlache used to say that "a well prepared expedition is already half successful") a new mountain range was discovered and christened Belgica Mountains. On a reconnaissance flight to the mountains the ski of the small Auster aircraft was caught by a sastrugi and broken. Without radio contact, the four men started to walk back to the station far from 250 kilometers. This was the beginning of a dramatic story, which fortunately ended favourably ten days later thanks to the help of a rescue plane sent by Soviet Union from the other side of Antarctica. He wrote Retour dans l'Antarctique (Casterman, 1960) relating the 1957-1958 expedition. In 1959, Gerlache was a delegate to the first meeting relating to the Antarctic Treaty in Washington. Gerlache's 1958 expedition and the Belgian involvement in the IGY allowed Belgium to become one of the twelve original signatories of the Antarctic Treaty. Polish Polar Research Gaston de Gerlache de Gomery (17 November 1919 - 13 July 2006) International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 198-199 29 2008 2 Obituary 2008 decosta220 article A long and rambling account of arctic exploration from Pytheas to the Norse and on to Nares. Concludes (briefly) with the assertion that the North Pole is best achieved from a permanent base. Appears he's aware of the Howgate scheme/IPY plan. Journal of the American Geographical Society of New York Arctic Exploration Arctic exploration 159-192 12 1880 1 1880 dodds313 article Review of Eight men in a Crate: the ordeal of the advance party of the Trans-Antarctic Expedition 1955-1957 based on the diary of Rainer Goldsmith, by Anthea Arnold (2007). Norwich: Erskine Press. 133 pp. ISBN 978-1-85297-095-6. Polar Research Eight Men in a Crate Antarctic exploration 80-82 27 2008 Book review 2008 doel314 article [October] The earth sciences expanded dramatically during the first decades of the Cold War. Their growth largely resulted from military patronage, for the earth sciences appeared vital to emerging weapons systems, such as guided missiles, and to the pursuit of anti-submarine warfare. The earth sciences were also seen as important for achieving US foreign-policy objectives. By the mid-1960s military funds had helped create myriad new academic institutes in the earth sciences, and military leaders joined with national security advisors in expanding space and oceanography as strategic fields. In the present paper, I explore the history and significance of this transformation. The prominence of the earth sciences after 1945 was unmatched since the wave of geological exploration in the 1870s, and represents an important revival of federal support for the field sciences. But the particular form the rise of the earth sciences took had great implications for the institutional, intellectual, and professional character of the environmental sciences in the US. I argue that patronage for military-relevant fields in the earth sciences shaped the questions that researchers asked and valued, and limited their interactions with colleagues in the biological realms of environmental sciences research. Social Studies of Science Constituting the Postwar Earth Sciences: The Military's Influence on the Environmental Sciences in the USA after 1945 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 635-666 October 33 2003 5 2003-10 drinkwater384 article [April] The Global Interagency IPY Polar Snapshot Year (GIIPSY), the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) Space Task Group (STG) for the International Polar Year (IPY), and the Integrated Global Observing Strategy Cryosphere Theme are related projects involved in the implementation of recommendations for spaceborne observations during the IPY. Science requirements are being compiled by GIIPSY and IGOS Cryosphere, which are also seeking to identify ways in which the resources of space-faring countries can be used to achieve the scientific objectives without putting undue burden on any single organization. The STG brings together space agencies from around the world to coordinate their IPY activities. Thus far, the space agencies have worked to develop IPY data 'portfolios' that, in total, aim to satisfy a significant number of scientific requirements. The data legacy and the experience gained in developing scientific consensus and space agency collaborations will provide a strong foundation for the continued observations planned through IGOS Cryosphere. This paper discusses the progress made by GIIPSY, STG and IGOS Cryosphere entities in coordinating international efforts to collect spaceborne 'snapshots' of the polar regions during the IPY, and in establishing a preliminary structure for sustaining observations into the future. Space Research Today Coordinated satellite observations during the IPY: Towards achieving a polar constellation International Polar Year 2007-2008 6-17 April 171 2008 2008-04 dushane315 article [October 24] With satellites in orbit and the recent spectacular flight of the Pioneer in mind, it is hard to realize that the decision to attempt such launchings during the International Geophysical Year was made at a conference in Rome as recently as 1954 and that detailed plans for going ahead with a space program in this country were not formulated till 1955. ... With the flight of the Pioneer more than one-fourth of the way to the moon, the second year of the Space Age is off to a promising start. Who can doubt that improvement in rocketry and instrumentation will lead to the further and further extension of man's knowledge of the universe? Science Sensors Aloft International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Rockets Satellites 967 October 24 128 1958 3330 1958-10 eaton420 article Section II: Recent Visits of Naturalists to Kerguelen Island Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London The Collections from Kerguelen Island: Introductory Notes Antarctic exploration 1-8 168 1879 http://www.metapress.com.login.ezproxy.library.ualberta.ca/content/e11077025270t22v/fulltext.pdf 1879 elvey317 article In the past the problems of auroral morphology were involved with the descriptions of individual auroral forms--their heights, dimensions, motions, etc. ... Our knowledge concerning the broader aspect of auroras depends upon meager and scattered evidence. ... A large part of the information is statistical in character, giving, for example, the average distribution of auroral display over the earth and the average frequencies of occurrence with respect to time of night, to the seasons, or to the phase of the sunspot cycle. Facts concerning the nature of a given auroral display and how it changes with time are lacking. In addition, we need to know the physical processes associated with the auroral display. These physical processes reveal themselves in many different terrestrial phenomena, such as magnetic storms, ionospheric disturbances, earth current disturbances, ionospheric absorption, and radio noise from auroras. Each of these phenomena will serve as a tool for untangling the physical processes involved. Statistical relationships among the phenomena are known, but detailed studies of their relationships have only been started. These problems constitute a large part of the auroral program of the International Geophysical Year, 1957-1958. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society Problems of Auroral Morphology Auroras International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 63-75 43 1957 1 1957 ewing318 article [June] The sun is now reaching a peak in its 11-year cycle of activity. This is one of the reasons for the world-wide scientific treasure hunt known as the International Geophysical Year. The sun is soon to receive the most intensive scrutiny in its five-billion-year history. Often taken for granted, the sun is the nearest star, shining by its own fiery light. As the solar system's center, around which all the planets revolve, the sun is the most important of all heavenly bodies. Its radiation supplies the energy to maintain life on earth. Besides light, the sun pours out all sorts of radiation, from radio waves to X-rays, to cosmic rays, all of which will be amply observed during the upcoming 18-month International Geophysical Year, or IGY. ... Sunspots, however, are only one of the many items concerning the sun to be investigated during IGY. The Science News Letter Spotted Sun Sparks IGY International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 346-347 June 1 71 1957 22 1957-06 goldman238 article With the increasingly widespread recognition that the Arctic and Antarctic regions are profoundly significant for the Earth's climate, ecosystems and, ultimately, human society, polar studies are a tremendously exciting and important field of science today. Under the auspices of the International Council of Science and the World Meteorological Organization, the IPY is a major international initiative aiming to amass a broad range of data that will elucidate the current state of both polar regions, as well as shed light on their history. More than 60 nations and at least 50 000 scientists and technicians will be involved. Previous initiatives--in 1882-83, 1932-33 and 1957-58--have had deep impacts on our understanding of polar processes and their roles in global processes. However, many important aspects remain poorly understood. ... A nation with a foot in both polar regions, Norway will be prominently represented in the research activities of the IPY. Norwegian proposals that were endorsed by the international IPY Joint Committee were then considered for funding by the Research Council of Norway. After careful evaluation, 10 of the Norwegian-led cluster projects that had received the Joint Committee's endorsement subsequently received funding from the Research Council. An additional 16 Norwegian projects were funded by the council, bringing the total to 26 projects (Table 1). The council has granted funds specially earmarked for IPY research amounting to about 290 million NOK (about 36 million EURO or 47 million USD) to these projects. Additional financing is being allocated from other money at the Research Council's disposal, as well as from funds such as those regularly dedicated to the Norwegian Antarctic Research Expeditions, so that the total number of Norwegian IPY projects being funded is about 30. For a nation with a population of about 4 million this constitutes a considerable investment of money and expertise. Polar Research From the editor: Polar Research evolves, and Norway and the IPY Norway Polar Research journal International Polar Year 2007-2008 1-6 26 2007 Editorial Reference from Bones (2007). 2007 greely223 article Account of a reception in honour of Greely and his surviving companions with text of addresses, speeches and remarks. Journal of the American Geographical Society of New York Arctic Meeting at Chickering Hall, November 21st, 1884. Reception of Lieut. A. W. Greely, U. S. Army, and His Surviving Companions in the Exploration of the Arctic International Polar Year 1882-1883 311-344 16 1884 1884 grotewahl240 article Note explaining the scope and benefit of IPY2 and reports that the economic situation in Germany might mean that it won't participate. Concludes with the point that most of the money spent on outfitting a German expedition would likely be spent in Germany and, thus, be of benefit to the economy. Polarforschung Internationales Polarjahr 1932/33 International Polar Year 1932-1933 6 1 1931 2 1931 grotewahl242 article Brief account of work of the German IPY station in Greenland. Also brief summary of the work of the Austrian station on Jan Mayen Island. Polarforschung Bericht \"{u}ber die Fortf\"{u}hrung der Arbeiten der deutschen Polarstation im Jahre 1933. International Polar Year 1932-1933 1-3 4 1934 1 1934 hassi43 article Scientific knowledge and understanding in circumpolar and arctic health and well-being is increasing rapidly. Our common challenge is to determine how to evaluate the practical significance of this information, and utilize the knowledge for selfcare and community medicine. This Journal is aware of, and willing to respond to, this challenge. Int J Circumpolar Health Circumpolar health research under the umbrella of the International Polar Year Arctic regions International cooperation Research organization International Polar Year 2007-2008 110-111 64 2005 2 Editorial 2005 hik474 article [Winter] One of the goals of the framework for the Northern Strategy is "to ensure that Canada is a leader in northern science and technology, and to develop expertise in areas of particular importance and relevance to the North." This is a subtle yet important acknowledgement of the crucial role that science and research play in informing sound public policy and decision-making. In fact, this goal has been referred to as "the one ring that binds them all," hinting at how critical the contributions of science, research and traditional knowledge (TK) or Inuit Qaujimajatuqangit (IQ) are to the future of northern communities, cultures, environments and economies. The acknowledgement of the role of science in the North is noteworthy given the inadequate federal funding for northern research in recent decades. The cumulative effect of this under funding has been to marginalize northern research and has led to a crisis in scientific capacity and knowledge. Including such a strong recognition of the value of science in the framework for the Northern Strategy suggests that this funding situation may soon be addressed; at the very least, it lends more weight to the argument that it should be addressed. ... There must also be greater recognition that many public policy goals require focus and work that is long term. Support for northern science must be structured in such a way that will allow important research to continue despite changes in governments. Governments with foresight understand this. The coming International Polar Year (IPY) in 2007-2008 may act as a model of this type of approach. International Polar Year will establish a new foundation for future decades of science and research, particularly for northern peoples. The recent decision by the federal government to provide new funding to support IPY to the tune of $150 million will allow Canada to play a crucial national role and provide leadership internationally in northern research and monitoring activities. Northern Perspectives Sustaining Northern Science and Research in Canada Arctic research Canada 22-23 Winter 30 2006 1 2006 howgate202 article ...within the Arctic circle the seasons vary as markedly as in more temperate southern latitudes, and that the icy barriers to the Pole are sometimes broken up by favoring winds and temperature. To reach the Pole prompt advantage must be taken of such favoring circumstances, and to do this with the greatest certainty and with the least expenditure of time, money, and human life, it is essential that the exploring party be on the ground at the very time the ice breaks up and opens the gate-way to the long-sought prize. This can be done only by colonizing a few hardy, resolute, and experienced men at some point near the borders of the Polar Sea, and the most favorable one for the purpose appears to be that where the Discovery wintered last year. Such a party should consist of at least fifty men, and should be provided with provisions and other necessary supplies for three years, at the end of which period they should be visited, and if still unsuccessful in accomplishing the object, revictualled and again left to their work. The American Naturalist The Polar Colonization Plan Howgate expedition (1877-1878) 226-232 11 1877 4 1877 hulburt324 article [August] The main emphasis of the geomagnetic program of the International Geophysical Year (IGY) consists in a series of experiments designed to yield facts about the rapid fluctuations of the magnetic field. These will be recorded by the existing magnetic stations and by new stations to be set up in the polar and equatorial regions. The new stations will of course obtain values of the permanent field as well as of the fluctuations. The fluctuations are known to appear sometimes only in polar latitudes with no effect at the equator, and sometimes to spread simultaneously over the entire earth; fluctuations at the equator only with no effect at the poles are never observed. The fluctuations are usually accompanied by disturbances in radio-wave propagation, by disturbances and changes in the ionosphere, and often by auroral displays. ... Only a limited amount of information may be learned about an overhead current from a single magnetic observatory. Much more may be learned from a network of observatories. For example, if the current is in a thin horizontal sheet, its distribution in a horizontal direction and the height of the sheet above the surface may be determined by a suitable network. The spacing of the stations in the net should be roughly of the same magnitude as the height of the sheet in order that the currents may be studied in some detail. If the overhead currents are in the ionosphere, their height above the surface is probably between 100 and 200 kilometers. The usual spacing of magnetic observatories, which is rarely less than 1,000 kilometers, is too great. Therefore special networks of magnetic stations are planned for the IGY. The Scientific Monthly Geomagnetic Program of the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Geomagnetism 87-91 August 83 1956 2 1956-08 huntington475 article [September] Arctic Who are the Authors When Traditional Knowledge is Documented? Indigenous knowledge Research ethics iii-iv September 59 2006 3 2006-09 icsu362 misc 7. Planning for an International Polar Year In February, the EB decided to establish a Planning Group for an International Polar Year 2007/8 and the Officers, at their June meeting, approved the membership of this Group. To ensure the necessary collaboration within the ICSU community, the Officers decided to invite IUGG and IUGS to nominate ex officio members of the IPY Planning Group, which had been done. ICSU also invited the Chair of the IPY Planning Group and representatives of IUGS and IUGG to a separate meeting prior to the first meeting of the IPY Planning Group, which met for the first time in July 2003. A second meeting is scheduled for December. The Planning Group will report to the EB in February 2004, at which time it is hoped that the EB will decide to establish an International Polar Year. ... (pp. 5-6) Decisions, 87th Meeting of the Executive Board of ICSU, Washington, DC, 29-30 September and 1 October 2003 International Polar Year 2007-2008 IPY4 planning September/October 2004 Corporate minutes 2004-09 jansen497 article Read at the Evening Meeting of the Royal Geographical Society, December 12th, 1881. "The intention of this paper, written under the impression of great anxiety with regard to the position of the Eira, is to submit a few facts, based on the observations of the Willem Barents during the last four years, for the consideration of the Royal Geographical Society, and of those who will have to decide upon the steps to be taken for the relief of Mr. Leigh Smith." Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society and Monthly Record of Geography The Dutch Arctic Voyages (1878, 1879, 1880, 1881) and the Probable Position of Mr. Leigh Smith Arctic exploration Eira (vessel) Willem Barents (vessel) Benjamin Leigh Smith (1828-1913) 35-41 4 1882 1 1882 johnson353 article [April] The following article was prepared by Leonard Johnson at the request of the AOSB. The proposal for an International Polar Year in 2007 has not been endorsed by the AOSB, but will be discussed during the AOSB annual meeting in Groningen, The Netherlands, on April 21-23, 2002. Comments may also be made directly gljgreg1@aol.com. ... The year 2007 will be the 125th anniversary of the initial IPY and it seems appropriate to launch another polar effort. Georg von Neumayer, as the president of the International Polar and National Polar Commission, was influential in bringing about this first international polar year and in making it a success (Kretzer, 2001). News from the AOSB International Polar Year 2007: A Discussion Paper International Polar Year 2007-2008 IPY4 planning 8-12 2002 April 2002 jones395 article Sir James Clark Ross went in search of Sir John Franklin's expedition (which had sailed in 1845 to discover the North-west Passage), in 1848-49. He did not discover the fate of Franklin's ships, but he made noteworthy discoveries in difficult circumstances. No official narrative appeared and none of the officers published a book. This article, from M'Clintock's journal (in the Society's archives), and from other sources, pieces the story together. The Geographical Journal Sir James Clark Ross and the Voyage of the Enterprise and Investigator, 1848-49 Arctic exploration Franklin search 165-179 June 137 1971 2 1971-06 jones330 article [August] Twice within the past 75 years great international enterprises have been organized to make meteorologic, magnetic, and auroral observations in the north-polar region. ...the suggestion was made some 4 years ago that a third Polar Year should be organized for a concerted attack on the many problems that need to be solved. The proposal was endorsed by the three international scientific unions primarily concerned--Astronomy, Scientific Radio, and Geodesy and Geophysics. The recommendations of these unions were approved by their parent body, the International Council of Scientific Unions, which widened the scope of the scheme to cover the whole globe instead of being confined to the polar regions and gave it the title "International Geophysical Year." An international committee was appointed to develop the plans for the enterprise, and it has decided that the International Geophysical Year will extend from July 1957 to December 1958; therefore, the "year" will have 18 months. It will follow the second Polar Year by 25 years. That this great international scientific enterprise should be needed so soon after the second Polar Year is an indication of the pace at which science is advancing. The Scientific Monthly Science on the March: International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 91-94 August 81 1955 2 1955-08 joselyn72 article [June 11] Points out other Years going on in honour of the 50th anniversary of the IGY. Science Building on the IGY Anniversary International Polar Year 2007-2008 International Heliophysical Year 2007-2009 Electronic Geophysical Year 2007-2008 1599a June 11 304 2004 5677 2004-06 kaplan332 article [April 9] The basic philosophy of the program has been to plan observations that will replace the long-time averages of geophysical observations, taken at relatively few locations on the earth and limited in frequency as well, by an increased spread of observations in space and by a carefully planned increase in the frequency of these observations. We might say that time will, in a sense, be replaced by space. An important consideration in the preliminary formulation of the international program has been, quite properly, the need for synoptic data in the several fields, both individually and collectively. The principal disciplines in the program are solar activity, longitude and latitude determinations, meteorology, oceanography, glaciology, ionospheric physics, aurora and airglow, geomagnetism, cosmic rays, and rocket exploration of the upper atmosphere. During the 1957-58 period of intensive study, a plan of World Days will insure simultaneous observations in affected fields when unusual geophysical activity is prevalent--for example, intervals of unusual magnetic, ionospheric, auroral, or solar activity and disturbances. Science The International Geophysical Year, 1957-58 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 3A April 9 119 1954 3093 1954-04 kaplan289 article Eleven fields of activity comprise the program: meteorology, latitude and longitude determinations, geomagnetism, gravity measurements, ionospheric physics, aurora and airglow, solar activity, cosmic rays, glaciology, oceanography, and rocket exploration of the upper atmosphere. These fields have close relationships: each is characterized by used for synoptic or epochal data, and the value of such data is enhanced markedly by obtaining it simultaneously in all the fields, permitting studies of the correlation of various geophysical events. A brief review of some of the fields in the program will suggest the nature of the problems to be studied and of the method of approach. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America The Scientific Program of the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 International cooperation Scientific cooperation 926-931 40 1954 10 1954 kaplan333 article [October] proposed international effort for 1957 and 1958 surpasses in scope, intensity, and geographical coverage these earlier programs, which were largely limited to the North Polar regions. Areas throughout the entire world will be included in this new enterprise, the Arctic and Antarctic regions as well as the other major land and sea masses of the earth. Never in history has such a world-wide study been undertaken by man. The IGY is an unprecedented study of man's physical environment. It is exciting in the challenges it brings. It is promising in the results that will inevitably accrue from so great an undertaking. The principles so far tacitly applied in the selection of items for the programs of the IGY were explicitly formulated at Rome, in the fall of 1954, as follows: first priority is given to problems requiring concurrent synoptic observations at many places on the globe, involving coordinated effort by many nations; second come geophysical problems the solution of which will be aided by the availability of the results of synoptic or other concentrated geophysical work undertaken during the Year; a third principle is that where the main program involves the occupation of stations in regions of the earth to which comparatively little geophysical effort has been devoted, advantage should be taken of the opportunity to make observations also of other major geophysical phenomena, for example, earthquakes; and last, geodetic and other observations will be made of slowly varying geophysical phenomena for comparison with similar future observations at later epochs. The principal fields of study during the IGY will be solar activity, longitude and latitude, glaciology, oceanography, meteorology, geomagnetism, aurora and airglow, ionospheric physics, seismology and gravity, cosmic rays, and upper atmosphere rocket and satellite studies. Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific The International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 381-404 October 68 1956 404 Got this through interlibrary loan. 1956-10 kaplan103 article [September 29] The idea of international co-operation in the study of our changing physical environment is not new. The importance of geophysical data gather intensively and simultaneously over large and relatively remote areas of the Earth was recognized in the last century in the conduct of the First Polar Year during 1882-83 and earlier this century by the Second International Polar Year, which took place during 1932-33. The proposed international effort for 1957 and 1958 surpasses in scope, intensity, and geographical coverage these earlier programmes, which were largely limited to the north polar regions and to but a few fields of geophysics. The principal fields of study during the International Geophysical Year, 1957-58 will be aurora and airglow, cosmic rays, geomagnetism, glaciology, gravity, ionospheric physics, seismology, solar activity, and upper atmosphere rocket and satellite studies. The proposal that 1957-58 be the time for the major international effort was based in part upon the fact that this period corresponds with a period of maximum solar activity. We shall be able to take advantage of this by a carefully planned series of 'alerts' and of 'special world intervals', occurring on such occasions as expected intervals of unusual magnetic, ionospheric, or auroral activity, days of solar eclipses and of abnormal solar activity, and unusual meteor showers. Special co-operative efforts on a world-wide scale will be made during these intervals to record the many phenomena which react to the complex activities of the Sun (pp. 665-666). The current United States programme, planned and directed by the National Academy of Sciences, includes projects and programmes in all fields of the International Geophysical Year. This programme has considerable geographical as well as scientific coverage: the Antarctic, the Arctic, the Equatorial Pacific, and the continental limits of the United States represent the major regions of activity. (p. 666) Nature United States Programme for the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 655-667 September 29 178 1956 4535 1956-09 kaplan334 article [November 25] The surge of interest in the earth satellite program had its basis in the assemblies of some 40 nations, meeting to plan and integrate the unprecedented study of man's physical environment known as the International Geophysical Year, 1957-58. This world-wide study primarily embraces those fields of geophysics in which observations must be conducted simultaneously over the earth if we are to achieve significant progress in our understanding of the earth and its atmosphere. Problems to be studied include aurora and airglow; cosmic rays, geomagnetism, glaciology, gravity measurements, ionospheric physics, longitude and latitude determinations, meteorology, oceanography, seismology, and solar activity. Two additional areas of activity are of special interest: rocket studies of the upper atmosphere and the recently announced satellite studies, which represent a logical extension, technically and conceptually, of the rocket program. How the satellite program came into being, the present status of plans, and the type of experiments under consideration are some of the questions of current interest. Since the announcement of the program on 29 July 1955, by the President, questions on these points have been asked often, by scientists and laymen alike. This article attempts to tell the story of the program. ... The growing realization of the technologic feasibility of a satellite endeavor in recent years provided the impetus to international considerations of such a program. Science Satellite Program International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Satellites 1003-1005 November 25 122 1955 3178 1955-11 kelley291 article [October 1] The importance of the polar regions to solving many of the fundamental problems in geophysics, including climatology and meteorology, was recognized by Austrian explorer Lt. Karl Weyprecht, scientist and co-commander with Lt. Julius von Payer of the Austro-Hungarian Polar Expedition of 1872-1874. He realized that the many private expeditions conducted previously would not suffice to provide the data needed to understand nature on a larger scale. During his long overwintering while stranded on the sea ice of the Barents Sea, Weyprecht contemplated the self-serving folly of frivolous polar nations and their generally unproductive scientific pursuits. The key to success in achieving a greater understanding of geophysical phenomena, he envisioned, was to be found in an effort of international science cooperation, working together at greater efficiency. The Leading Edge The International Polar Year: A legacy of Sydney Chapman International Polar Year 2007-2008 International Polar Year 1882-1883 International Polar Year 1932-1933 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 1298-1300 October 1 26 2007 10 2007-10 kellogg335 article Kaplan will be more widely remembered, however, for his leadership in the geophysics community. He was one of the creators of the new science of aeronomy. For ten years he served as chairman of the U.S. National Committee for the International Geophysical year and for five years he was a member of the Executive Committee of the International Committee of Scientific Unions. He played a leading role in establishing such significant programs as the International Hydrological Decade and the Global Atmospheric Research Program. Online at http://www.nap.edu/readingroom/books/biomems/jkaplan.pdf Biographical Memoires Joseph Kaplan, September 8, 1902-October 3, 1991 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 179-192 74 1998 Obituary 1998 king336 article [August 9] It is now widely accepted that research is the spearhead of the economic growth of a country, giving rise to new products, new industries, and new jobs. Over the last two decades, the pattern of industry of the more highly developed nations has altered massively in accordance with world scientific discovery, and increasingly countries and firms are concerning themselves with how much of their income they should invest in research. This does not mean that economic strength is determined by the research expenditure of a nation or a corporation. Many other factors operate--availability of raw materials, investment capital, skilled manpower, and, perhaps above all, leadership. It is probably true, however, that the greatest economic gain comes to those countries which exploit research most quickly and most completely, rather than to those which contribute most to the world store of new knowledge. This is especially so since it is still accepted throughout the world that the results of fundamental research should be published freely and internationally. The pool of common world knowledge is therefore there for all to exploit who will and can. It is frequently said that, until World War II, at any rate, the United States had the genius to exploit new discoveries more quickly than other nations, while the countries of Western Europe produced new science to a greater extent than other regions but failed to make full use of it. There is certainly much truth in this, but as science and industry become more complicated, exploitation and research contribution are tending to come ever closer together. Science Research and Political Power Research History of science 237-238 August 9 126 1957 3267 1957-08 korsmo350 article [December 1] The U.S. National Academy of Sciences played a major role in preparing for the International Geophysical Year (IGY). The IGY organizers realized the importance of selling U.S. participation in international science and thus began a public relations effort by the mid-1950s that included the production of classroom materials and a film series, called Planet Earth, designed for television. This is the story of their efforts to bring the earth, atmospheric, and oceanic sciences into the classrooms and living rooms of the lay public and attract more students into scientific careers. The lessons they learned still apply today as researchers attempt to sell their science using new media and technologies. An earlier version of this article was presented at the fall meeting of the American Geophysical Union, San Francisco, California, December 8-12, 2003. The author would like to thank colleagues at the National Science Foundation; National Academy of Sciences archivists Dan Barbiero and Janice Goldblum; International Geophysical Year participants Alan Shapley, Stan Ruttenberg, Phil Mange, Pem Hart, and Phil Smith; and the anonymous Science Communication [reviewers]. Science Communication Shaping Up Planet Earth: The International Geophysical Year (1957-1958) and Communicating Science Through Print and Film Media International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Science communication 162-187 December 1 26 2004 2 2004-12 korsmo340 article [October] This article is reprinted from Physics Today, July 2007. The Leading Edge The Birth of the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 1312-1316 October 26 2007 10 2007-10 korsmo338 article [July] The IGY grew out of scientific interests, but also out of national interest, including the postwar reconstruction of Europe. Some say, though, that a chocolate layer cake was what sealed the deal. Physics Today The Genesis of the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 38-43 July 60 2007 7 Reprinted in October in The Leading Edge (2007). 2007-07 korsmo339 article [January 1] The mobilization of science in the national interest is not a new story. In recent history, the development of nuclear, chemical, and biological weapons has shaped scientific careers, both before and during the Cold War (1). Punctuating the Cold War, however, was a momentous cooperative scientific undertaking: the International Geophysical Year of 1957-1958. The IGY spanned national boundaries, built international scientific collaborations, and helped to create and popularize a new way of thinking about "Planet Earth" as a dynamic, interconnected system (2). ... I began to study the origins of the IGY through the eyes of an American social scientist working as a program officer at the U.S. National Science Foundation. The questions that drove me to the archives and oral histories were these: Why, in the United States, was there nearly unanimous support for the IGY from both the legislative and executive branches of government? Why did the organizers of the IGY welcome so many different types of science, from glaciology to astronomy (as part of the satellite programme)? Why the large umbrella? Science, People and Politics The International Geophysical Year of 1957 to 1958: An analysis of why both the executive and legislative branches of the US Government funded the IGY of 1957 to 1958 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 United States U.S. IGY participation (1957-1958) 2 2007 1.1.07 2007 korsmo351 article A comparison of why proposed science programs succeed or fail to attract public financial support in the American political arena, this article examines three cases ranging from the 1920s to the 1950s: a unique, multi-disciplinary proposal emerging from the U.S. Navy's 1924 conference on oceanography, U.S. participation in the Second International Polar Year of 1932-1933, and U.S. participation in the International Geophysical Year of 1957-1958. Each proposal emphasized societal benefits and applications of the earth, ocean, or atmospheric sciences. Each began from the bottom up, i.e., people trained and working in the scientific disciplines originated the idea and expressed their support through reports, letters, and participation in committees or conferences. However the proposals experienced different fates. While the promoters of the International Geophysical Year succeeded in gaining relatively substantial federal support, and the hackers of the Second International Polar Year gained a modest amount, the U.S. Navy tailed to persuade the Coolidge White House to request congressional appropriations for an oceanographic program. The concepts and tools from policy analysis can help to explain why the proposals experienced different outcomes. Earth sciences history From interwar to cold war: Selling field science in the United States, 1920s through 1950s International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 United States U.S. IGY participation (1957-1958) 55-78 22 2003 1 West Virginia University, Morgantown, WV 2003 langway380 article [April] The scientific knowledge of the Greenland and Antarctic ice sheets, and the subsequently derived Earth history, has been greatly increased during the past 50 years. Much of the new information was obtained from various studies made on a relatively small number of deep (300400 m) and several very deep (some over 3000 m) ice cores, recovered from the inland regions of both ice sheets, by different national and international research teams. The beginning, development, and progress of deep polar ice core drillings and core studies is reviewed from the incipient pit study made by Ernst Sorge in 1930, through the trying efforts of three separate international core drilling projects mounted around 1950. The paper continues with a broad overview of the early role and achievements made by two related US Army Corps of Engineers research laboratories: the Snow, Ice and Permafrost Research Establishment (SIPRE), and the Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory (CRREL), from the early-1950's to the late-1980's. International partnerships of CRREL with the University of Copenhagen, Denmark (1966), and the University of Bern, Switzerland (1962), established the foundation of polar ice core science. Cold Regions Science and Technology The history of early polar ice cores History of science Ice cores 101-117 April 52 2008 2 2008-04 laursen107 article [July 30] ... It should be stated at once that the immense work which had been expended on the part of the Polar Year Commission on the planning of the observations, and the economic sacrifices made by the participating countries were amply rewarded through the exceedingly abundant and valuable material collected during the year by the observers at the individual stations, often under very difficult conditions and at considerable personal expense. The material available from the Polar Year has exerted, and will exert, a decisive bearing on development within the respective branches of geophysics. It must be admitted that the rapid development of recent years regarding the extent of the network of stations, as well as a highly improved technique in the taking of observations, have in certain respects provided far more ample material than that yielded by the Polar Year. This is especially true in connexion with the exploration of the upper air, which, due to the development of the radio sonde technique has made enormous progress, especially during and after the Second World War. But, on the whole, the observation from the Polar Year must be characterized as the most extensive and the most homogeneous material ever placed at the disposal of geophysicists. (p. 170) No doubt it will be possible to build for a long time to come on the observation of the Polar Year as well as on the analyses of this material already available. (p. 171) Nature The Second International Polar Year, 1932-33 International Polar Year 1932-1933 History of science 170-171 July 30 164 1949 4161 [July 30] This scan has been made from a copy that was signed by the author! 1949-07 laursen444 article Overview account of the second IPY on the occasion of the 100th anniversary of the first IPY and the 50th anniversary of the second. World Meteorological Organization Bulletin The Second IPY (1932/33) International Polar Year 1932-1933 214-226 31 1982 3 1982 leshner62 article [March 16] The IPY epitomizes the globalization of science. Organized by the International Council for Science (ICSU) and the World Meteorological Organization, over 60 nations will contribute thousands of scientists to it to work together on over 200 projects. According to the organizers, "The fundamental concept of the IPY 2007-2008 is of an intensive burst of internationally coordinated, interdisciplinary, scientific research and observations focused on the Earth's polar regions." The IPY focuses on new ways to both understand the polar regions and develop enhanced, long-lasting observational facilities and infrastructure. It also aims to recruit a new generation of polar scientists and engineers. The IPY offers the scientific community a superb opportunity to reach out to citizens around the world with the wonders of science and its applicability to crucial issues affecting them and generations to come. Science Celebrating polar science International Polar Year 2007-2008 Polar research 1465- March 16 315 2007 5818 2007-03 levere257 article The thirteen essays in this richly rewarding volume range over the transition of instruments from models of the cosmos, through products of craftsmanship for wealthy collectors, to tools for the solution of the practical problems of cartographers, navigators, and surveyors, to the instruments of experimental science. It is soon clear that what is at issue is not so much a linear development as a set of perspectives which can coexist in time. ... As the title of this collection indicates, patronage played a key role in the instrument business, as it did in the wider history of the sciences. ... ...the makers of scientific instruments have often been all but invisible in wider histories of science, a consequence of the preference of historians for documentary sources of evidence. ... Bedini is mainly concerned with individual craftsmen, instrument makers and mathematical practitioners--most of whom are definitely Derek Price's "little men" of science. These essays situate the little men in guilds and courts. In doing so they draw attention to the variety of institutions, and of the skills that were brought to bear on the making of scientific instruments. Goldsmiths, locksmiths, clockmakers, armourers, engravers and others collaborated in the expanding sciences of the Renaissance and seventeenth century, just as the Grocers' Company provided a home for many English mathematical instrument makers of the eighteenth century. Canadian Journal of History/Annales canadiennes d'histoire [Patrons, Artisans and Instruments o/Science, 1600-1750, by Silvio A. Bedini] History of science Scientific instruments 315-317 35 2000 Book review 2000 ludecke453 article Polar research has been developing throughout the centuries: First it served economic interests in Arctica and Antarctica. In a later stage, it followed scientific aims. In the first half of the last century, stimulation came from Germany to search for the magnetic pole in Antarctica as well as in the second half, the suggestion to carry out an international polar year with a condensed magnetical and meteorological network of stations around the Arctic. During the first scientific-based overwintering at Greenland (1892-93), the German geographer ERICH VON DRYGALSKI collected important data for describing the climate and for explaining inland ice and glacier movement. His polar experience and the publication of his results from Greenland predestinated DRYGALSKI for leading a south polar expedition. On the occasion of his habilitation in 1898, he presented the tasks of such an expedition. So he started a new era of polar research, in which initiators also function as leaders of their expeditions. Online at http://www.awi-bremerhaven.de/BIB/BerPolarforsch/BerPolarforsch1995158.pdf Berichte zur Polarforschung Die deutsche Polarforschung seit der Jahrhundertwende und der Einflu\ss Erich von Drygalskis Polar research Antarctic exploration Antarctic research Erich von Drygalski (1865-1949) XIV 1995 158 Journal title = Reports on Polar Research; title = German Polar Research Since the Turn of the Century and the Influence of Erich von Drygalski 1995 luedecke215 article At the end of the German-French war (1870-71), the German Empire consolidated all single big and small German states under its emperor Wilhelm I (1797-1888). Germany became one of the European great powers. Economy, trade and traffic were expanding. This time of stabilisation was very favourable for further institutionalisation of meteorology in Europe. Economical interests demanded a well organised weather forecast, as meteorologists themselves had reached a new stage to develop their discipline towards a synoptic method. Peer-reviewed journal of the ICHM, incorporating Proceedings of the International Commission on History of Meteorology 1.1 (2004), ISSN 1551-3580. International Perspectives on the History of Meteorology: Science and Cultural Diversity. Papers presented at the Inaugural Symposium of the International Commission on History of Meteorology, International Congress of History of Science, Mexico City, July 11-12, 2001, James R. Fleming, convener and editor Author: L\"{u}decke, Cornelia History of Meteorology The First International Polar Year (1882-83): A big science experiment with small science equipment International Polar Year 1882-1883 55-64 1 2004 1 Peer-reviewed journal of the ICHM, incorporating Proceedings of the International Commission on History of Meteorology 1.1 (2004), ISSN 1551-3580. International Perspectives on the History of Meteorology: Science and Cultural Diversity. Papers presented at the Inaugural Symposium of the International Commission on History of Meteorology, International Congress of History of Science, Mexico City, July 11-12, 2001, James R. Fleming, convener and editor Author: L\"{u}decke, Cornelia 2004 m311 article To give an account of the Society's stewardship of the United Kingdom contribution to the I.G.Y. programme a book describing how the work of government departments and of various university groups, as well as the Society's own Antarctic Expedition, have been co-ordinated was published on 27 June. The book entitled The United Kingdom contribution to the International Geophysical Year describes the programme section by section, gives the complete list of British stations and the nature of observations to be carried out at each. Notes and Records of the Royal Society of London The Inauguration of the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 United Kingdom United Kingdom IGY participation (1957-1958) 160-162 12 1957 2 1957 markham177 article [April] A year ago [in 1896] it was my privilege to discuss in the pages of the NORTH AMERICAN REVIEW the North Polar Problem. It will be my object in this article to treat briefly of the conditions appertaining to the opposite end of the world, namely, that immense unknown area in the southern hemisphere, immediately surrounding the South Pole, extending northward to the Antarctic Circle, and comprising an area of something like 8,000,000 square miles; a region absolutely unknown and undiscovered. It seems scarcely credible that practically at the commencement of the twentieth century, when the forces of nature have, by the advancement of science, been brought so much under the domination of man, more especially when they are taken in connection with the facilities of modern travelling, so extensive an area should have remained unexplored and buried in obscurity. It is, however, somewhat comforting to know that we now appear to be gradually awakening from the apathetic indifference with which we have hitherto been content to remain regarding our geographical knowledge, or rather ignorance, of this particular portion of the terrestrial globe, and are beginning to realize that it is not only desirable, but necessary in our own interests, as well as from a scientific point of view, to undertake a systematic exploration of the Antarctic regions. ... Now, however, the time has arrived when the question of Polar research in both hemispheres should be equally considered. There is still much to be done in the North, and so long as gallant explorers like Nansen, Jackson, and Peary continue to devote their energies in that direction, we shall not rest satisfied until the entire area of nearly a million and a half square miles has been faithfully delineated on our maps; but it is an indisputable fact that there is much more than this to be done in the South, for there is more than seven times that extent of undiscovered area to be explored, and although the Antarctic Circle has been pierced in two or three places. our geographical knowledge of that region is not only extremely limited, but may be regarded as purely conjectural. In the Antarctic we have absolutely everything to learn! The North American Review Antarctic Exploration Antarctic exploration Antarctic research 431-441 April 164 1897 485 1897-04 mervis65 article [March 16] The International Polar Year poses unprecedented logistical challenges--and scientific opportunities--for governments around the world. ... IPY is the fourth in a series of polar lollapaloozas going back to 1882. The previous effort, the 1957-58 International Geophysical Year (IGY), laid the groundwork for the international regimen that governs Antarctic research. Although it has no money to give out, IPY serves as both administrative umbrella and cheerleader for a m\'{e}lange of research collaborations that individual countries and organizations have pledged to support. Its volunteer leadership has vetted more than 1200 proposals and created a honeycomb chart of some 200 approved projects that incorporate IPY's six research themes--most prominently, to understand the changing polar environment and the impact of those changes. "We hope IPY will create a greater community of cooperation," says Australia's Ian Allison, co-chair of IPY's joint committee. Science IPY means doing what it takes to get to the ends of the earth International Polar Year 2007-2008 1514-1517 March 16 315 2007 5818 2007-03 miller21 article Introduction to a collection of papers "summarise 25 years of construction and operation of German research stations on Ekstr\"{o}m Ice Shelf near Atka Bay, of Georg von Neumayer Station (GvN) and Neumayer Station II (NM-II) and planning and development of Neumayer Station III (NM-III) to be built in near future. They present examples of year round observations, of data series and scientific results, which were only possible due to the dedication and hard work of the wintering-over staff, who have made tremendous efforts to keep everything operational to high standards under the quite often adverse conditions" (p.2). Polarforschung Germany's Scientific Presence Post IGY in Antarctica (Atlantic Sector) Antarctic regions Germany Polar research 1-2 76 2007 1/2 2007 moiseiwitsch382 article The story of the International Geophysical Year is excellently told by Walter Sullivan, the Chief Science Writer for the New York Times, and by the geophysicist, Tuzo Wilson. Both volumes can be classified as popular in character. The subject matter covered by them ranges from the exploration of the Arctic and Antarctic to the investigation of the oceans, the mantle and crust of the Earth, and the various phenomena associated with the Earth's upper atmosphere. Sullivan's connection with the New York Times gave him a unique opportunity to obtain information which was inaccessible to other people and thus makes his description of the ICY particularly interesting. He presents an illuminating account of the events leading up to the launching of Sputnik I and subsequently to the firings of the Explorer and Vanguard satellites, and of the discovery of the Van Allen radiation belts and the Argus experiment which followed. Much of the book by Tuzo Wilson, who was president of the International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics during the IGY, is about his extensive travels throughout the world in connection with the IGY and makes pleasant reading. These journeys included visits to Rumania, Greenland, the Soviet Union, China, Japan and the Antarctic. Of the two books, I found the one written by Sullivan to be the more satisfying. Not only does he give a splendid description of the scientific achievements resulting from the IGY, but also he succeeds in bringing to life the people involved in the investigations. His book can be gainfully read by all interested in geophysics and I warmly recommend it. [entire item] Planetary and Space Science [Assault on the unknown: Walter Sullivan: Hodder & Stoughton, London: 1961 and J. Tuzo Wilson: IGY, The Year of the New Moon, Joseph: London, 1961] International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 442 9 1962 7 Book review 1962 nansen225 article The pages that follow, most of them taken, and often in his own words, from Dr. Nansen's " The First Crossing of Greenland," Chapter XVI., are added to give to the readers of Mr. Peary's paper a comprehensive view of what is known concerning the Inland ice of Greenland. The responsibility for this abstract, as well as for the observations and notes which occur in the course of it, is sufficiently indicated by the initials at the close of the paper. Journal of the American Geographical Society of New York Journey on the Inland Ice Arctic exploration Greenland Fridtjof Nansen Greenland expedition (1888) Robert Peary Greenland expedition (1886) 171-193 23 1891 1891 naylor80 article [March] International Polar Year 2007-2009 had three predecessors 125, 75 and 50 years ago. These international research efforts were not free from geopolitical interests. Antarctic science is a way in which nation states dominated affairs and collected geo-strategic intelligence. ... The IGY was often promoted to the public by its organizers and journalists such as Sullivan as a venture in international scientific cooperation that was intended to overcome ideological scuffles and diplomatic bickering. Indeed, the event was staged as a coup in diplomacy at the height of the Cold War, with the participation of the Soviet Union secured through the World Meteorological Organization, albeit one that backfired in part with the launch of Sputnik on the eve of the IGY. The 1950s were an era when scientific prowess could symbolize the superiority of one political ideology over another. ... ...international collaboration is always geopolitically embedded, reflective of geopolitical interests and has geopolitical consequences. Indeed, scientists and policy makers have used international collaboration during and since the IGY to bring the administration of the continent into the orbit of national interests. Geopolitics has never gone away in Antarctica, and science has been a part of this. Nature Geoscience Science, geopolitics and the governance of Antarctica Antarctica Antarctica governance International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 International Polar Year 1882-1883 Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR) Antarctic Treaty 143-145 March 1 2008 3 2008-03 newitt18 article [September] During the First International Polar Year (1882-83) magnetic observatories were established in northern Canada at Fort Rae, Fort Conger, and Clearwater Fiord. Repeat magnetic observations made during the centenary of the First Polar Year enable a determination of the secular variation at each of these locations. During the last 100 years the declination has increased easterly by over 20 deg. at Fort Conger and at Clearwater Fiord; however, it has decreased by only 9 deg. at Fort Rae. The total intensity has decreased by over 1900 nT at Fort Rae, but at Clearwater Fiord and at Fort Conger the decrease has been about 1500 nT and 1000 nT respectively. This implies that the decrease in the nondipole field evident over most of North America in recent times has not been as great in the high Arctic. Arctic Magnetic Observations at International Polar Year Stations in Canada International Polar Year 1882-1883 Magnetic observations Canada 255-262 September 37 1984 3 1984-09 nicolet445 article An account of the IGY for the WMO Bulletin to celebrate the 25th anniversary of the IGY. World Meteorological Organization Bulletin The International Geophysical Year 1957/58 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 222-235 31 1982 3 1982 nield82 article [January 16] Earth science, a field in which science and profession have been intimately linked, has grown through the practicalities imposed by industrialization and war but must now revamp to address climate change. [Conclusion:] Geoscientists have a unique understanding of Earth as a unified system of interacting components--the Earth system--which they must communicate. In the new battle against global climate change, geoscientists will fail in their duty to their fellow citizens if they fail in this. Practice and theory owe each other an equal debt. Each has provided grit to the other's oyster for 200 years. They must continue to do so, as geoscientists move on from the imperial reductionist past, apply the new holistic understanding of the Earth system, and have a proper role in the stewardship of a planet that humans cannot live without. Nature A tribe of jobbing ditchers History of science Earth science 258-260 January 16 451 2008 7176 Year of Planet Earth essay; 2008-01 odishaw375 article [December 26] The first of a two-part summary of IGY activities covers studies of the sun and upper atmosphere. ... Here an attempt will be made to narrate, on behalf of the IGY scientific community and based upon their reports to the National Academy of Sciences, some of the events as the IGY reaches its formal close on 31 December 1958. Just as the earlier report could be only suggestive, this too can but touch upon a few of the happenings, largely within the U.S. program, but perhaps some feeling for the whole effort can be conveyed. Some of the work described here has been reported in the scientific literature, and various papers are in press or preparation. IGY bibliographies are being prepared by several agencies; they now exist in interim and draft form. Science International Geophysical Year [part 1] International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 1599-1609 December 26 128 1958 1958-12 odishaw376 article [January 2] The second part of a two-part summary of IGY activities covers heat and water, the earth, and data exchange. The first part of this article outlined the scope of the IGY effort and attempted to summarize some aspects of the work dealing with the physics of the upper atmosphere, including solar and interplanetary medium relationships. This second part, also drawn from reports of the IGY scientific community and illustrative of their activities, takes up the story of typical findings in the areas of the heat and water regimen (meteorology, oceanography, and glaciology) and of the earth sciences (seismology, gravity, and longitude and latitude determinations). It also summarizes the status of data flow, for the ICY was above all a synoptic data effort, and then takes a look at post-IGY programs growing out of the IGY. Science International Geophysical Year [part 2] International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 14-25 January 2 129 1959 1959-01 odlingsmee41 article [March 8] A series of short summaries on twelve IPY4 projects. Intro: The fourth International Polar Year (IPY) is a bit of a misnomer--it's actually two years long. From March 2007 to March 2009, a host of scientists will head out to both the Arctic and Antarctic for targeted research, from marine biology to anthropology. Here's a look at some of the projects being planned--although funding for some is still pending. Nature Polar research: polar year projects Biological research Antarctic regions Arctic regions Astronomy Biodiversity International cooperation Oceanography International Polar Year 2007-2008 127-31 March 8 446 2007 7132 2007-03 orvin237 article Item not yet seen. Reference from Bones (2007). The American Scandinavian Review Norway's contributions to the International Polar Year Norway International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Norway IGY participation (1957-1958) 33-41 48 1960 1960 parkinson35 article [April-June] Life expectancy in Arctic populations has greatly improved over the last 50 years. Much of this improvement can be attributed to health research that has resulted in a reduction in morbidity and mortality from infectious diseases, such as tuberculosis, and the vaccine-preventable diseases of childhood. However, despite these improvements in health indicators of Arctic residents, life expectancy and infant mortality remain higher in indigenous Arctic residents in the US Arctic, northern Canada, and Greenland when compared to Arctic residents of Nordic countries. The International Polar Year (IPY) represents a unique opportunity to focus world attention on Arctic human health and to further stimulate Circumpolar cooperation on emerging Arctic human health concerns. The Arctic Human Health Initiative (AHHI) is an Arctic Council IPY initiative that aims to build and expand on existing Arctic Council and International Union for Circumpolar Health (IUCH) human health research activities. The human health legacy of the IPY will be increased visibility of the human health concerns of Arctic communities, revitalization of cooperative Arctic human health research focused on those concerns, the development of health policies based on research findings, and the subsequent implementation of appropriate interventions, prevention and control measures at the community level. Alaska Medicine The international polar year 2007-2008; the Arctic human health legacy Arctic regions Climate Health education International cooperation International Polar Year 2007-2008 Biomedical research 43-45 April-June 49 2007 2 2007-04 parkinson36 article [January] The 2007-2008 IPY also features human health as a research them for the first time and thus presents an opportunity to do the following: 1) increase global awareness and visibility of health concerns of Arctic peoples, 2) foster human health research, 3) promote health protection strategies, and 4) ultimately improve the health and well being of Arctic peoples (www.arctichealth.org/ahhi). Emerg Infect Dis The International Polar Year, 2007-2008, an opportunity to focus on infectious diseases in Arctic regions Arctic regions Biomedical research International Polar Year 2007-2008 1-3 January 14 2008 1 2008-01 patton69 article [August 26] The Second International Polar Year, which is to continue for 13 months, is now under way, since it began on August 1st, and while it is so new that reports have not yet arrived in this country to tell us which stations are actually at work and which are still making preparations, enough is known to assure that the undertaking will be a success. A direct outcome of the appropriation by the last Congress of $30,000 for participation in the Second Polar Year program is the establishment of the so-called College-Fairbanks Polar Year Station in the interior of Alaska not far from the Arctic Circle and from the belt of maximum auroral frequency. ... The activities in other countries are numerous, and 33 nations are taking part. The Polar Year Commission, of which Mr. John A. Fleming, of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, and Dr. N. H. Heck, of the Coast and Geodetic Survey, are the American members, will undoubtedly be ready in the near future to issue a statement as to the progress being made by the different countries. ... While the fundamental activities, magnetic and meteorological observations, are the same for the First and Second Polar Years, there is a great contrast in the associated activities, practically all of which were undreamed of at the time of the First Polar Year. Our knowledge of the interrelations of the different phenomena that are to be observed is still very inadequate both from the scientific and from the practical view-point. The results will be of very great value to all the organizations which are taking part and indirectly to the inhabitants of the earth as a whole. Not only will the government activities, which usually emphasize the practical view-point, benefit, but such organizations as the Carnegie Institution of Washington, which is making a study of the earth's magnetism as a whole, will find that the filling of important gaps in observations will aid greatly in their attack on the problem. Science Second International Polar Year International Polar Year 1932-1933 U.S. IPY participation (1932-1933) 187-188 August 26 76 1932 1965 New Series 1932-08 peary224 article Speech to American Geographical Society of New York on the proposed expedition. Journal of the American Geographical Society of New York A Proposed Exploration of Northern Greenland Arctic exploration Greenland Robert Peary Greenland expedition (1891) 156-171 23 1891 1891 peary229 article In the following letter, published in the New York Sun of Sept. 12, Mr. R. E. Peary tells the story of the year spent by his party in northern Greenland, and his successful journey with his companion, Astrup, over the inland ice to the shore of the Arctic Ocean. Mr. Peary's theory that the ice-cap was the true road to the northern limit of Greenland originated with himself. His experience in a trial trip of over 100 miles, accomplished in 1886, satisfied him that he was right, and five years later he left New York in the month of June on the expedition the result of which now places him among the foremost of Arctic explorers. Journal of the American Geographical Society of New York Mr. Peary's Return from Greenland Robert Peary Greenland expedition (1891-1892) Arctic exploration Greenland 470-473 24 1892 3 1892 peary228 article In a sentence, the principal object of the expedition was the determination of the northern limit of Greenland, and its fundamental feature was the utilization of the surface of the interior ice cap as the highway to the objective point. The one recognized in the project was the coextension of the land and ice cap northward, and the alternative proposed, in case the ice should be found to cease at a low latitude, was to follow its northern edge to the unknown east coast. Journal of the American Geographical Society of New York The North Greenland Expedition of 1891-92 Arctic exploration Greenland Robert Peary Greenland expedition (1891-1892) 536-558 24 1892 4 1892 pennisi63 article [March 16] Introduction to special issue of Science to acknowledge the launch of the IPY. Science Momentous changes at the poles International Polar Year 2007-2008 Polar research 1513 March 16 315 2007 5818 2007-03 petermann218 article A Letter from Dr. PETERMANN to the President of the Royal Geographical Society. Read, in part, at the Meeting of the 10th November, 1874. Ten years ago, when Arctic Exploration was sought to be revived by the Royal Geographical Society, all, I think, were agreed as to the main points of the subjects, while a diversity of opinion arose regarding one point, which appears to me only of secondary importance now, namely, the route to be chosen. There was a great deal of discussion upon this point, and whether it would be more advisable for a new English Expedition to proceed west of Greenland up Smith Sound, or east of it, anywhere in the wide sea between Greenland and Novaya Zemlya. From the results arrived at by actual exploration since 1865, and the light shed by it upon the subject, it appears to me, that a real ground for any such diversity of opinion no more exists, as the most noteworthy fact brought out by the various recent Polar Expeditions is a greater navigability in all parts of the Arctic Seas than was formerly supposed to exist. For my part I readily admit that the Smith Sound route has turned out to be a great deal more practicable and navigable than could formerly be surmised from the experience of Kane and Hayes. Certainly both these attempts were made with insufficient means.... ... While l thus readily admit my expectations to have been far exceeded by recent experience, similar progress has also been made on all the other routes into the central area of the Arctic Regions, and a great deal has been achieved even with small means. From the results already arrived at, it is evident that, with appropriate steam-vessels making use of the experience gained, the central area will be penetrated as far as the North Pole or any other point. (pp. 173-4) Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London Exploration of the Arctic Regions Arctic exploration 173-180 19 1874 2 1874 pettersen122 article [August 30] At the present moment, when every student of modern science is anxiously awaiting the result of the labours of the international observation parties which have for nearly a year been self-imprisoned around the Pole, I venture to make the following suggestions relating to international Polar researchers. ... there had not been any expedition ready to take advantage of [reduced ice].... ... Had there been ... expeditions prepared to use the opportunities which have presented themselves ... I have not the least doubt that a very far advance into unknown Polar regions might have been made at a very small cost. ... From the experience we have gained of the changes in the ice, it is however evident that Polar researchers have been hitherto, in one respect at all events, been effected in an erroneous manner, and great loss of money and life caused thereby. The geographical researches around the Pole should in my opinion be conducted in a different manner. Instead of, as has hitherto been the case, that finely equipped expeditions are despatched at random and at unconsidered periods, an arrangement should be made between the various European nations to equip a certain number of expeditions, which should be despatched every summer to the same locality during a period of ten to eleven years. ... Hitherto the Dutch alone have arranged their expeditions to the Polar regions in a systematic manner. ... It is now admitted by every student that Polar researchers are of great importance in several respects, and the establishment of the international circumpolar stations is a proof of this, while the manner in which these have been arranged seems to promise to be the first step towards a series of researches in the Arctic regions, which would, as the meteorological ones, be best carried out through an international cooperation. In order to advance in the unknown Polar basin, it appears to me to be essential to abandon the random expeditionary attempts hitherto persevered with, and organise instead systematic researches. And if these were carried out by international [end p. 423] cooperation, the levy on the individual participators would be very small indeed. There are in my opinion three points in the Arctic seas which offer, I believe, special advantages as bases for penetrating towards the Pole, and on which particular attention should be concentrated, viz. the north of Spitzbergen, the north-east of Novaya Zemlya, and the Behring Straits. ... the question to be solved is one of preeminent importance to men of science, and I feel certain that a mode of research effected in the manner I have here advocated would certainly result in its solution. Karl Pettersen, Troms\"{o} Museum, July. Nature International Polar Researches International Polar Year 1882-1883 Polar research 423-424 August 30 28 1883 722 1883-08 prentice79 article SIR--In your Editorial 'Science in retreat' (Nature 451, 866; 2008), you criticize the Canadian Conservative government's record on science issues. This criticism is unwarranted. ... More researchers have been hired to work on Arctic science, and we have committed personnel, equipment and financial resources to the International Polar Year--the largest-ever international research programme into the Earth's polar regions. Our $150-million investment in this initiative will enable our scientists to work with colleagues from 60 other nations to study climate change and the health and well-being of northern communities. ... A factual assessment of our government's record demonstrates a clear commitment to enhancing Canada's reputation as a world leader in science and technology. Nature Canadian government is committed to science International Polar Year 2007-2008 Canada Arctic research 409 March 27 452 2008 7186 2008-03 priestly104 article [September 1] ... The strategic value of Antarctica, should world atomic war break out, with the consequent likelihood of the destruction of the Suez and Panama Canals, will stem from the fact that all inter-continental seaborne traffic, and much coastal traffic as well, must then proceed via the Cape of Good Hope and Cape Horn. In the circumstances, from this cause alone, concern with Antarctica, as a possible air or submarine base, is bound to be a preoccupation of any great Power. Antarctic exploration and exploitation are bound, therefore, to become more and more an affair of Governments than, as in the past, of individual adventurers or scientific societies. At the same time, if the experience of the past ten year is any criterion, less and less scientific result will accrue per unit of energy and money expended. (p. 467) ... So we come to the present day and to a fresh resurgence of interest which we can really claim has science for its main drive. ... "The chances are that, for the remainder of the this century, Antarctica will remain the scene of investigations in pure rather than applied science. But man may yet find a way to overcome the latent heat of ice and add a seventh habitable continent to the six he already has in thrall." (p. 470). Gives a nice summary of antarctic exploration. Has a section on whaling, "The Antarctic To-day" and "The Future." Nature Twentieth-Century Man Against Antarctica International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Antarctic regions Antarctic exploration 463-470 September 1 178 1956 4531 1956-09 rae226 article Letter to the editor from Rae about some of this "Arctic travels." Journal of the American Geographical Society of New York Dr. John Rae's Arctic Explorations Arctic exploration John Rae (1813-1893) 194-201 23 1891 1891 rapley472 article [December] Antarctic Science The International Polar Year 2007-2008: Planning for a new phase of polar exploration and understanding International Polar Year 2007-2008 561-568 December 17 2005 4 2005-12 raspopov483 article The history of organization and performance of the largest international scientific projects--the first International Polar Year (1882-1883), the second International Polar Year (1932-1933), and the International Geophysical Year (1957-1958)--and the significance of these projects for the development of geophysical studies in our country are briefly considered. Geomagnetism and Aeronomy The 50th anniversary of International Geophysical Year (1957-1958): from the First International Polar Year (1882-1883) to the International Heliophysical Year (2007-2008) and International Polar Year (2007-2009) International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 International Polar Year 2007-2008 1-7 47 2007 1 Original Russian Text ? O.M. Raspopov, I.A. Kuz'min, E.P. Kharin, 2007, published in Geomagnetizm i Aeronomiya, 2007, Vol. 47, No. 1, pp. 3-10. 2007 rawer372 article World-wide cooperation during the International Geophysical Year led not only to successful campaigns in which better defined measurement techniques were applied but opened the way toward much narrower international cooperation than ever before. This long lasting cooperation is probably the most important result of the IGY. Journal of Atmospheric and Terrestrial Physics International Cooperation in Ionospheric Research - Before and After the International Geophysical Year International cooperation International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 847-849 56 1994 7 1994 reed280 article Obituary of Berkner. "Institute and one of the outstanding American scientists of modern time, suffered a fatal heart attack in Washington on 4 June 1967 while attending a meeting of the National Academy of Sciences. On 7 June he was buried in Arlington National Cemetery. Dr. Berkner was known widely as the Father of the International Geophysical Year and more than anyone else in North America developed the idea and gave early impetus to that worldwide effort that did much to promote and improve scientific co-operation throughout the world." Arctic Lloyd. V. Berkner (1905-1967) International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Lloyd V. Berkner (1905-1967) 144 20 1967 2 Obituary 1967 richards216 article Whatever the motives of our ancient explorers, it was well known in these latter days that such a passage, if found possible for a ship, could serve no practical purpose either for war or commerce, and the objects sought to be obtained were principally scientific knowledge and the encouragement of hardy enterprise among seamen, both very worthy ones. ... The unfortunate result, however, of Franklin's voyage, and in one sense the want of success of the many costly expeditions which followed each other in rapid succession for nearly ten years after his departure, wearied out the nation; and, however much it may be regretted, it can scarcely be wondered at that, so far as this country was concerned, Arctic enterprise slumbered for twenty years. ... It has been decided, and I think wisely in the interests of science and the acquisition of knowledge generally, to say nothing of the credit which it will reflect on the country, to despatch a well-equipped expedition to reach the highest possible northern latitude, and the Pole itself, if it may be. ... As one of the objects of the voyage is scientific research, former precedent is so far departed from that a skilled naturalist is to be squeezed into each ship, and on this account two naval officers the less can be carried. Instruments and appliances for the investigation of all branches of science will be provided, so far as stowage can be found for them. ... it is quite certain that no great and noble enterprise of this kind can ever be sent forth without resulting not only in material advantage, but without adding greatly to the sum of human knowledge and so advancing the cause of truth. ... I would ask them to bear in mind that on Arctic service there is little leisure for real scientific work until winter quarters are reached.... Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London On the Route Towards the Pole, for the Arctic Expedition of 1875 Arctic exploration Arctic research 208-223 19 1874 3 Copyright ? 1874 The Royal Geographical Society (with the Institute of British Geographers) ArticleType: primary_article / Full publication date: 1874 - 1875 http://www.jstor.org.login.ezproxy.library.ualberta.ca/stable/1799938 1874 richards217 article Scope of the Expedition. 4. The scope and primary object of the expedition should be to attain the highest northerly latitude, and, if possible, to reach the North Pole; and from winter quarters to explore the adjacent coasts within the reach of travelling parties. The limits of ship navigation should be confined within about the meridians of 20 deg. and 90 deg. of west longitude. Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London Report of the Arctic Committee of the Admiralty George Nares Expedition (1875-1876) Arctic exploration 349-356 19 1874 5 1874 richter243 article Germany too is within the limits to us by the economic situation down, in the international scientific work. The Association of the Electric Physics is expected in the German Polar Year in Troms\o investigations continue, based on observations of the aurora cover. There are probably two observers to Norway. The Archives for polar research. Kiel, under the approval of the competent bodies probably one overwintering station in south-west Greenland build, with two participants occupied, and in geomagnetic line observations and auroral observations will be running. The magnetic and meteorological stations in Germany so far to contact the Polar Year work involved, as they [untranslated] special observations and make observations. [entire item translated with Google Translate] Polarforschung Die Deutsche Beteiligung am Internationalen Polarjahr 1932/33 International Polar Year 1932-1933 Germany Germany IPY participation (1932-1933) 5 2 1932 1 1932 rinaldi42 article [August] The growing academic interest in the poles coincides with the launch of a milestone initiative, the International Polar Year (IPY), as "an intense, internationally coordinated campaign of research that will initiate a new era in polar science", according to its website (http://www.ipy.org). It is the fourth such undertaking since the first IPY in 1882 to 1883, and will run from March 2007 to March 2009 to allow researchers plenty of time and opportunities to work in both polar regions. "IPY will address and solve global scale problems through an enormous range of science," according to a press release from the British Antarctic Survey (http://www.antarctica.ac.uk), one of the main players in Antarctic research (British Antarctic Survey, 2006). "IPY has a rich array of dazzling projects in biology, ecology, physiology and so forth, that all fit under the general terms of life sciences," explained David Carlson, the Director of the IPY Programme Office. "Each of these projects represents three or more countries, 10-50 investigators, and major efforts in field observing or modelling." EMBO Reports The cold side of life: the upcoming International Polar Year promises great advances in the exploration of the polar regions Antarctic regions Arctic regions Polar research International Polar Year 2007-2008 759-63 August 7 2006 8 2006-08 robin98 article Reviews achievements of three major international cooperative projects in the polar regions--the first, second and third International Polar Years. New Scientist Curtain up on polar research International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 International Polar Year 1882-1883 International Polar Year 1932-1933 756-761 95 1982 1323 1982 robinson214 article [July 7] A century ago, the North Pole remained one of the last unknown regions of the planet, a place that burned in the hearts of dozens of explorers. ... Yet NASA has focused most of its attention on improving the methods of exploration, rather than assessing its merits. Like Wellman, they have chosen to honor their fallen comrades by focusing on the construction of better machines, not the development of better missions. ... A manned mission to Mars, if it happens, will be a dazzling event guaranteed to keep us glued to our televisions. But symbolism alone cannot carry the U.S. space program forward. One hundred years ago, Americans faced the same dilemma on the Arctic frontier. In their relentless pursuit of the North Pole, explorers had abandoned science. History News Network Before we send a man to Mars we should remember the wasted efforts spent finding the North Pole Arctic exploration North Pole Space exploration 2008 July 7 2008 rothe244 article Polarforschung Observations magn\'{e}tiques au Scoresby Sund pendant L'Ann\'{e}e Polaire 1932-1933 International Polar Year 1932-1933 France France IPY participation (1932-1933) Greenland Geomagnetism 5-7 6 1936 1 1936 rust221 article This expedition had assigned to it the carrying out of magnetic and meteorological observations at the mouth of the Yenisei, under the command of M. Lamie, a lieutenant in the Royal Netherlands Navy. The vessel, the Varna, was lost in the Kara sea in 1883. STATEMENT OF MR. FRANK RUST, OF AMSTERDAM (HOLLAND), A Member of the Expedition. At the request of the American Geographical Society, I beg leave to make the following statement respecting the voyage of the steamship Varna, of the Dutch International Arctic Expedition of 1882-3, which was lost in the Kara sea in May, 1883, and of the Scientific Corps, of which I was a member. Journal of the American Geographical Society of New York The Dutch Polar Expedition of 1882-3 International Polar Year 1882-1883 Varna (vessel) Dutch IPY expedition (1882-1883) 375-380 15 1883 1883 ruttenberg387 article [May] This review of the ICSU World Data Centre system is offered as a tribute to Sir Granville Beynon and his colleagues, whose vision led to the setting up of World Data Centres for the International Geophysical Year of 1957-1958. The article reviews the development of the WDC system, its place in the current scientific scene, and some of the issues that it faces. Journal of Atmospheric and Terrestrial Physics World Data Centres--past, present and future World Data Centers International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 865-870 May 56 1994 7 1994-05 savitt182 article [January] Frederick George Jackson, the leader of the Jackson-Harmsworth Expedition of 1894-1897, accomplished a great deal during his exploration of Franz Josef Land [Zemlya Frantsa-Iosifa] although his achievements have never been fully acknowledged. Jackson's expedition itself has often been eclipsed by his famous meeting in 1896 with Fridtjof Nansen, absent for 3 years in the Arctic, and it has been unfairly coloured by the view that Jackson was no more than an adventurer and sportsman. The research reported in this article evaluates Jackson's plan and management activities. The study developed a set of factors to evaluate his performance arising from a variety of expeditions contemporary with Jackson's. His strong personality and limited personnel managerial experience limited the full extent of what he might have achieved. Yet, Jackson developed a strong exploration model that was based on comprehensive planning, a significant concern for the health and welfare of his companions, the willingness to innovate in a number of activities including sledging, and a commitment to scientific discovery. Although the expedition did not find a route to the North Pole, Jackson confirmed that Franz Josef Land was an archipelago and he gave credence to the consumption of fresh meat as a means of preventing scurvy. One of Jackson's legacies to subsequent explorers was the use of ponies for haulage. He was unable to appreciate the weaknesses in their use and his influence on subsequent Antarctic expeditions often led to undesirable results. But, overall, Jackson was an innovator in a conservative exploration community. Polar Record Legacies of the Jackson-Harmsworth expedition, 1894-1897 Arctic exploration Franz Josef Land Jackson-Harmsworth Expedition (1894-1897) 55-66 January 43 2007 1 2007-01 schroder449 article As a part of the historiography of individual scientific disciplines, the present paper provides a brief history of the development of Polar geophysics. Among important factors are expeditions and international cooperation (Magnetic Association of Gottingen; First International Polar Year, Berlin Atmospheric Programme, etc.). The history of observations and scientific expeditions is reviewed. The sources of data, beginning with the 18th century, as well as the scientists and institutions involved in these programs are noted. Earth Sciences History The First International Polar Year (1882-83) and International Geophysical Cooperation International Polar Year 1882-1883 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 International cooperation Earth science Geophysical research 223-226 10 1991 2 1991 schroder377 article Journal of Atmospheric and Solar-Terrestrial Physics Geomagnetic research in the 19th century: a case study of the German contribution History of science Ionosphere 1649-1660 63 2001 15 2001 scar354 article [April] The year 2007-08 will be the 50th Anniversary of the International Geophysical Year (IGY). This is an important anniversary for SCAR because it was the unprecedented success of the IGY in the Antarctic that prompted ICSU to establish the Special (subsequently Scientific) Committee on Antarctic Research at a meeting (I SCAR) in The Hague, The Netherlands, during February 1958. H Miller gave a short presentation on a proposed programme to investigate the Ice Divide of Eastern Antarctica (IDEA). This would involve a surface traverse of the ice sheet of Eastern Antarctica over a four-year period (2007-2011) making a series of glaciological, geological, geophysical and climatological studies. Several Delegates suggested other studies that might be included during the traverse that would complement existing and planned research. The programme would be truly international and echo many of the aims of the IGY. There was general support for the proposal and the President suggested that a small group should be established to consider how the plans could be best elaborated and advanced, noting that other ICSU bodies might be interested in taking part. H Miller agreed to lead the group that should present a report to the Executive Committee at its meeting in July 2003. Delegates supported the proposal that there should be an IPY programme to celebrate the 50th anniversary of the IGY and it was suggested that enquiries should be made to ICSU and IUGG. C.G. Rapley agreed to follow up this proposal. Online at http://www.scar.org/publications/bulletins/149/ SCAR Bulletin IPY [SCAR Meeting discussion] International Polar Year 2007-2008 IPY4 planning 8-9 April 2003 149 Corporate minutes Twenty-seventh Meeting of SCAR, Shanghai, China, 22-26 July 2002 2003-04 shaimardanov393 article [1] RIHMI-WDC, which performs the functions of the World Data Center B on Meteorology and Oceanography, is to considerable extent involved in the implementation of both national and international components of the IPY Programme. To ensure IPY data management several regulatory documents have been developed ranging from the "Concept of information exchange in the period of the International Polar Year 2007-2008" to data collection and storage formats. Basic principles of national data collection and exchange are determined in the document "Policy of national data management in the period of the International Polar Year 2007-2008." The main working document to be used by all IPY participants is the "IPY 2007-2008 Data Management Plan." To implement data integration and exchange the system IPY-Info has been developed. It is based on the recent advancements in the field of Web-technologies, specifically on the technologies and information structure developed under the Unified State System of Information on the State of the World Ocean (UISWO). The system will make it possible to monitor IPY data and metadata collection and allow users to perform remote search, displaying and retrieval of IPY data irrespective of their physical location. Russian Journal of Earth Sciences Participation of Roshydromet's World Data Centers in the International Polar Year 2007-2008 Programme International Polar Year 2007-2008 World Data Centers Data management 1-7 9 2007 ES3001 2007 siple288 article [October 15] Antarctica has emerged from total terra incognita since the beginning of this century. Although it was recognized as a probable continent more than one hundred years ago, the contiguous coastal outline was not completed as a reliable sketch until the past decade. The state of current antarctic geographic knowledge might well be likened to that of the Americas in the sixteenth century. The task of classical exploration has virtually ended, and the period of detailed scientific study has already begun. With the exception of large sections of the interior, approximating the area of the United States, the major features have been sketched in (see Fig. 1). In contrast to sixteenth-century exploration techniques, those of the twentieth -century, together with scientific interest, have produced small sampling of intensive studies in Antarctica comparable in quality to scientific investigations in densely populated regions of the world. In some cases, such as certain aspects of oceanography, the detailed knowledge of the waters surrounding Antarctica is currently superior to that of some ocean areas more temperate and accessible. Thus Antarctica is a strange mixture of the unknown and the well known. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America Geographic basis for Antarctic scientific observations International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Antarctic research Symposium on Scientific Aspects of the International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 (1954) 978-982 October 15 40 1954 10 1954-10 smithrose102 article [July 27] ...services. At the beginning of the International Geophysical Year, it is appropriate to refer to the Second International Polar Year of 1932-33, when radio was used for the first time as a tool for exploring the physical... Contains an account of "Past Radio Research" and "Radio Research." (p. 104) Nature The New Radio Research Station, Ditton Park, Slough International Polar Year 1932-1933 Radio research 163-166 July 27 180 1957 4578 1957-07 smithrose92 article [November 14] "Substance of an address delivered at the U.S. National Telemetering Conference, Albuquerque, New Mexico, on May 21." ...A considerable impetus to this type of international research was given thirty years ago, during the International Polar Year of 1932-33, when a successful exploration of conditions in the ionosphere at high latitude was carried out.... "... telemetry is essentially the science and practice of making measurements of physical quantities at a point remote from the observer, and then communicating the results by radio to this observer. In accordance with this definition, one of the earliest applications of telemetry was in meteorology, as a means of observing directly conditions in the Earth's atmosphere. A small package, containing a barometer, thermometer and hygrometer together with a radio transmitter and power supply, is carried aloft by a hydrogen-filled balloon. At pre-determined intervals, ... the indications of the three ... instruments are used to modulate, at different ... frequencies, the higher frequency of the radio transmitter. Thus as the balloon ascends, and drifts with the wind, the signals received at the ground are used to record automatically the pressure, temperature and humidity of the air through which the instruments are carried." Nature Radio and International Geophysical Research Radio research Geophysical research International Polar Year 1932-1933 History of science 621-625 November 14 199 1963 4888 Address 1963-11 smithrose91 article [June 12] ...one of the world's most eminent scientists, a professor and lecturer of outstanding repute, a Nobel prizewinner, head of a civil service department and, later, principal and vice-chancellor of the University of Edinburgh. After WWI, "he investigated the reception of atmospherics and the fading of wireless signals, thereby laying the foundations of his well-known researchers on the propagation of wireless waves. ... [reflection off the upper atmosphere] Systematic measurements made in this way [pulses emitted to catch the echoes off the atmosphere] soon demonstrated the existence of a second reflecting region, sometimes termed the Appleton layer by analogy with the first or Kennelly-Heaviside layer. In this way initiated the investigation of the ionosphere on a world-wide scale, which grew to such an extent that during the International Geophysical Year of 1957-58, some sixty-six nations at more than a thousand observatories were making detailed measurements of the electrical properties of the upper atmosphere. ... awarded the Nobel Prize for Physics in 1947. ... Appleton was one of the most enthusiastic leaders in promoting the programme of the second International Polar Year of 1932-33, which was organized fifty years after the first, and during which radio wave technique was available for the first time to explore the physical conditions in our atmosphere. [He led the group that] set up the ionospheric recording station at Tromsoe. It was there that, for the first time, the properties of the ionosphere within arctic regions were examined by radio wave technique. Twenty-five years later, as chairman of the U.R.S.I. committee of the International Geophysical Year (1957-58), he was again instrumental in sponsoring international collaboration in a very comprehensive and more advanced investigation of conditions in the ionosphere during a period of sunspot activity which--in the event--proved to be the highest recorded during the previous two hundred years of systematic observations. Nature Sir Edward Appleton, G.B.E., K.C.B., F.R.S. International Polar Year 1932-1933 Sir Edward Appleton (1892-1965) Radio research International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 1094-1095 June 12 206 1965 4989 Obituary 1965-06 spiller342 article [January 1] Touching on the modern politics of Antarctica and the shifting interests that the USA and people of other nations had in that continent, this paper examines the imprint of politics and culture on US public discourse about the US Antarctic research program. It argues that US government officials, scientists, and mass media responded to one another, evolving cultural values, and these dynamic politics and interests by changing the way they depicted scientific exploration in Antarctica. Initially treating this exploration as a manly attempt to know the world and conquer its last uninhabited continent, these pundits came to regard Antarctic science as a means of protecting an endangered continental wilderness, while using it to study humanity's most pressing environmental crises. In doing so, however, they clung to an unchanging discourse celebrating US Antarctic research as proof of the benevolent world leadership by the USA, of its unstinting desire to advance peace, security, and prosperity for all humanity. Public Understanding of Science Re-Imagining United States Antarctic Research as a Defining Endeavor of a Deserving World Leader: 1957-1991 Antarctic research International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Politics United States 31-53 January 1 13 2004 1 2004-01 stagg20 article The six members of the Brrtish Polar Year Expedition to Fort Rae near the northern extremity of the Great Slave Lake in North Western Canada have now returned to England. Broadly the aim of the Expedition was to oarry out a pre-arranged programme of observational work in the four main branches of geophysical investigation included under the headings of meteorology, terrestrial magnetism, aurora and atmospheric electricity, With a minimum personal of five observers and one steward-mechanic our whole energies were bent to maintaining continuous observations by eye and by self-recording Instruments of all the constituent elements in the four fields of investigation, with the ultimate end that the results arid records gathered from at least a year's stay in that region should he strictly comparable with those from the stations of all the other countries participating in the same international programme of Polar Year activities. Online at http://epic.awi.de/Publications/Polarforsch1934_1_4.pdf Polarforschung British Polar Year Expedition 1932/33 International Polar Year 1932-1933 British IPY expedition to Fort Rae (1932-1933) 7-9 1 1934 4 1934 stagg60 article Since 1882 progress in meteorology and cognate lines of geophysical investigation--though probably less spectacular than in some of the other domains of physical science--has been very great. A vast number of new problems have arisen; the fields of enquiry and observation have grown ever wider--and higher. In 1882-83 none of the expeditions, so far as I know, carried out any upper air work. Their efforts were necessarily confined to surface meteorology. In terrestrial magnetism hourly readings by eye of instruments designed to give the three major elements in the earth's magnetic field were as much as the expeditionary technique of those days allowed. And the description of the state of the sky at each hour covered the demands of the time in auroral observations. In recent years, however, meteorologists have been requiring more observations over an increasingly wide area and more detailed data on the characteristics and circulation of the atmosphere up into and beyond the stratosphere. Again, the study of states of disturbance and quiet in the earth's magnetic field has shown that one observatory can no longer be considered representative of a large area of the earth around it; the changes in the magnetic field are fine-structured in space as well as in time, so that a close network of magnetic stations equipped with continuously recording instruments is now needed. And for observations in aurora to serve their best purpose in linking up with the associated magnetic disturbance on the one hand and the variations in height and intensity of ionisation in the several conducting layers of the atmosphere on the other, precise determinations of the position of the aurora in space are required from as many and as widely distributed localities on the earth's surface as possible. Thus we see that from all angles of meteorology, terrestrial magnetism and auroral investigation, a fresh Polar Year programme was urgently required on a much more intensified and extensive basis than that of 1882-83. The suggestion, put forward by Admiral Dominik of the Deutsche Seewarte, Hamburg, to hold the repetition in 1932-33--the jubilee year of the First Polar Year--was therefore generally welcomed. [From the first few paragraphs.] Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society British polar year expedition to Fort Rae, N.W. Canada, 1932-33 International Polar Year 1932-1933 British IPY expedition to Fort Rae (1932-1933) United Kingdom Meteorology 253-264 60 1934 256 10.1002/qj.49706025602 1934 stein311 article [December] This attempt to rescue Greely took place at a unique turning point in the history of the U.S. Navy. Seriously under funded, the Navy had deteriorated markedly since the Civil War. Much of the fleet was obsolete and some ships were so unseaworthy that they rarely left port. Many observers considered their officers and crew equally unsuited to the rigors of the sea. Throughout the previous decade, the press had routinely ridiculed the Navy and its aging warships, which seemed to regularly run aground or collide with civilian ships. The Navy's record in Arctic exploration was particularly poor and offered little hope for a successful rescue effort. ... In 1883, Congress appropriated funds for the first new warships in more than a decade, the famous ABCD's (Atlanta, Boston, Chicago, and Dolphin), but the fragile consensus for naval modernization collapsed the following year. ... Rescuing Greely presented the Navy with an opportunity to refute this negative press and rehabilitate its reputation. Further, a successful rescue would fuel the efforts of a growing number of reform-minded officers to modernize the Navy's administration, infrastructure, and warships. Int J Naval History The Greely Relief Expedition and the New Navy International Polar Year 1882-1883 U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) Arctic exploration December 5 2006 3 2006-12 stewart276 article [June] This essay provides an overview of polar cruise tourism trends, highlighting the important role played by the ill-fated Explorer and describing briefly what happened to her in Antarctica, and comments on the implications of the incident for cruise tourism in light of climate warming in the Arctic. Notes that "Cruise tourism in Antarctica began in 1957, when Argentinian and Chilean naval ships first transported tourists to the continent to help pay the costs of operating national expeditions (Reich, 1980). ... With the advent of the International Geophysical Year (1957-58) and the dual availability of commercial aircraft and purpose-built cruise ships, it was not long before entrepreneur Lars-Eric Lindblad developed the concept of 'expedition cruising' (Bertram, 2007)." Arctic The Sinking of the MS Explorer: Implications for Cruise Tourism in Arctic Canada International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Antarctic regions Polar tourism Cruise tourism 224-228 June 61 2008 2 2008-06 stokes421 article When, in the years 1874, Her Majesty's Government determined to despatch several expeditions to observe the Transit of Venus, the Council of the Royal Society resolved to request the Treasury to attach naturalists to those destined for Kerguelen's Land and Rodriguez, two of the least explored and most inaccessible oceanic islands of the southern hemisphere; and a Committee, consisting of Sir J. D. Hooker, Professor Huxley, and Mr. P. L. Selater, was appointed to prepare the application, which was laid before Her Majesty's Government.... ... Her Majesty's Government acceded to the request preferred by the President and Council; and subsequently, on their recommendation, the Treasury sanctioned the appointment of four naturalists, three to Rodriguez and one to Kerguelen's Land. ... The collections and observations made by these naturalists fulfilled the expectations of the Council. A Committee appointed to consider the best means of rendering the collections serviceable to science, recommended that they should be entrusted to competent persons for examination and description, and that their reports should be published as a separate volume of the Philosophical Transactions. This recommendation was adopted by the Council, who requested Sir J. D. Hooker and Dr. Gunther to undertake the editing of the work. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London The Collections from Kerguelen Island: Preface Antarctic exploration Kerguelen Island United Kingdom v-vi 168 1879 1879 stone181 article [October] Giacomo Bove, an Italian participant in Adolf Erik Nordenski\"{o}ld's 1878-1880 Northeast Passage expedition, and Cristoforo Negri, director of the Italian Geographical Society, drew up plans for an Italian Antarctic expedition to depart from Genoa in 1881. The plans were for a three-year, single-vessel expedition with two winterings, one in the Ross Sea and the second in Enderby Land. They were drawn up in considerable detail and proposed a lavish budget. The expedition never took place because of failure to secure sufficient funds from public subscription and because of the unwillingness of the Italian government to provide support. However, Bove was employed by the Argentine government to put into effect expeditions that had some elements of his plans. Also: Mention of this expedition in American Naturalist, June 1880, p. 460: An Italian Antarctic Expedition is proposed by Lieut. Bove, who was one of the officers under Nordenski\"{o}ld on the Vega. It is to sail in the spring of 1881 and touch at Monte Video, Terra del Fuego, Falkland and South Shetland islands, and proceeding in a south westerly direction, commence explorations, expecting to be engaged for two winters in the Antarctic region, and return by way of Hobart Town. The expenses are estimated at 600,000 lire.
Polar Record Plans for an Italian Antarctic expedition, 1881 Antarctic exploration Italy October 42 2006 4 2006-10 stone68 article [March 16] The rising power got a late start in Antarctica. Its researchers first visited the continent in 1980, and Zhongshan was opened in 1989. (China's Great Wall Station debuted on King George Island in the South Shetlands in 1985.) During the International Polar Year (IPY) and beyond, China is set to really take off. In 2006, the government approved $70 million for major polar projects, including $4 million for IPY research in 2007; $19 million for new PRIC headquarters in Shanghai; $22 million to overhaul the Zhongshan and Great Wall stations; and $25 million to renovate the Snow Dragon (Xuelong), a Ukrainian-built research vessel that will cap IPY with a globe-girdling expedition to plumb the effects of rapid Arctic change on the mid-latitudes. Science Long (and Perilous) March Heralds China's Rise as Polar Research Power Polar research Antarctic regions China Dome A 1516- March 16 315 2007 5818 2007-03 stone44 article [March 5] Researchers charting a course for an International Polar Year in 2007-08 are hoping to recapture the glory of a similarly ambitious venture a half-century ago. The polar year of 2007-08 will follow in the footsteps of illustrious predecessors, each of which overhauled our understanding of global processes. ... The IGY will be a hard act to follow. But the half-century of polar science it ushered in has only deepened scientists' appreciation of the complexity and importance of polar processes. ... To have any hope of understanding what is happening to global climate today, and what might happen in the future, scientists need a better picture of conditions at the poles and how they interact with and influence ocean and air currents. So far scientists have only the vaguest clues to how those interactions work. [excerpts from the article] Science Polar exploration. A year to remember at the ends of the Earth International Polar Year 2007-2008 1458-61 March 5 303 2004 5663 2004-03 stoneley93 article [November 12] A symposium on the "International Geophysical Year", arranged by Section A (Mathematics and Physics) of the British Association, was held in Cardiff on September 1 [1960]. Dr. R. Stonely opened the symposium with a reminder that the idea of international co-operation in scientific matters is by no means a modern one. Sir Graham Sutton has pointed out that in 1861 the American meteorologist Commander F. M. Maury, in an article in the British Association Notices and Abstracts, strongly advocated international co-operation in the scientific exploration of the Antarctic. However, the suggestion was not followed up, and it was not until 1882-83 that the First International Polar Year marked the commencement of scientific collaboration in polar research.... Fifty years later, 1932-33, the Second International Polar Year included as new features the observation of weather conditions above ground-level by means of radio-balloons, and the investigation of the ionosphere by radio. It was too much to expect scientists to wait until 1982 for another Polar Year, and in 1950, Louis [sic; it's Lloyd] V. Berkner and Sydney Chapman suggested to the Mixed Commission on the Ionosphere that the Third International Polar Year be held only 25 years after the second, with the advantage that 1957-58 would coincide with the expected sunspot maximum. [etc.] Nature The International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 November 12 188 1960 4750 Symposium 1960-11 sutcliffe88 article [March 23] Professor P. A. Sheppard, CBE, FRS, the meteorologist, died on 22 October 1977 in his 71st year after some years of failing health. He was respected equally in the academic world and in the political world of scientific affairs. He left Bristol University in 1929 as a physics graduate to start work at Kew Observatory preparing for the International Polar Year 1932-33 which he was to spend as a member of a small British expedition working in the Northwest Territories of Canada. This led Sheppard to some original ideas on atmospheric electricity and ionisation near the ground.... Nature P. A. Sheppard International Polar Year 1932-1933 P. A. Sheppard (1906-1977) British IPY expedition to Fort Rae (1932-1933) 388 March 23 272 1978 5651 Obituary 1978-03 tammiksaar456 article [September] The history of polar exploration has witnessed several conceptions of the climate, presence of lands, conditions of ice, and currents in the Arctic Ocean that were hypothetical or based on scarce research data. One such conception was the view of the physical geography of polar areas put forward in 1865 by the German geographer and publicist August Petermann, which was based mainly on the findings of English and Russian polar explorers. Although the actual course of polar research disproved Petermann's hypotheses, his conception not only exerted considerable influence on the development of the theoretical knowledge of polar areas, but also promoted practical steps in Arctic exploration during the second half of the 19th century. Arctic Hypothesis Versus Fact: August Petermann and Polar Research Polar research Arctic research Arctic exploration August Petermann (1822-1878) 237-244 September 52 1999 3 1999-09 taylor19 article [December] During 1882-83 eleven countries cooperated in a project to study the geophysics and geodesy of the polar regions by establishing 14 research stations. Three of these were located in Canada's Arctic: one each by the United States, Germany and Britain. They accumulated data on terrestrial magnetism and boreal phenomena and brought back valuable information on arctic living. This year will mark the 100th anniversary of the first International Polar Year, probably the most ambitious of 19th-century international scientific projects and the forerunner of more recent cooperative ventures such as International Geophysical Year. Eleven countries launched 14 expeditions--12 in the Arctic and two in the southern--the accumulated data furthered the world's knowledge of meteorology, geomagnetism and boreal phenomena. Of the ten arctic research stations that were ultimately established during IPY, three were in Canada: Fort Rae (British), Lady Franklin Bay, Ellesmere Island (U.S.) and Clearwater Fiord Baffin Island (German). Auxiliary observatories were established by the German polar year committee at six Moravian missions in Labrador and the Toronto Observatory took the same observations as the arctic research stations. Although Canada did not participate directly (except from Toronto) in the IPY, it partially funded the British expedition and two other important arctic stations were established on what is now Canadian territory. Arctic First International Polar Year, 1882-83 International Polar Year 1882-1883 Canada 370-376 December 34 1981 4 1981-12 liquidation32 article [September 23] The preparation of plans for the effort of 1932-1933 was placed by the International Meteorological Organization in the hands of a special International Polar Year Commission, under the presidency of the late Dr. D. la Cour, director of the Danish Meteorological Institute. D. La Cour instituted world-wide cooperation in the subject, with the result that some 44 countries undertook to participate in the program. Twenty-two of these countries sent out special expeditions, several of which established new stations outside their own borders. In spite of the worldwide economic depression in the early 1930's the necessary funds were found through governmental appropriations and liberal grants from scientific endowments. The polar network of stations was augmented by special programs at existing geophysical observatories in lower latitudes and thus the Second Polar Year was in the truest sense world-wide. The realization and accomplishment of the program as an international project is a monument to the enthusiasm and indefatigability of La Cour and to the support generously provided by the Danish Meteorological Institute. In spite of interruptions in investigations arising from World War II and the world's unrest in several years preceding that war, many valuable contributions to polar geophysical knowledge have already been made. But there remains much material not yet fully compiled or discussed and many completed or partially completed manuscripts awaiting publication. It would be peculiarly unfortunate if the potentialities for increased understanding of polar geophysics resulting from this great project, in which so many nations and men took selfless part at great cost, were not fully harvested. The International Meteorological Organization therefore appointed in November, 1946 a special committee to consider and report upon steps to be taken to complete reductions, analyses, discussions, and publications of the results of the Second International Polar Year 1932-1933 within a definite time limit. Science International Polar Year of 1932-1933 International Polar Year 1932-1933 Temporary Commission on the Liquidation of the Polar Year 1932-1933 308-309 September 23 110 1949 2856 1949-09 thoms322 article Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A, Mathematical and Physical Sciences Auroral Results from Halley Bay During The International Geophysical Year [and Discussion] Auroras International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 United Kingdom IPY participation (1932-1933) 241-244 256 1960 1285 1960 thomson292 article [September 23] In view of the great extent of Canadian territory in high latitudes, it is natural that Canada should take an active part in the activities of the second International Polar Year. In this great international enterprise, intensive observations according to a uniform plan will be made at a large number of Arctic and sub-Arctic stations in terrestrial magnetism, meteorology and aurora. Observations in these subjects, which began soon after August 1, 1932, will continue until August 31, 1933. Science Canadian Participation in International Polar Year International Polar Year 1932-1933 Canada 275-276 September 23 76 1932 1969 1932-09 unitedpress54 article [November 4] A dispatch from the United Press, dated from Paris on October 2, reports that the first news has been received from the French "Polar Year" scientific mission of fifteen men stationed at Paul Doumer, Rosenvinges, on Scoresby Sound, Greenland. The expedition will remain at the station until the ice breaks up in August, when Dr. Charcot expects to lead an expedition of two ships which will bring the party out. The government has agreed to leave the camp standing after that as a base for further missions. (First paragraphs) The observations are expected to result in a great advance in knowledge of the source of North Atlantic storms, and are being made preliminary to the establishment of a string of meteorological stations which will ultimately furnish transatlantic airmen with precise information and storm warnings. (Second last paragraph) Science The Polar Year International Polar Year 1932-1933 France IPY participation (1932-1933) France Greenland 402 November 4 76 1932 1975 New Series 1932-11 walsh73 article [February 15] The United States is dug in deeply in Antarctica, and there is every prospect that the nation will be kept committed there for the foreseeable future by a combination of scientific and political considerations. An earlier pattern of periodic assaults on Antarctica by expeditions which stayed a year or two and then decamped has been supplanted by one of occupation, with stations manned the year around and a continuing scientific program. The new era in Antarctica began with the International Geophysical Year of 1957-58, when, as part of the world-wide study of man's physical environment, the United States and 11 other nations carried out an extensive cooperative scientific program in Antarctica, and in doing so made heavy investments in bases and equipment. Most of the participating governments concluded that to abandon Antarctica at the end of the IGY would be both wasteful and imprudent. Gone, to a great degree, therefore, are the ways of Scott and Amundsen, even of Ellsworth and Byrd, of dashes to the pole, of derring-do and improvisation. Dangers and hardships remain, but the, characteristic figure in Antarctica is no longer the polar explorer behind his dog team but the scientist and technician. Science Antarctica: Colonization Ends Era of Exploration, Emphasis Shifts To Organized Polar Science Program Antarctic regions Antarctic research United States International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 578, 700-703 February 15 139 1963 3555 1963-02 weyprecht436 article It is well known that it was not the object of our expedition to reach a high latitude, but to explore the unknown ocean to the north of Siberia. The attainment of Behring Strait would have realised our idea, though we were by no means over-sanguine with respect to that. But, although we have not had the good fortune to come up to our own expectations we have, nevertheless, by a series of fortuitous circumstances and untoward disasters, been enabled to obtain elsewhere results amply sufficient to coonsole us for any disappointment we may have felt at having failed to carry out our original intention. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society Scientific Work of the Second Austro-Hungarian Polar Expedition, 1872-4 Arctic exploration Austro-Hungarian North Pole Expedition (1872-1874) 19-33 45 1875 1875 whipple388 article [August] Lecture delivered at the Stated Meeting of The Franklin Institute, Wednesday, April 18, 1956. The lecture summarized, for Institute members, the proceedings of the morning and afternoon sessions of the symposium on "Earth Satellites as Research Vehicles," sponsored by the Institute and attended by approximately 300 scientists and engineers earlier in the day. "The subject of tonight's lecture represents to me an unparalleled situation in which there are more activity and more interest in anticipation of a scientific event than in the past history of science. I hope this is a good omen. Sometimes these events don't turn out so well, but in this case I think we are on good sound ground and we are truly going to see an artificial satellite moving about the earth before too long. I would not say exactly when, but within a year or two." "The IGY, of course, is not a year or a measure of time, but a united program among the geophysicists of the world to make observations of the upper atmosphere, solar activity, the oceans and the other phenomena that are important in the study of the earth. The program was initiated by various international societies and in this country is sponsored by the National Academy of Sciences." Journal of the Franklin Institute The scientific value of artificial satellites Satellites History of science International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 95-109 August 262 1956 2 1956-08 whipple286 article [June 24] Mankind's curiosity in exploring the unknown and his ability to use the accumulated experience and knowledge of the race have resulted in his creation of nine astronomical bodies in the course of the past seven months. Five artificial satellites have been put into orbit about the earth and three of these involved additional pieces of equipment that have constituted independent satellites. The fact that the lifetimes of these various artificial satellites are relatively short compared to the lifetimes of natural satellites does not detract from their astronomical significance or from the intellectual and technological achievement that they represent. ... The artificial earth satellites have been put into orbit as a part of the program of the International Geophysical Year. Both radio and optical tracking have been conducted on an international basis. The U. S. National Committee of the International Geophysical Year, as a committee of the National Academy of Sciences and with the financial assistance of the National Science Foundation, has assigned to the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory the task of optically tracking the artificial earth satellites. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society The Optical Tracking of Artificial Earth Satellites International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Satellites 215-220 June 24 102 1958 3 Copyright ? 1958 American Philosophical Society ArticleType: primary_article / Full publication date: Jun. 24, 1958 1958-06 zapol39 article Planning for International Polar Year (IPY) 2007-2008 is well underway. IPY 2007-2008 will be an intense, internationally coordinated campaign of polar observations, research and analysis that will further our understanding of physical and social processes in Polar Regions, examine their globally-connected role in the climate system, and establish research infrastructure for the future. It will galvanize new and innovative observations and research while building on and enhancing existing relevant initiatives. It will seek to excite the public and help develop the next generation of polar scientists. It will run for two years, from 1 March 2007 until 1 March 2009, to allow two field seasons of research and activities in each Polar Region. This IPY, unlike previous international science years in 1882-83, 1932-33, and 1957-58, includes a strong human dimension and thus health-related activities are being planned. The Arctic Human Health Initiative (AHHI), in particular, includes many potentially important elements. Alaska Medicine A vision for International Polar year 2007-2008 Arctic regions Biomedical research Health International cooperation International Polar Year 2007-2008 Arctic Human Health Initiative (AHHI) 8-10 49 2007 2 Suppl 2007 zenzinov61 article One of the indisputable achievements of the Soviet Union is the exploration and development of the Arctic region. Of course, in this case, as in others, one must distinguish between the credit that should go to the government and to the people who worked on the spot. But one thing remains certain: the Soviet government showed much more interest in the possession of the North and much more initiative in exploring it than the imperial government. When, in December of 1911, the Yakutsk governor, Ivan Kraft, orderedm y deportationt o the far North, to the lower courseo f the Indigirka river wither no one had been deported before, his parting words were: "I am glad that an educated man is going to those parts; we know nothing about this distant region, and I hope that you will tell us many interesting things about it on your return." I thought then that the governor chose a rather original method for the exploration of the regions entrusted to him. As a matter of fact, he was not mistaken. Upon my return I did publish several books about these hitherto almost unknown places. This episode was by no means exceptional. Everyone acquainted with the literature on Siberia knows that political exiles have contributeda good deal towardst he scientific investigation of this interesting region. The Russian, and particularly the Siberian Arctic, had been attracting attention for some time. The famous chemist D. I. Mendeleyev had pointed out the enormous practical significance for Russia of the exploration and settlement of the North, but not enough attention was paid to his prophetic words. Russian Review The Soviet Arctic Arctic exploration Russia Northern Sea Route Circumpolar history 65-73 3 1944 2 1944 althoff151 book Closed to conventional passage, the Arctic Ocean and peripheral seas have nevertheless known European explorers since the sixteenth century. Systematic observation, however, dates only from the last years of the nineteenth century, with the epic drift of Fridtjof Nansen's ice ship Fram (1893-1896), the first scientific expedition of the modern era. Twentieth-century technology--the icebreaker, radio transmission, nuclear power, and aircraft--opened the Arctic for survey, basic research, and observation. World War II saw the inhospitable circumpolar Arctic transformed into a theater of military operations. The Cold War and the missile age saw governments staking further claims, because only a relatively short arc of maritime boreal waste separated North America and Eurasia. The complex interactions of air, ice, and water that drive circumpolar systems also serve as engines of oceanic and atmospheric circulation. As a result, meteorology, oceanography, geophysics, and many other areas of scientific research in the region soon became acutely linked to the economic, political, and particularly the politico-military interests of the Soviet Union, the United States, Canada, and the other Arctic nations. In response, both superpowers established--drift stations--that is, isolated camps based on nomadic ice floes to conduct crucial scientific research. During the Cold War, they were the objects of suspicion, particularly the Soviet stations, which often stood accused as bases for espionage. Today, with the world's climate system and global warming under study, Russian expertise, data, geography, and stewardship are crucial to the world community. Contents: Preface; Acknowledgments; Chapter One The White Desert; Chapter Two Red Star: "North Pole-1"; Chapter Three Fletcher's Ice Island, T-3; Chapter Four International Geophysical Year; Chapter Five ARLIS, Acoustics, AIDJEX, and NPs; Chapter Six Global Change: Advancing the Case; Epilogue; Appendixes: Appendix 1. Arctic Ocean Drifting Stations Since the Iceship Fram Expedition of 1893-96, 1937-2004; Appendix 2. Civilian Scientific Investigators, U.S.-IGY Drifting Station ALPHA, June 1957-November 1958; Appendix 3. Primarily-Acoustics U.S. Drifting Stations, Arctic Ocean, 1962-1995; Appendix 4. Research Projects Conducted on ARLIS II, May 1961-May 1965; Appendix 5. Polyarnik (Polar Researcher) Personnel, Severnyy Polyus-22 ("North Pole-22"), 4th Shift of the Drifting Station, 15 April 1976 to 16 April 1977; Appendix 6. Ice-Island Regulations, Polar Continental Shelf Project, Government of Canada, 1990; Appendix 7. Arctic Research Budgets, U.S. Federal Agencies FY 2000-2004; Appendix 8. Plotted tracks of selected drifting stations; Notes; Selected Bibliography; Index 1st Drift Station: Arctic Outposts of Superpower Science Arctic exploration Arctic Ocean drift stations Arctic research United States Russia Washington, D.C. 2007 Potomac Books 2007 barr239 book There can be no doubt that at the time the dramatic events associated with the southward retreat of Greely's party almost completely eclipsed--certainly in the.minds of the general public--the full scope and achievements of the First International Polar Year. And while over the next few years all of the fourteen expeditions involved produced exhaustive final reports, the fact that they appeared in a total of four languages meant that they were scarcely readily available even to the scientific community. If one adds the languages in which semi-popular accounts of the various expeditions appeared, the total rises to six or even more. In light of this, it is really not surprising that even now, a century after the event, nobody has attempted to compile a comprehensive account, presenting in reasonable detail not only the full scope of the program of the First International Polar Year but also the achievements, hardships and everyday life of all the expeditions involved. This monograph is an attempt to rectify that situation. The Arctic Institute of North America Technical Paper The Expeditions of the First International Polar Year, 1882-83 International Polar Year 1882-1883 Calgary, AB 1985 Arctic Institute of North America 1985 barrington196 book Preface: The interesting nature of the subject to which the following Papers relate, would, at any time, justify their republication; but at the present moment they derive an additional value from the expedition which is now preparing to explore the Arctic Regions. Whether the extended boundaries of geographical science, aided by the local information which it is said has been communicated by those who are employed in the Greenland Fisheries, will secure the success off this enterprise, it is impossible to anticipate; but, as Englishmen, we must naturally wish, that discoveries, which were first attempted by the adventurous spirit and maritime skill of our countrymen, should be finally achieved by the same means. (p. iii) ... Though Captain Phipps found it impossible to penetrate the wall of ice, which extended for more than twenty degrees between the latitudes of 80 deg. and 81 deg., the opinions of Mr. Barrington upon the possibility of proceeding farther, under different circumstances remained unshaken. With indefatigable assiduity therefore he began to collect every fact connected with the subject; and as he accumulated his materials he read them to the Royal Society. This mass of written, traditionary, and conjectural evidence, he afterward published, in the year 1775; and it cannot be denied that its republication at the present moment is a t least appropriate, independently of the intrinsic value which must always attach to the researches of so acute and ardent an inquirer. The Publishers, however, are happy in being permitted to add to the value of these Tracts, by subjoining, as an Appendix, some Papers upon the same subject by Colonel Beaufoy, F.R.S. The attention of that gentleman was turned to the practicability of reaching the North Pole, from Spitzbergen, during winter, by travelling over the ice and snow in sledges drawn by rein deer. He therefore transmitted various queries, to which he received answers from Rus- [end p. v] sians who had wintered in those remote islands. The information thus elicited is exceedingly curious, and much of it may be most advantageously employed by those who are about to brave the dangers and inclemencies of that dreary climate. In order to render the present volume as complete as possible, an entirely new Map of the North Pole is prefixed, drawn from the best authorities, and with the Pole in the centre, so as to exhibit the utmost degree of latitude which has hitherto been approached. (p. vi) The Possibility of Approaching the North Pole Asserted: With an Appendix, Containing Papers on the Same Subject, and on a Northwest Passage Illustrated with a Map of the North Pole, According to the Latest Discoveries Arctic exploration North Pole New York 1818 Original from the New York Public Library James Eastburn & Co. 1818 beaulieu33 book The North is a vast region comprising land, ice, freshwater, and ocean. It has a diversity of people, geography, climate and resources. Over the next few decades it faces some critical questions. Current understanding indicates that these questions include climate change, commercial activity, sovereignty, and the well-being of Northerners. The changes are rapid, and will probably accelerate over the next decade. They challenge governments to optimize stewardship of the region, to the benefit of all Canadians; and they demand a robust and integrated response. Canada's world-class scientific community has unique capabilities for responding to these challenges. Canadian polar scientists await an opportunity to contribute their knowledge and expertise through an expanded research capability throughout the North--a capability developed with the scientific drivers in mind, and which takes into account the many related local, regional, national, and global issues. A pan-northern network of research is proposed that builds on current activity and provides the opportunity to enhance world-class research... (Executive Summary, p. 5). Online at http://www.polarcom.gc.ca/media.php?mid=3408 Beacons of the North: Research Infrastructure in Canada's Arctic and Subarctic Canada Research infrastructure Canadian Polar Commission Arctic regions Arctic research Ottawa, ON 2008 Canadian Polar Commission 2008 behrndt344 misc In 1956 I sailed for Antarctica to spend 18 months as a graduate student participating in geophysical-glaciological investigations, as part of the 18-month IGY. This led to a career in geophysics, which has taken me to all of the continents and oceans. As we approach the IPY 2007, the changes in technology and our understanding of the earth over the past half century are breathtaking to contemplate. Although 70 countries participated in IGY, the disciplines were restricted to geophysics. Originally the Third Polar Year, the name was changed to IGY in 1952, at the suggestion of Sydney Chapman. The geographical area comprised the entire earth. The highest priority was given to "problems requiring concurrent synoptic observations at many points involving cooperative observations by many stations." One category was reserved for research on topics such as ocean levels, weather patterns, and the distribution of glacier ice "to establish basic information for subsequent comparison at later epochs." IPY 2007 seems such an epoch. A major international efforts was concentrated in Antarctica, although only 12 counties participated. Glaciology, seismology, auroral studies, ionospheric soundings, magnetic field measurements, and other solar-terrestrial, and meteorological observations comprised the scientific station activities. The only major field activities away from the stations were the oversnow geophysical-glaciological traverses, which made seismic measurements of ice thickness and other ice properties; gravity and magnetic anomaly profiles; and determination of snow accumulation and mean annual temperature. The most intensive of the oversnow traverse programs were those of the U.S. and USSR. Geology and topographic mapping were excluded from the Antarctica because of potential complications due to territorial claims and the possibility of mineral resource discoveries. Despite this, significant geologic findings, such as the discovery of the Dufek intrusion, were made by glaciologists and geophysicists with geologic training. Biology was not an IGY discipline, but even in this case, noted ornithologist, Carl Ekland (at Wilkes Station), carried out significant investigations of skuas. Physical oceanographic investigations resulted in geologic and biological sampling of the sea floor as well. A very few of the significant accomplishments of the IGY include the discovery of the Van Allen belts (the symbol of the IGY was a satellite circling the earth); the observation (at Mauna Loa) and recognition of the rapid global increase in carbon dioxide; the first major models of Arctic sea ice formation, decay, and drift; and the mapping of the midocean ridge system. In Antarctica, a first approximation of the mass of the ice sheet including the order of magnitude thicker ice than previously known (4 km) was a highlight. A baseline of mean annual temperatures measured (to about 0.1 degree accuracy) at about 40 km intervals along thousands of km of oversnow traverses was defined. Three World Data Centers were established; scientific results and data were deposited and made freely available to all. The peaceful international cooperation in Antarctica led directly to the signing of the Antarctic Treaty in 1959, with the first disarmament and freedom of inspection and scientific investigations clauses in history, covering a large area of the earth. I anticipate even greater international scientific cooperation from the IPY 2007. A new generation of polar scientists was developed as a result of IGY; a few of us are still active in Antarctic research. A similar result will provide continuity for the next 50 years. A half century perspective on the International Geophysical Year (IGY) - A template for the International Polar Year 2007 (IPY 2007)? History of science Geophysics International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 December 8-12 2003 Conference paper American Geophysical Union 2003-12 belanger135 book In Deep Freeze, Belanger tells the story of the pioneers who built viable communities, made vital scientific discoveries, and established Antarctica as a continent dedicated to peace and the pursuit of science, decades after the first explorer planted flags in the ice. In the tense 1950s, as the world was locked in the Cold War, U.S. scientists, maintained by the Navy's Operation Deep Freeze, came together with counterparts from eleven other countries to participate in the International Geophysical Year (IGY). On July 1, 1957, they began systematic, simultaneous scientific observations of the south-polar ice and atmosphere. Their collaborative success over eighteen months inspired the Antarctic treaty of 1959, which formalized their peaceful pursuit of scientific knowledge. Still building on the achievements of the individuals and distrustful nations thrown together by the IGY from mutually wary military, scientific and political cultures, science prospers today and peace endures. (front flap excerpt) Contents: Foreword; Preface and Acknowledgments; Introduction; Prologue: The Call of the Ice; Chapter 1 The International Geophysical Year: Idea to Reality; Chapter 2 All Hands on Deck: Logistics for the High Latitudes; Chapter 3 Gaining a Foothold: Operations Base at McMurdo Sound; Chapter 4 Little America V: Science Flagship on the Ice Shelf; Chapter 5 Marie Byrd Land: Crevasse Junction, Privation Station; Chapter 6 South Pole: Dropped From the Sky; Chapter 7 The Gap Stations: Hallett, Wilkes, and Ellsworth; Chapter 8 On the Eve: People, Preparations, Policies; Chapter 9 Comprehending the Cold: Antarctic Weather Quest; Chapter 10 Looking Up: The Physics of the Atmosphere; Chapter 11 Under Foot: Ice by the Mile; Chapter 12 Life on the Ice: The Experience; Epilogue: Science and Peace, Continuity and Change; Notes; Notes on Sources; Index Deep Freeze: The United States, the International Geophysical Year, and the Origins of Antarctica's age of Science Antarctic exploration U.S. Task Force 43 Little America (US Antarctic base) McMurdo Base (US Antarctic base) International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Boulder, CO 2006 University Press of Colorado 2006 berkner272 book From the Preface: The techniques of exploring the environment of the earth by means of rockets and satellites are so new that the Manual for guidance of experimenters in these fields must take special form. In the field of rocketry sufficient time has not yet passed to provide a body of detailed standards and procedures in the form that the scientist has a right to anticipate in the older scientific fields. In the case of the earth satellite, flights have only begun and here the experience is most needed. There, the Manual must take the form of a series of scientific papers derived from the best of the scientific literature so far available. Consequently, in this Manual many papers are produced in almost their complete original form with the permission of the authors. Every endeavor has been made to select papers so that all important aspects of the subject are adequately covered within the range of our present knowledge, to provide a guide for those who will carry on observations in the filed or who will use the observations obtained by these methods for subsequent theoretical or experimental activities. Therefore, so far as possible, all aspects of the IGY program of rockets and satellites have been included. Annals of the International Geophysical Year Annals of the International Geophysical Year, Vol. 6 Manual on Rockets and Satellites International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Satellites Rockets VI 1958 Pergamon Press 1958 bowman119 incollection [Entire item (p. v)] Foreword, Isaiah Bowman. Polar exploration has reached an advanced stage of intensive search in critical places. So much is now known that the unknown is rather closely localized. Airplane and airship have vastly increased the speed of surface reconnaissance, and blank areas of substantial size will soon disappear. This impels science to hasten in like degree the search for secrets that only the Polar Regions may yield. A world conference on objectives in polar research seems eminently desirable, and to supply an equivalent the present book has been undertaken by the American Geographical Society. It forms a symposium by thirty-one recognized students of polar problems. The emphasis is on neither past achievements nor heroic adventure but on the major problems remaining to be solved by further field study, where and by what means those problems may best be attacked, and what manner of cooperation between the sciences most concerned may yield the largest harvest of results. It is fitting to record grateful appreciation for the time and thought that have been given by the authors of these papers and for their willingness to join the Society in making a fresh examination of the outstanding problems that inspire modern polar exploration. The whole assembly of contributions makes it convincingly clear that science, not adventure, will be the ruling motive in future polar work. This represents a great gain for science because it focuses attention upon principles rather than personalities. The Society hopes that increasing support for well-qualified expeditions may be an additional result of the publication of this comprehensive group of distinguished papers and of the companion volume, "The Geography of the Polar Regions." [A collection of papers by notable Arctic explorers and scientists on the problems remaining to be solved in polar [read Arctic] research.] Special publications Joerg, W. L. G. Foreword Polar research New York v 1928 Problems in Polar Research: A Series of Papers by Thirty-one Authors American Geographical Society 1928 brady489 book The year 1958 was revolutionary in many ways. The spectacular advances made in science and technology as wells as the gradual emergence of the colonial peoples of the world during the postwar years had far outdistanced the static policies of the major powers. President Eisenhower responded to the new demands made on the government of the United States by submitting the largest peacetime budge on record.... [No separate entry for IGY, though sporadic mention and it's listed in the acronyms list.] The New International Year Book: A Compendium of the World's Progress for the Year 1958 Chronology World events New York 1959 Funk and Wagnalls Company 1959 branagan386 incollection The period prior to the plate tectonics revolution of the 1960s has been said by some historians of science to have been a time of stagnation for geology. This supposed stagnation is based on the idea, then largely held, of the fixity of the continents and oceans, which some have extended to suggest that geologists in the main remained rather fixed in their ideas and were concerned only with mundane geological matters. Was this so? It might be partly true, in that only a few people were attending to ?large questions'. However, many unsolved geological problems were studied, and one could argue that these had to be tackled before fundamental concepts could be challenged. The first half of the twentieth century was marked by two world wars and the disruption of scientific contact for much longer than just the war years. However, even in these years two things happened that would benefit geology: techniques were developed that allowed the quantification of many aspects of geology; and geology was increasingly applied to engineering problems. History of geology from 1900 to 1962 History of science Geology 2005 Encyclopedia of Geology Elsevier 2005 brandt145 book Culled largely from the pages of rare books and little-known accounts, The North Pole showcases the particular resolve of men forced to fight hand-to-hand combat with polar bears, endure grueling marches at the brink of starvation, and literally eat their boots to survive. ... Anthony Brandt's authoritative narrative places this tapestry of characters into context and carries the story of Arctic exploration from the shadows of ancient times to the modern era. National Geographic Adventure Classics The north pole: A narrative history North Pole Arctic regions Arctic exploration Washington, D.C. 2005 23 cm. Includes bibliographical references (p. [412]-413). National Geographic 2005 britishncipy166 book This country is joining with 60 other nations in the great international programme and H.M. Government has made available some ?650,000 to this end. The Royal Society has been responsible for preparing the United Kingdom contribution and this book gives some account of what is to be done. (Foreword) The United Kingdom Contribution to the International Geophysical Year, 1957-58 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 United Kingdom London 1957 Royal Society 1957 bruce487 book Preface: I am glad to have this opportunity of presenting to a wide public an outline of the essential facts and problems of Polar Exploration. It is not more than introductory to a more comprehensive book which I hope to write when some leisure is afforded from the more real work of exploration and research. I must also note that it is not intended to be in any way a history of Polar Exploration. The book is simply a "traveller's sample," revealing to some extent what is in the great "warehouse" of the Polar Regions. It is based, firstly, on the author's personal voyages--two to the Antarctic Regions, viz. in 1892-93 and 1902-04; seven to the Arctic Regions, viz. in 1896-97, in 1898 (two), in 1899, 1906, 1907, and 1909; secondly, on many personal conversations with living polar explorers during the past twenty years, including several conversations and correspondence with the veteran Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, O.M., who accompanied Sir James Clark Ross on his ever-memorable Antarctic voyage from 1839-1843, as well as conversation and correspondence with the leaders and many members of the staffs of every recent polar expedition. Consequently the personal note predominates, and those parts of the Polar Regions which the author has visited are dealt with in greater detail than those which he has not yet had an opportunity of visiting. But the attempt is made to deal with facts and problems that are of general rather than local interest. Contents: 1. Astronomical features of the polar regions; 2. The polar regions; 3. Land ice; 4. Sea ice and coloration of ice and snow; 5. Plant life; 6. Animal life; 7. Physics of the polar seas; 8. Meteorology; 9. Magnetism, aurora, and tides; 10. Aims and objects of modern polar research; Index. Home University Library of Modern Knowledge Polar Exploration Polar exploration New York 1911 Henry Holt and Company 1911 bulkeley301 incollection The programs which launched the first artificial earth satellites were conducted by the Soviet Union and the United States during the second half of the 1950s, within the overall framework of the International Geophysical Year (IGY). The IGY was an ambitious international undertaking, comprising a network of planet-wide geophysical studies, which was proposed in 1950 and carried out in 1957-58. Sixty-seven national scientific teams, from countries with widely dissimilar political systems and levels of economic development, participated in different ways and to differing degrees. In view of the generally hostile relations between the countries of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization and those of the Warsaw Treaty (signed only two years before the opening of the IGY) it is particularly remarkable that nearly all the members of the two rival alliances took part in the Year, and that the two nuclear superpowers led the way in this cooperation, in spite (or perhaps because?) of the fact that many of the scientific topics to be studied were of considerable military as well as scientific significance. The proposal to develop and use the daring technological innovation of artificial satellites for IGY experiments was a late addition to the program, and like one or two other areas with similar dramatic appeal, such as Antarctic exploration, it became a focus for informal but intense rivalry between the Soviet Union and the United States, as the only two nations with the technological capacity to enter such a 'race'. At first glance, the rival IGY satellite programs recall the old dictum that nations which challenge one another over prestige will usually need to 'cooperate in order to compete'. However, the precise extent and nature of the IGY cooperation in this area has been little studied to date. Launius, Roger D. and Logsdon, John M. and Smith, Robert William The Sputniks and the IGY International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Satellites Sputnik London 125-160 2000 Reconsidering Sputnik: Forty Years Since the Soviet Satellite Book overview: How did a 184 pound, basketball-sized sphere that was launched into space at the height of the Cold War in 1957 change the face of politics, national security, international prestige, and scientific advancement? In this collection of essays, the editors delve into the launching of Sputnik 1 and how this shocking and symbolic achievement changed the world.This book explores Russia's stunning success of ushering in the space age by launching Sputnik and beating the United States into space. It also examines the formation of NASA, the race for human exploration of the moon, the reality of global satellite communications, and a new generation of scientific spacecraft that began exploring the universe. An introductory essay by Pulitzer Prize winner Walter A. McDougall sets the context for Sputnik and its significance at the end of the twentieth century. Got a copy of the article from spacebusiness.com Routledge 2000 canadameteorological7 book Book unseen. Reference from Library of Congress search. Canadian Polar Year Expeditions Meteorology Geomagnetism Canada Auroras International Polar Year 1932-1933 Ottawa, ON 1940 illus., plates, maps, tables, diagrs. 32 cm. J. O. Patenaude, I. S. O., printer of the King 1940 capelotti141 book For reasons that seem to defy explanation, the North Pole has been a lure for men (never women) for at least four centuries.When it was established that the world is round, the Pole came to be seen as a possible waymark along a passage to the Orient from Europe. (It had yet to be determined that the Pole sits in the middle of a giant frozen ocean without any geographical landmarks to show precisely where it is.) P.J. Capelotti, an archeologist, became intensely interested in what might remain as remnants of two early attempts to reach the pole by air from Danes Island in the Spitsbergen archipelago. The first of these was by Salomon Andree, a Swede, one of hundreds of early aeronauts who sought fame and fortune by inflating cloth bags with inflammable hydrogen and trying to fly farthest. ... The other lighter-than-air enthusiast that Capelotti considers was Walter Wellman, star reporter for the Chicago Record-Herald, whose boss told him to "build an airship and with it go find the North Pole" (p. 47). ... Capelotti's main interest was in the artifacts left at Danes Island, artifacts he thought would provide that filter between fact and fiction, a bridge between technology and the culture of former times. He found Andree's hangar ruins to be like a twentieth-century Stonehenge, "a sort of shrine to the new religion of technology" (p. 170). In two cases where he was able to match Wellman's descriptions of his airship cars and hydrogen generation to the residue left there, "Wellman came out badly on the former, just fine on the latter" (p. 161). Capelotti has provided thoughtful reading by examining artifacts to determine whether or not they substantiate a written record. In so doing, he gives us a truer understanding of the means required and the tools used in early attempts to get to the North Pole. By Airship to the North Pole: An Archaeology of Human Exploration Arctic regions North Pole Airships Arctic exploration Arctic research New Brunswick, N.J. 1999 Rutgers University Press 1999 chapman169 book IGY: Year of Discovery; The Story of the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Ann Arbor, MI 1959 University of Michigan Press 1959 chapman105 incollection Detailed article on the planning, implementation and execution of the first International Polar Year (1882-1883). Introduction: The history of the First International Polar Year International Polar Year 1882-1883 London 3-5 1959 Annals of the International Geophysical Year, Vol. 1 Histories of the International Polar Year and the Inception and Development of the International Geophysical Year Pergamon Press 1959 chaturvedi454 incollection The Antarctic Treaty System and multinational governance Antarctic Treaty Chichester, UK 105-142 1996 The Polar Regions: A Political Geography John Wiley and Sons in association with the Scott Polar Research Institute 1996 claessens429 book For most of us, the North and South Poles are evocative of another world. But the riches hidden under their thick ice are simply too abundant to cram into the meagre pages of this special issue! Some of these are scientific riches, the fruit of major research projects which have revealed a universe of astounding contrasts. Both distant and near, neglected yet essential, the polar regions include both desert and populated habitats. Although they may appear immutable, these highly dynamic environments play a fundamental role in the health and metabolism of our planet. For example, Antarctica--a continent three times the size of Europe--accounts for 90% of the world's ice, a formidable climatic buffer which protects us from excessively rapid warming. A voyage to the polar regions of the world is also a trip through time and history. With respect to the past, they constitute an archive of world climatic variations; polar ice makes it possible for scientists to write the history of recent climate changes and to validate the simulation models they are now developing. As for the present, these regions are already seeing major change, due to the effects of global warming. And we should not hesitate to follow the path of time forwards, as these regions hold the key to our future climate and thus the future of humanity. The disappearance of summer pack ice in the Arctic between now and the end of this century (a sadly probable and even realistic scenario) is just one of the symptoms of the major changes which are already profoundly affecting the outline and life of our planet. In this high-altitude overview, RTD info has tried to consider a broad range of scientific disciplines: glaciology, climatology, astronomy, geomorphology, etc., while not forgetting the life sciences. Although working in the extreme environment of the polar regions raises problems because of the ?inhuman' conditions, we can learn from the survival skills of native populations such as the Inuits and Saami in the Arctic, not forgetting that they too have to learn to accommodate the "innovations" imposed upon them by warming, such as the appearance of swarms of wasps. Last but not least, European participation in polar research is highly developed and has left its mark on all of the major stages of exploration. This exemplary cooperation is reflected by this special issue which was prepared at the initiative of and in conjunction with the International Polar Foundation. Online at http://ec.europa.eu/research/rtdinfo/pdf/rtdspecial_pol_en.pdf Also available in French and German. RTDinfo Magazine RTDinfo Magazine Polar research Brussels 2005 European Commission 2005 foreigncommerce325 misc Very poor copy online at http://www.eisenhower.archives.gov/dl/IGY/IGYdocuments.html IGY: Hearing Before Subcommittees of the Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce, House of Representatives International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 United States 1958 U.S. Government Printing Office 1958 polarresearchcommittee198 book Preface: This report is concerned with scientific research in the north and south polar regions. Its primary purpose is to identify and assess important scientific problems that should be studied in the next few years. The report considers similarities and differences in the scientific problems relating to each polar region and to the over-all earth environment and touches on operational features and international collaboration. The Arctic and Antarctic encompass substantial portions of the earth's surface, and the unraveling of their many secrets will contribute to a better understanding of the earth--its life, climate, oceans, interior, and the solar and interplanetary forces that dominate it. At the same time, from a practical standpoint, a better understanding of the polar regions can assist mankind in meeting various problems, for food is present in polar waters and mineral and petroleum resources are present in the Arctic. The Committee on Polar Research is concerned with research activities in the Arctic and Antarctic. Periodically, the Committee reviews the status of knowledge and needs and opportunities for future investigations, making recommendations to operating agencies of the government. The present report builds on the foundations of three earlier studies: Science in Antarctica, Part 1: The Life Sciences in Antarctica (1961); Science in Antarctica, Part 2: The Physical Sciences in Antarctica (1961); and Science in the Arctic Ocean Basin (1963). This report draws on extensive information, both scientific and operation, supplied by federal agencies, on the scientific literature, and on the experience and special knowledge of polar scientists in many research institutions. Each of the eight discipline chapters has been the responsibility of a specialized panel. [excerpt] Polar Research: A Survey Polar research Washington, DC 1970 National Academy of Sciences 1970 conefrey155 book Icemen is a fascinating investigation of man's relationship with the Arctic - one of the most hostile environments in the world and, for the last hundred years, a magnet for explorers. The men who came here encountered a world of towering ice and howling winds, of eerie fog and beautiful mirages. Some came for glory, some for wealth, and some as a result of their sheer determination to succeed. Many swore they would never return, but for a few the Arctic became an obsession. Even today, the Arctic is steeped in controversy. Who was the first man to see the North Pole? Was it Robert Peary, Frederick Cook, or the crew of a Norwegian airship? Did a British Arctic expedition really resort to cannibalism? How did a Swedish balloonist meet his gruesome death? Icemen reveals all about the ambitious expeditions that set off to explore the imposing, vast Arctic territory. Along the way, it tells the stories not only of the search for the Northwest Passage by the British John Ross, John Franklin, and William Edward Parry and the controversial race to the North Pole by the Americans Robert Peary and Frederick Cook, but also the feats of other inspired explorers, including the ill-fated balloon trip of Swedish Salomon Andree, the harrowing airship flight of Norwegian Roald Amundsen, American Lincoln Ellsworth, and Italian Umberto Nobile, and Gino Watkins' British Arctic Air Route Expedition of 1931. "The first three chapters of Icemen look at the early history of Arctic exploration focusing on the search for the Northwest Passage and the race to the North Pole. ... Then we move on to the Arctic fliers, going from Salomon Andr\{e}e's ill-fated balloon trip to Gino Watkins' British Arctic Air Route expedition of 1931. This was an era when machines became increasingly prominent.... In the final chapters we look at the post-war years when the Arctic ceased to be an arena for individual achievement but became increasingly important for geo-political reasons. Today we are all familiar with the history of the Cold War but few realise just how important the Arctic became in this period and the long-term effects it had on the people who live there. Icemen Arctic exploration Arctic regions North Pole New York 1998 ill., maps ; 24 cm. "Icemen is the companion to the television series aired on The History Channel"--T.p. verso. "First published by MacMillan Publishers Ltd. in 1998"--T.p. verso. Includes bibliographic references (p. 181-183) and index. TV Books 1998 couture492 book From the clinking cubes in a highball to the unimaginably massive solid rivers that have carved the planet, shaping its destiny and guarding its history deep in their frozen heats, ice is omnipresent in our lives. Yet we take ice for granted: how often do we think about it? The story of ice unfolds in geological time, within which human time is a mere thread. But today's humans are playing an important role in accelerating natural cycles, and potentially triggering unpredictable planetary change. ICE traces Pauline Couture's fascination with ice in all its forms and meanings, and opens windows of understanding: science, literature, art, philosophy and worldwide popular culture all offer different perspectives on ice. This wide-ranging adventure of the mind explores the subject from the heavy to the light, from the curious to the significant, from the ridiculous to the sublime (back cover blurb). Ice: Beauty, Danger, History Ice Polar exploration Toronto 2004 McArthur and Company 2004 crump496 book Few writers have attempted an overview of the bewilderingly immense history of scientific advances. However, Thomas Crump succeeds in viewing the march of scientific progress through the prism of our own creativity and the development of scientific tools and instruments. From earliest pre-history up to the astonishing advances of recent years, Crump traces the ever more sophisticated means employed in our attempts to understand the universe. The sundials of antiquity led on, in Renaissance Europe, to standardized measurements recorded in Arabic numerals. The modern age followed with instruments such as microscopes, X-rays and micro-processors, down to the current new devices for observing matter at zero temperatures. This vigorous and readable account of such extraordinary breakthroughs shows how our curious nature has continually pushed forward the frontiers of science and, as a consequence, human civilization. (back cover blurb) A Brief History of Science As Seen Through the Development of Scientific Instruments History of science Scientific instruments London 2001 Robinson 2001 dickson134 book Marking the fiftieth anniversary of Sputnik's launch, Paul Dickson chronicles the dramatic developments that led up to one of the defining events of the twentieth century. Although the satellite was unmanned, its story is intensely human. Sputnik offers a fascinating profile of the early American and Soviet space programs and a strikingly revised picture of the politics and personalities involved--from Werhher von Braun, the former Nazi who ran the U.S. Army's missile programs and was outraged that Sputnik beat him and America into space, to the political intrigue dominating American's early space program, to Sergey Korolev, the brilliat chief designer of Sputnik, who remained a Soviet state secret until after his death. Soviet spokesmen stationed strategically around the world created one of the greatest public relations coups of all time, and President Dwight Eisenhower was secretly pleased that the Russians had launched first, because by orbiting over the United States Sputnik established the principle of "freedom of space" that could justify the spy satellites he thought essential to monitor Soviet missile buildup. ... The U.S. reaction to Sputnik was monumental. In a single weekend, Americans were wrenched out of a mood of national smugness and postwar material comfort. Initial shock and fear of the Soviets' intentions galvanized the country and prompted innovative developments that define our world today. Sputnik directly or indirectly influenced nearly every aspect of American life, from the demise of the suddenly superfluous tail fin and an immediate shift toward science in the classroom to the arms race that defined the Cold War, the competition to reach the Moon, and the birth of the Internet. Fifty years later, Sputnik re-creates an epochal period in our history, and offers an invaluable contribution to our understanding of the Space Age. (cover flaps blurb.) Contents: Introduction; 1 Sputnik Night 9; 2. Gravity Fighters 28; 3. Vengeance Rocket 49; 4. An Open Sky 76; 5. The Birth of Sputnik 94; 6. Red Monday o8; 7. Dog Days 134; 8. American Birds 168; 9. Ike Scores 191; 10. Sputnik's Legacy 223; Epilogue 246. Sputnik: The Shock of the Century Sputnik Satellites International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 New York 2001 Walker and Company 2001 donaghy306 book This book,and the conference that gave rise to it, underline concretely the value that we attach to our past and the inspiration that we draw from it. Initially established in 1909 as little more than a mailbox for diplomatic correspondence, the Department of External Affairs quickly came to occupy a prominent place in the machinery of government in Canada. Between its creation and 1945, it played an important role in the country's transformation from a small, colonial state on the periphery of world affairs into a confident middle power ready to shoulder its international responsibilities. ... The papers presented in this volume do that, but they differ about what the Cold War meant for Canada and what it teaches us about Canadian foreign policy. We hope that the readers of this collection and the Documents on Canadian External Relations will join this continuing dialogue on the nature of the Canadian diplomatic tradition. Documents on Canadian External Relations Canada and the Early Cold War, 1943-1957 Cold War Canada Ottawa, ON 1998 Cat.no. E2-179/1998 Canadian Government Publishing - PWGSC 1998 douglas30 book Account of three recent polar expeditions by Nares (1875), Greely (1881), and Nansen (1888). Online at Canadiana Online. Breaking the Record: The Story of Three Arctic Expeditions Arctic exploration Fridtjof Nansen (1861-1930) Adolphus W. Greely (1844-1935) George S. Nares (1831-1915) British Arctic Expedition (1875-1876) Fridtjof Nansen Greenland expedition (1888) U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) London 1898 T. Nelson 1898 dufferinava31 book A folksy sort of account of a trip from Europe to Iceland. Starts with "dramatis personae." Online at Canadiana Online. A Yacht Voyage: Letters from High Latitudes, Being Some Account of a Voyage in the Schooner Yacht "Foam", 85 O.M., to Iceland, Jan Mayen, and Spitzbergen, in 1856 Arctic exploration Travel Iceland Toronto 1872 Adam, Stevenson 1872 eayrs277 book An account of Canada's involvement in world affairs. There's a short section devoted to Arctic research relations with Russia and the IGY. Canada in World Affairs, October 1955 to June 1957 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Canada Toronto, ON 1959 Oxford University Press under the auspices of The Canadian Institute of International Affairs 1959 elkund160 book An account "of our present scientific knowledge of Antarctica, but also much more. Here the real significance of present and future Antarctic research in relation to the world of science is clearly set forth. Here it is made clear that there is no major field of geophysics which does not need information derived from Antarctica." (Foreword by Laurence M. Gould) "...now the veil of mystery is being torn off Antarctica. Masses of significant scientific facts are accumulating in vast quantities." (Preface by Paul A. Siple) Antarctica: Polar Research and Discovery During the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Antarctic research Geophysics New York 1963 Foreword by Laurence M. Gould and Preface by Paul A. Siple. Holt 1963 fagen319 incollection The Nightfly is lighter on its feet; a sense of optimism (!) also pervades the record. The songs are based on Fagen's own recollections of his youth, at a time when Tin Pan Alley celebrated the past and jazz looked to the future. The Nightfly straddles these two styles remarkably well: "New Frontier" and "I.G.Y. (International Geophysical Year)" take a comic look back at a forward-thinking time.... IGY [song lyrics] International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Popular culture Los Angeles 1982 The Nightfly Song lyrics 23696; Gary Katz, producer. Track 1: IGY Warner Bros. 1982 fifield167 book The continent, seas, and atmosphere of the Antarctic constitute one of the greatest natural laboratories for modern science. The research undertaken in the Antarctic is concerned with topics as diverse as solar wind, plasma physics, radio research, ocean circulation and mixing, glaciation, climate history, weather phenomena, the study of a range of organisms (including krill, whales, fish, seals, birds, and lowly plants), the survival of life forms at low temperature, and the impact of man on a pristine environment. SCAR, the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research, was established as a direct result of the great success of the International Geophysical Year in the late 1950s. The object of the committee is to coordinate to best effect the research programmes of the many nations that are active in the Antarctic. The chapters of this book are based on special reports from SCAR'S many working groups. These have been adapted to provide an account for the non-specialist by Richard Fifield, managing editor of New Scientist, who frequently writes on Antarctic affairs. (front flap) International Research in the Antarctic Antarctic research International Council of Scientific Unions (ICSU) Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR) New York 1987 ill. (some col.) ; 26 cm. Bibliography: p. [137]-138. Includes index. Published for the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research and the ICSU Press by Oxford University Press 1987 fogelson143 book A review of the history of exploration in the Western Arctic from 1900 until the rise of aviation brought the age of exploration to an end, and the political motives and conflicts (Canadian, American, Scandinavian) that accompanied the exploration. Arctic exploration has been more than heroic explorers struggling with the frozen unknown. The stories behind the adventures and adventurers make up the main thread of this book. Fogelson reviews the history of exploration in the Western Arctic from 1900 until the rise of aviation brought the great age of exploration to a close. But she also carries the story into less well-traveled territory, the conference rooms and offices of national capitals where political powers mustered funding for--and saw different motives in--the treks of the great explorers. While the popular press conveyed the sense of great adventure, the private political memoranda discussed the geopolitical implications of exploring the Arctic. The interplay of Scandinavia and America, Canada and the United States was sometimes as complex as the search for Franklin, and took nearly as long to unroll. In fact, it is still being worked out: Arctic Exploration & International Relations explains the historical background that has set today's patterns. It is a reference useful to anyone interested in how flags followed the foot-steps of the explorers. (back cover blurb) Arctic Exploration & International Relations, 1900-1932 International relations Arctic exploration Fairbanks 1992 ill., maps ; 23 cm. Includes bibliographical references (p. 195-213) and index. University of Alaska Press 1992 fogg164 book This book is the first to describe the development of scientific activity in the Antarctic (as distinct from exploration) in all its aspects. Coverage spans three centuries, starting with Halley who laid the foundations of geophysics which was to be the principal driving force behind Antarctic science for most of its history. Although early researchers built up a picture of the main features of the Antarctic environment, the idea of science specific to the continent emerged only later. as the main disciplines of oceanography, earth sciences, the sciences of atmosphere and geospace, terrestrial biology, medicine, and conservation developed, the clear interactions between them within an Antarctic context led to the emergence of the holistic view of Antarctic science which we hold today. (back cover blurb) Studies in Polar Research A History of Antarctic Science Antarctic exploration Antarctic research New York 1992 Cambridge University Press 1992 foster168 book On April 5, 1958 the Government of Canada created the Polar Continental Shelf Project. Its purpose was to conduct scientific research and strengthen Canada's sovereignty in the Far North. In 1960 the PCSP mounted its first full-scale, systematic survey and research program. At the time, most Canadians were unaware that the Project had been formed. Twenty-five years later, despite an impressive record of achievement by the Project, few Canadians outside government and scientific circles are aware of what happens north of the 70th parallel. The work has been done, and is being done, quietly, efficiently and economically, by people who are dedicated to the pursuit of their science, not to publicity. This book celebrates the 25th anniversary of the Polar Continental Shelf Project's first field season and honours the work of a small and dedicated group which has achieved much. It is a story worth telling. The Polar Shelf: The Saga of Canada's Arctic Scientists Polar Continental Shelf Project (Canada) Canada Research infrastructure Toronto 1986 ill. (some col.) ; 23 x 28 cm. NC Press 1986 fraser270 book "...tells why an eighteen-month period was set aside for the International Geophysical Year and what we hope to learn through the coordinated efforts of scientists from 64 countries of the world. " First Once Round the Sun: The Story of the International Geophysical Year 1957-58 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 1957 Hodder 1957 frazier274 book Antarctic Assault: The Saga of Dufek's Volunteers who Pioneered the Last Frontier To Build Bases for the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Operation Deep Freeze New York 1958 Dodd Mead & Company 1958 friedman236 incollection Account of Norwegian involvement in polar science from mid-way through WWII, through the IGY, and into the early years of the 21st century. Focuses on the work of the leaders of the Norwegian Polar Institute, the struggle to secure funding for polar research and the shift of motivation for supporting research from resource applications to environmental questions, specifically the long-range transport of pollutants and climate change. In addition, geopolitical themes are traced and their role in provoking support for Norwegian polar research is discussed. Drivenes, E.-A. and J\olle, H.D. Playing with the Big Boys Antarctic research Norway Arctic research International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Oslo, NO 319-374 2006 Into the Ice: The History of Norway and the Polar Regions The book doesn't specifically name the chapter authors; I got the author name from the reference to it in Bones (2007). Gyldendal 2006 fuglister275 book Atlantic Ocean Atlas of Temperature and Salinity Profiles and Data from the International Geophysical Year of 1957-1958 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Oceanography Woods Hole, MA 1960 Description: Hardbound Very Good+ in boards, no dj Folio, 209pp Volume I. Bookseller Inventory # 000382. Bookseller: Pilchuck Books. Address: Everett, WA, U.S.A. Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute 1960 gould156 book Foreword: ...It was therefore highly appropriate that at the mid-point in the IGY, the fourth in the series of Isaiah Bowman Memorial Lectures was delivered by Dr. Laurence M. Gould, eminent geologist, geographer, and explorer in both polar regions, at a dinner of the [American Geographical] Society held on January 30, 1958. Sections: The North Polar Lands (Non-renewable resources, Strategic considerations); The South Polar Lands (Economic resources, Sovereignty problems, Strategic considerations); Antarctica in the IGY (The United States and Antarctica in the future); Postscripts; Footnotes; Selected General References; Appendix: Sovereignty in Antarctica; Bathymetric map of the Arctic Basin Bowman Memorial Lectures, ser. 4 The Polar Regions in their Relation to Human Affairs Polar regions Antarctic research International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 New York 1958 a 59003561 plates, maps (1 fold. col.) 24 cm. American Geographical Society 1958 gould165 incollection Includes papers on upper atmospheric physics, the lower atmosphere and the earth. Last section is "The Polar Regions." The two papers are "The U.S.-IGY Program in the Antarctic" by Laurence M. Gould (203) and "The United States IGY Arctic Program" by John C. Reed (207) Geophysical Monograph Odishaw, Hugh and Ruttenberg, Stanley The US-IGY Program in the Antarctic International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 United States Geophysics Washington, DC 203-206 1958 Geophysics and the IGY: Proceedings of the Symposium at the Opening of the International Geophysical Year Conducted by the United States National Committee for the International Geophysical Year, National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C. National Academy of Sciences 1958 greenaway368 incollection Chapter 12 of a history of the ICSU, focussing on the IGY. Standing out in the 1950s is the International Geophysical Year (IGY), soemthing we should think of as being a creative influence as well as an event. One of its long-term effects had been foreshadowed in what might be called a consolidation exercise: the formation in 1956 of FAGS: Federation of Astronomical and Geophysical Services. ... Three events make up a picture of expansion. The first International Polar Year (1882-3) was an affair, on the whole, of individuals backed by national academies. The second IPY (1932-3) was initiated and energised by the International Meteorological Organization, that is to say a body concerned with a limited subject. The third IPY, which became the International Geophysical Year, was the affair of an international body concerned with science at large, namely ICSU (p. 149). The International Geophysical Year and its Heritage International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Cambridge 2006 Science International: A History of the International Council of Scientific Unions Cambridge University Press 2006 greenaway367 book Science International is the first history of a worldwide organization of scientists, now involving thousands of participants, which was started a century ago when a few visionaries founded the International Association of Academies (1899-1919). This was succeeded by an International Research Council, which, in 1932, became the International Council of Scientific Unions (ICSU). This history describes how national academies and international unions of scientists from specific disciplines learned to work together, and shows that from these alliances sprang great cooperative projects such as the International Geophysical Year and the International Biological Programme, as well as the creation of a global scientific organization directed to the study of the entire planet and prospects for the human race. First paperback Science International: A History of the International Council of Scientific Unions History of science International cooperation International Council of Scientific Unions (ICSU) Cambridge 2006 Frontmatter available at http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/28103/frontmatter/9780521028103_frontmatter.pdf Google books: http://books.google.ca/books?id=ddqfAKMyDdgC Cambridge University Press 2006 guttridge140 book An account of the U.S. IPY expedition to Lady Franklin Bay during the first IPY and of the "harrowing" journey south to find relief. Ghosts of Cape Sabine: The Harrowing True Story of the Greely Expedition U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) Arctic exploration International Polar Year 1882-1883 Arctic research New York 2000 Putnam 2000 hainesstile345 misc The International Geophysical Year of 1957-1958 revolutionized Earth and Space science. But the "official" IGY films, sponsored by the National Academies, debuted almost two years after field research was completed. For 2007-2009, communications revolutions such as the Internet and satellite voice and video enable contemporaneous public engagement via media, at science centers, and at home, and opportunities at all levels of formal education impossible in 1957. Real-time communication to both Poles, video podcasts from explorers of ice sheets and near-Earth space, and inquiry-based educational modules for schools and community centers, provide practical but inspirational ways to engage, inform and inspire millions across Earth in new ways, supporting the outreach goals of all four International Science Years. Examples of live video connections to NSF's Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station, and to an Alaskan sounding rocket range, together with evaluation data on a rock-concert inspired "tour" of science centers, schools and community venues by NASA researchers and engineers, provide possible models for the upcoming ISY's. A calendar of polar field campaigns, NASA launches and events (such as arrival of the Lunar Reconnaissance Orbiter at the Moon in Fall 2008, and the landing of Mars Phoenix in Spring 2008), and earth and space science related anniversaries--such as the launch of Explorer 1 on January 31, 1958 - offer a framework for integrating outreach, engagement and education strategies common to all four Science Years. IGY@50: A Revolution in Opportunities for Public Engagement and Education International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 International Polar Year 2007-2008 Science education May 23-16 2006 Abstract number U41D-05 2006-05 hales295 incollection A supreme optimist, Lloyd Viel Berkner believed firmly that what should be done could be done. He had the ability, furthermore, to persuade others that this was so, thereby getting support for large, expensive projects. As his contemporary, Merle Tuve, wrote: The astonishing thing about [Berkner's] lifetime of varied activities is the frequency with which his large-scale views and proposals were accepted and worked out, to the mutual benefits of his colleagues and the public which supported them, usually with public funds. Biographical Memoirs Lloyd Viel Berkner, February 1, 1905--June 4, 1967 Lloyd V. Berkner (1905-1967) International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Washington, DC 3-25 61 1992 Biographical Memoirs Obituary National Academy Press 1992 hatherton447 incollection Account of Antarctic exploration and research before the entry into force of the Antarctic Treaty. Antarctica Prior to the Antarctic Treaty - A Historical Perspective Antarctic research Washington, DC 15-32 1986 Antarctic Treaty System: An Assessment, Proceedings of a Workshop Held at Beardmore South Field Camp, Antarctica, January 7-13, 1985 Polar Research Board, National Research Council and National Academies Press 1986 heathcote438 incollection Detailed account of the background and implementation of the first IPY from Vol. 1 of the Annals of the International Geophysical Year (pp. 6-99). The First International Polar Year (1882-1883) International Polar Year 1882-1883 London 6-99 1959 Annals of the International Geophysical Year, Vol. 1 Histories of the International Polar Year and the Inception and Development of the International Geophysical Year Pergamon Press 1959 hik484 misc [Presentation to Airships to the Arctic III: Sustainable Northern Transportation Conference, 31 May-2 June, Winnipeg, MB] Much of the research that contributes to our understanding of northern Canada has only been supported intermittently. There is a long history of scientific activity in northern Canada, but it has largely been driven by external events rather than interests defined within the country. The government of Canada has recently signaled that science and research are an important part of its commitment to the North. For example, in his response to the Speech from the Throne at the opening of the 38th Parliament in October 2004, the prime minister noted that "the government of Canada is committed to supporting science and research in the North, both on our own and in collaboration with our circumpolar partners". The International Polar Year (IPY) is a major event that will occur in 2007-2009. IPY will contribute to the advancement of polar knowledge, research and technology and establish a new foundation and legacy for future decades of work. It is being organized internationally and has been endorsed by a large number of polar and Arctic organizations, including the Arctic Council, the International Arctic Science Committee, and the International Council of Scientific Unions. The motivation for the upcoming IPY is the concern and acknowledgement that the planet is changing, and that large-scale scientific activities require international co-operations, beyond the reach of individual nations. Airships to the Arctic III: Sustainable Northern Transportation Research in the Arctic Arctic research Canada Canada IPY participation (2007-2008) Winnipeg, MB 1-894218-39-6 21-26 May 31 - June 2 2005 Conference paper Transport Institute, University of Manitoba 2005-05 holmberg463 incollection Online at http://ppp.unipv.it/Collana/Pages/Libri/Saggi/Volta%20and%20the%20History%20of%20Electricity/V&H%20Sect2/V&H%20183-192.pdf Bevilacqua, Fabio and Giannetto, Enrico A. Northern Light Studies and Geomagnetic Observations in Finland in the 19th Century History of science Geomagnetism Auroras Finland Pavia, Italy 2004 Volta and the History of Electricity, Proceedings of a conference on the History of Electricity (11-15 September 1999, Pavia, Italy) Collana di Storia della Scienza 2004 howgate203 book Concerns Capt. Henry Howgate's proposed Arctic expedition. Reference from http://www.worldcat.org/oclc/22404762 Proposed legislation, correspondence, and action of scientific and commercial associations in reference to polar colonization Howgate expedition (1877-1878) Arctic exploration Washington, D.C. 1877 Beresford, printer 1877 huler495 book Defining the Wind is a wonderfully written account of one man's crusade to learn about what the wind is made of by tracing the history of the Beaufort Scale and its eccentric creator, Sir Francis Beaufort. It's as much about the language we use to describe our world as it is an exhortation to observe it more closely. Includes a section (pp. 139-191) on Manual of Scientific Inquiry (1849) and on developments in science of meteorology. Defining the Wind: The Beaufort Scale, and How a 19th-century Admiral Turned Science into Poetry History of science Meteorology New York 2004 Three Rivers Press 2004 imo8 book Bibliography for the Second International Polar Year International Polar Year 1932-1933 Bibliography Copenhagen, DK 1951 54022520 port. 25 cm. H\oorsholm bogtr. 1951 jackson494 book C. Ian Jackson was one of four young graduate students who embarked upon Operation Hazen, part of Canada's contribution to the International Geophysical Year in 1957-58. Their work at the Defence Research Board weather and research station at Lake Hazen on Ellesmere Island exposed them to unusual cold--121 days with temperatures below minus 40?C--as well as isolation. The failure of their radio shortly after arrival deprived them of contact with the world beyond, notably with news of the launching of Sputnik, the world's first artificial satellite, until months later, when the radio could be repaired. Jackson describes the scientific measurement and research he and his companions conducted, their adventures on northern Ellesmere Island, and the practical uses of a light airplane and a prototype snowmobile, harbingers of the future of scientific research in the high Arctic. With charm and insight he vividly details camp living conditions and cuisine, mechanical failures and resourcefulness, and survival strategies for avoiding tedium and personal conflict. Based on lengthy letters written to his fiancee during their twelve-month separation, this account of the physical challenges, intellectual excitement, and quiet rewards of Operation Hazen is an engrossing and often humorous narrative in the tradition of some of the classic accounts of polar exploration. CCI Press Occasional Publications Does Anyone Read Lake Hazen? International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Canada IGY participation (1957-1958) Edmonton 2002 Canadian Circumpolar Institute 2002 jennings329 incollection Between 1950 and 1980 the National Science Foundation (NSF) was assigned administrative funding responsibility for three major programs involving ocean sciences. The first of these was the International Geophysical Year (IGY), 1956-1959, which included all of the geosciences. Less than 5 percent of the funds were available to ocean sciences, but this was a big boost in the amount NSF had for oceanography. The second was the International Indian Ocean Expedition (IIOE), 1962-1967, during which almost $13 million was spent, primarily at the nation's academic institutions. The third was the International Decade of Ocean Exploration (IDOE), 1971-1980, during which more than 200 million dollars were spent on oceanographic research, including ship operating costs, at U.S. academic institutions. All of these programs were "big science," in that they involved multiscience, multi-investigator, and multi-institutional projects. The process by which NSF, ocean scientists, and the academic institutions learned how to administer and carry out these large programs is discussed. That they were successful in the learning process is evidenced by the large-scale ocean sciences research programs that are still an integral part of the NSF ocean sciences program. The purpose of this paper is to briefly discuss the three programs that marked the beginning and growth of NSF's role in the administration and management of "big science oceanography." The IGY provided the first significant funding for ocean sciences in NSF. Following IGY, IIOE and, subsequently, IDOE each contributed to the growth of funding for ocean sciences in NSF. Both IGY and IIOE raised the level of ocean sciences support by NSF only for the period of these programs. After they were completed the funding level fell back almost to that which existed beforehand. IDOE differed in the fact that the support for large-scale ocean research continued, but not under the IDOE banner. Ocean Studies Board, National Research Council The Role of NSF in "Big" Ocean Science: 1950-1980 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 U.S. National Science Foundation Washington, DC 2000 50 Years of Ocean Discovery: National Science Foundation 1950-2000 National Academy Press 2000 joerg118 book Contents: FOREWORD; FRIDTJOF NANSEN, The Oceanographic Problems of the Still Unknown Arctic Regions; H. A. MARMER, Arctic Tides; H. H. CLAYTON, The Bearing of Polar Meteorology on World Weather Especially; SIR FREDERIC STUPART, The Influence of Arctic Meteorology on the Climate of Canada; L. A. BAUER, Unsolved Problems in Terrestrial Magnetism and Electricity in the Polar Regions; A. P. COLEMAN, Unsolved Geological Problems of Arctic America; I. P. TOLMACHEV, The Geology of Arctic Eurasia and Its Unsolved Problems; N. A. TRANSEHE, The Ice Cover of the Arctic Sea; With a Genetic Classification of Sea Ice; A. KOLCHAK, The Arctic Pack and the Polynya; JOHN W. HARSHBERGER, Unsolved Problems in Arctic Plant Geography; LEONHARD STEJNEGER, Unsolved Problems in Arctic Zoogeography; DIAMOND JENNESS, Ethnological Problems of Arctic America; KNUD RASMUSSEN, Tasks for Future Research in Eskimo Culture; WALDEMAR BOGORAS, Ethnographic Problems of the Eurasian Arctic; VILHJALMUR STEFANSSON, The Resources of the Arctic and the Problem of Their Utilization; DAVID HUNTER MILLER, Political Rights in the Polar Regions; SIR DOUGLAS MAWSON, Unsolved Problems of Antarctic Exploration and Research; ERICH VON DRYGALSKI, The Oceanographical Problems of the Antarctic; GRIFFITH TAYLOR, Climatic Relations between Antarctica and Australia; JULES ROUCH, The Meteorology of the American Quadrant of the Antarctic; R. E. PRIESTLEY and C. E. TILLEY, Geological Problems of Antarctica; R. E. PRIESTLEY and C. S. WRIGHT, Some Ice Problems of Antarctica; R. N. RUDMOSE BROWN, Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic Plant Life and Some of Its Problems; ROBERT CUSHMAN MURPHY, Antarctic Zoogeography and Some of Its Problems; RICHARD E. BYRD, Polar Exploration by Aircraft; GEORGE H. WILKINS, Polar Exploration by Airplane; LINCOLN ELLSWORTH, Arctic Flying Experiences by Airplane and Airship; UMBERTO NOBILE, The Dirigible and Polar Exploration; ROBERT A. BARTLETT, Ice Navigation; O. M. MILLER, Air Navigation Methods in the Polar Regions; Conversion graphs; Index Special Publication Problems of Polar Research: A Series of Papers by Thirty-One Authors Polar research Polar regions New York 1928 Part 1, front matter to p. 37; Part 2, pages 38 to 64; Part 3, pages 65 to 96; digitization underway American Geographical Society 1928 jones331 incollection At a social gathering held in the home of Professor J.A. Van Allen at Silver Springs, Maryland, U.S.A., on 5 April 1950, Dr. L.V. BERKNER proposed that a third Polar Year programme should be undertaken in 1957-58. Whereas 50 years had separated the operations of the first and second Polar Years he thought that, in view of the rapid advances made since 1933 in geophysics and in various techniques, particularly in those relating to the ionosphere, a further operation after the lapse of 25 years was desirable. Further, during the years 1957-58 solar activity would be close to its maximum, whereas during the second Polar Year it had been near its minimum. The proposal was endorsed by those present.... Annals of the International Geophysical Year The Inception and Development on the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 London 383-413 1959 Annals of the International Geophysical Year, Vol. 1 Histories of the International Polar Year and the Inception and Development of the International Geophysical Year Pergamon Press 1959 jones126 book Preface: The President and Council of the Royal Society were informed by a letter from the Secretary of the Admiralty dated 4th December 1874, that it was their Lordships' intention to despatch an expedition, in the spring of 1875, to endeavour to reach the North Pole, and the explore the coast of Greenland and adjacent lands; and were invited to offer any suggestions which "might appear to them desireable in regard to carrying out the scientific conduct of the voyage." This letter was referred to a Committee consisting of .... The Committee decided it was desireable to prepare (1) a Manual of Scientific Results already obtained in Arctic Expeditions, (2) Instructions for further observations. Online at http://books.google.com/books?id=6VdAAAAAIAAJ Manual of the Natural History, Geology, and Physics of Greenland and the Neighbouring Regions, Prepared for the Use of the Arctic Expedition of 1875, Under the Direction of the Arctic Committee of the Royal Society ... Together with Instructions Suggested by the Arctic Committee of the Royal Society for the Use of the Expedition Arctic exploration Arctic research London 1875 Arctic Committee of the Royal Society and Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty 1875 kharin481 misc International Polar Year (IPY) carried out in 2007-2008 is timed to the 125-anniversary of the First IPY (18821883), 75th anniversary of the Second IPY (1932-1933) and 50th anniversary of the Third IPY (1957-1959). The latter was named International Geophysical Year, when not only the polar areas but the whole planet Earth with all its shells became objects of study. This International Geophysical Year has become one of the largest scientific events in the post-war period, and 66 countries took part in research works. Over the period of IGY activities, a network of the polar scientific stations in the Arctic and Antarctic has been created, and they continued working in the forthcoming years. The world data centres on the Solar-Earth Physics and Physics of Solid Earth (WDC on SEP and PSE), using accumulated experience and modern (including network) technologies of data processing, are ready for the accumulation of standard data, obtained in the period of IPY 2007-2008, and for the analysis of these data, creation of descriptions (of metadata), formation of data bases and retrieval systems, data storage and distribution, first via the Internet. With regard to experience of IPY and other international projects, types and sets of data were determined that are to be concentrated in the WDC of Russia in the period of IPY (2007-2008). Accumulation of these data is aimed at their long-term storage and provision of data accessibility, first for the Russian scientists. A special site "IPY 2007-2008" (http://www.wdcb.ru/WDCB/IPY/IPY.ru.html) was created on the World Data Centres server. On this site, devoted to the IPY programme, a user can find information about the International Polar Year. Data on Solid Earth Physics and Solar-Earth Physics obtained by the WDC during IPY are provided in on-line regime, as well as information on where and under which conditions it is possible to obtain data from the new geophysical stations, having been organized for this project. Site also comprises materials and results of special field exploration parties and experiments. Data on the Arctic and Antarctic regions, accumulated in the WDC on Solar-Earth Physics and Solid Earth Physics since 1957 until present, are shown on this site in remote access regime. In the WDC, geophysical data on polar regions, obtained in the period of the IPY (19571958) and over the forthcoming years within the framework of other projects, are transferred from analogous form into a digital format. In the future, we plan to put all types of data in a uniform format, develop a uniform system of directories and catalogues, and include data, newly obtained within the framework of IPY, into this system. WDC of GC RAS participation in IPY World Data Centers International Polar Year 2007-2008 Russia September 16-19 2007 Russian Academy of Science 2007-09 korsmo341 misc IGY was shaped by the Cold War, yet its comprehensive earth science programs involved multiple actors from East and West, North and South, in both planning and implementation. The Soviet and U.S. space programs emerged from the IGY, as did the Antarctic Treaty and other arrangements for international scientific cooperation. U.S. military and national security institutions played a vital role in shaping the research agenda, mobilizing the resources, and using the results of IGY programs. At the same time, the scientific organizers of IGY seized the opportunity to extend our knowledge of the physical properties of the earth, including its upper atmosphere and ionosphere, as well as the solar system. What can we learn from this mixture of cooperation and conflict, secrecy and sharing, Cold War tensions and universalist quests for knowledge? (Special Scientific Report, 98-07.) Science in the Cold War: The Legacy of the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 98-07 1998 Report National Science Foundation 1998 korsmo347 misc Abstract of presentation to AGU Fall Meeting, December 8-12] As geoscientists attempt to integrate education and research across different institutions, cultures, and age groups, it is instructive to examine earlier attempts to interest students and the public in science. The U.S. National Committee for the International Geophysical Year (IGY, 1957-58) developed a poster series, associated classroom activities, publications and newsletters, and a set of thirteen half-hour films to explain the disciplinary and interdisciplinary findings of IGY. This presentation describes the lessons learned by the IGY scientists who participated in the education and information projects. (Eos Trans. AGU, 84(46), Fall Meet. Suppl., Abstract C32C-02, 2003.) From darkness toward light: The International Geophysical Year's education and information projects History of science Geophysics December 8-12 2003 Conference paper American Geophysical Union 2003-12 korsmo348 misc From the early days of planning the IGY, scientists voiced concerns about data classification. All high-latitude ionospheric data were considered classified in the early days of the Cold War. How could an open, international science program be conducted under such a policy? The scientists simply planned the IGY as if no classification existed. As Lloyd Berkner said, "Presumably there will be a 4th GY. Let our measurements be designed so that repeats during the 4th will be valuable." An important part of this strategy was the establishment of the IGY World Data Centers. Among the many legacies of the IGY, the World Data Centers and the principle of openness embodied in their creation are perhaps the most enduring. This paper describes the establishment of the Centers and their influence on international science policy. (Korsmo, F.L. (2006), The IGY and the Promise of Openness, Eos Trans. AGU, 87(36), Jt. Assem. Suppl., Abstract U41D-07.) The IGY and the promise of openness History of science International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Geophysics World Data Centers May 23-26 2006 Conference paper American Geophysical Union 2006-05 launius349 misc In October 1957 the Soviet Union launched the first Earth-circling artificial satellite and the crisis that resulted led to numerous actions in the United States aimed at "remediating" a Cold War crisis. This included the establishment of a separate civilian space agency charged with the conduct of an official program of scientific and technological space exploration, consolidation of Department of Defense space activities, the passage of the National Defense Education Act, the creation of a Presidential Science Advisor, and a host of lesser actions. The politics of these changes is fascinating, and has been interpreted as an appropriate political response to a unique crisis situation. Interest groups, all for differing reasons, prodded national leaders to undertake large-scale efforts, something the president thought unnecessarily expensive and once set in place impossible to dismantle. But was the Sputnik crisis truly a crisis in any real sense? Was it made into one by interest groups who used it for their own ends? This paper will trace briefly some of the major themes associated with the IGY and Sputnik and describe the political construction of the crisis as it emerged in 1957-1958. It will also discuss something about the transformation of federal science and technology that took place in the aftermath of the "crisis" and how it set in train a series of processes and policies that did not unravel until the end of the Cold War. (Launius, Roger D. (2006), The IGY and the Satellite Race: A Reconsideration of a Cold War Crisis that Never Should Have Been, Eos Trans. AGU, 87(36), Jt. Assem. Suppl., Abstract U41D-06.) The IGY and the Satellite Race: A Reconsideration of a Cold War Crisis that Never Should Have Been International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Sputnik Science policy May 23-26 2006 Abstract number U41D-06 Launius, Roger D. (2006), The IGY and the Satellite Race: A Reconsideration of a Cold War Crisis that Never Should Have Been, Eos Trans. AGU, 87(36), Jt. Assem. Suppl., Abstract U41D-06. American Geophysical Union 2006-05 laursen439 incollection Detailed account of the inception and execution of the second IPY 1932-1933 in Vol. 1, Annals of the International Geophysical Year. The Second International Polar Year International Polar Year 1932-1933 London 211-234 1959 Annals of the International Geophysical Year, Vol. 1 Histories of the International Polar Year and the Inception and Development of the International Geophysical Year Pergamon Press 1959 lebedev161 book Combines accounts of various Antarctic features with discussion of current state of [Russian?] knowledge of them. "...that the interior of the Great Southern Continent was known less than the surface of the moon was, until recently, very widely reflected in scientific literature" (Introduction, p. 5) Antarctica Antarctica Antarctic regions Antarctic research Moscow 1959 ill. ; 20 cm. Includes index. Foreign Languages Publishing House 1959 levere451 incollection [Chapter 6] Sections: Science and Politics; The American Route: Science and Government; The Arctic Crusade: Learned Societies Tackle a Reluctant Admiralty 1865-1874; Marking Time; 1874: The Time has Come The Arctic Crusade: National Pride, International Affairs, and Science Arctic research Cambridge, UK 239-263 1993 Science and the Canadian Arctic: A Century of Exploration, 1818-1918 Cambridge University Press 1993 levere129 incollection [Chapter 8] Sections: The United States, science and polar colonization; Prelude to the International Polar Year; American, British, and German expeditions; A postscript on Franz Boas and anthropology; The first International Polar Year: A precedent and a model From Nationalism to Internationalism in Science: The International Polar Year 1882-1883 International Polar Year 1882-1883 Arctic research New York 307-337 1993 Science and the Canadian Arctic: A Century of Exploration, 1818-1918 Cambridge University Press 1993 levere450 incollection [Chapter 4] Sections: Astronomical and Geophysical Sciences; Sciences of the Sea; Geography; Natural History, including Geology; Human Sciences; Conclusion Mid-century: The Admiralty Manual and the State of Arctic Science Arctic research History of science Cambridge, UK 142-189 1993 Science and the Canadian Arctic: A Century of Exploration, 1818-1918 Cambridge University Press 1993 levere128 book This is a study of the nature and role of science in the exploration of the Canadian Arctic, beginning with the Northwest Passage expeditions of the Royal Navy in 1818, and ending with the Canadian Arctic Expedition of 1913-18. The eighty or so expeditions launched during these years not only made important contributions to the sciences, but also formed significant parts of the national and imperial histories of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Many of these expeditions began as British, Russian, American, and Swedish goals in the North came gradually into competition with the development of Canada's emergent nationhood, and with the growth of internationalism in science. Also in competition were notions of the Arctic as a source of knowledge, and as a resource base. Arctic science today, in itself and in its political, social, military, and economic contexts, is built on the pioneering work discussed in this book. Today's concerns about the Arctic resonate with those of earlier generations of explorer-scientists and the aboriginal people from who they learned. (back cover) Science and the Canadian Arctic: A Century of Exploration, 1818-1918 Arctic research Scientific expeditions Arctic exploration Canada Cambridge [England] ; New York 1993 ill., maps ; 25 cm. Includes bibliographical references and index. Cambridge University Press 1993 levere452 incollection [Chapter 7] Sections: Magnetic Observatories on the Shores of the Polar Sea; Geology; Natural History; Welcome Home: The Scurvy Committee; Henry Feilden and Joseph Hooker; Botany and Paleobotany; Zoology; Conclusion Science North: The British Arctic Expedition, 1875-1876 Arctic research History of science Cambridge, UK 264-306 1993 Science and the Canadian Arctic: A Century of Exploration, 1818-1918 Cambridge University Press 1993 lindholm10 book Swedish Polar Year Expedition, Sveagruvan, Spitzbergen, 1932-1933. General introduction Geomagnetism Norway Spitsbergen International Polar Year 1932-1933 Sweden Sweden IPY participation (1932-1933) Stockholm 1939 52055017 illus., maps, tables. 31 cm. International Polar Year. 2d, 1932-33. [from old catalog] Svenska national-kommitt\{e}n f\"{o}r geodesi och geofysik 1939 lindsay132 book Little has been written about the history of early scientific work in the North, and still less about the history of the Smithsonian northern science. While scientists have proceeded with new field studies, historians have tended to emphasize exploration. Arctic historians have rarely considered the role of scientific work specifically and scientific institutions in general. In this pioneering work, Debra Lindsay provides us with a fascinating early chapter in the conduct of northern science as practiced by one of the leading scientific institutions of the day. Her work should be a stimulus and challenge for a new approach to arctic and subarctic history, on that delves behind the specimens themselves and into the methods, motivations, characters, and personal relationships of the early collectors. -- William W. Fitzhugh, from the Foreword (back cover) Science in the Subarctic: Trappers, Traders, and the Smithsonian Institution Arctic research Smithsonian Institution Natural history Washington, DC 1993 Debra Lindsay ; foreword by William W. Fitzhugh. ill., maps ; 24 cm. Includes bibliographical references (p. 135-169) and index. Smithsonian Institution Press 1993 loomis139 book Modern Library Exploration Series Modern Library pbk. Weird and Tragic Shores: The Story of Charles Francis Hall, Explorer Charles Francis Hall (1821-1871) Biography Arctic exploration New York 2000 Chauncey C. Loomis ; introduction by Andrea Barrett. ill. ; 21 cm. Includes bibliographical references (p. 335-337). Modern Library exploration. Modern Library 2000 macdonald157 book Contents: Foreword, John Holmes, v; Resources and Communication in the Arctic, Michael Marsden, 3; The Administration of Northern Peoples: The USSR, Terence Armstrong, 57; The Administration of Northern Peoples: Canada and Alaska, Margaret Lantis, 89; The Administration of Northern Peoples: America's Eskimos--Pawns of History, Diamond Jenness, 120; Administrative and Constitutional Changes in Arctic Territories: Canada, F. B. Fingland, 130; Administrative and Constitutional Changes in Arctic Territories: The USSR, Neil C. Field, 160; Sovereignty in the North: The Canadian Aspect of an International Problem, Gordon W. Smith, 194; The Strategic Significance of the Canadian Arctic, R. J. Sutherland, 256; International Scientific Relations in the Arctic, G. W. Rowley, 279; The International Implications of Arctic Exploitation, George W. Rogers, 293; The Arctic Frontier Arctic regions Toronto, ON 1966 Published in association with the Canadian Institute of International Affairs and the Arctic Institute of North America by University of Toronto Press 1966 marshack269 book The tremendous IGY program marks the first time in history that the major earth phenomena are being studied simultaneously from all points on the earth. The tremendous advantages of this concerted effort may be expected to result in the answers to some of man's oldest and most puzzling questions about the world he inhabits. This book explains why. (Back cover blurb) The scientific facts behind today's sensational headlines (Front cover) This book describes, without mathematical formulas or obscure terminology, the background, the major results thus far, and the possible future of the research program that is behind today's most important headlines--the tremendous geophysical project known as the IGY (the International Geophysical Year). Involving more than 5000 scientists from 64 nations, the IGY recently placed the first man-made satellites in their orbits. Truly the greatest scientific research project that has ever been undertaken, it marks the beginning of a new era in the advance of science and of man's relation to the earth and the universe. All scientific data included has been checked and brought up to date by the leading American IGY scientists themselves. (Frontispiece text) The World in Space; the Story of the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 1958 T. Nelson 1958 mcwhinnie133 book About this book: Highlighting twenty years of U.S. scientific research conducted since the International Geophysical Year (IGY) of 1957-58, this volume marks a turning point in the history of polar investigations and provides a lucid summary of the contributions of many distinguished scientists. The authors provide an overview of major polar research programs, past and present; explore concepts derived from highly interrelated aspects of physical and life sciences; and seek to offer a glimpse of future polar science and polar development. The introduction briefly describes major physical, biological, and interdisciplinary research programs, as well as the magnitude, extent, and international character of contemporary polar science. Twenty years of polar biological investigations are then reviewed, and subsequent chapters address principles and advances in meteorology, physical oceanography, glaciology, and the geological evidence that bears on the origin of Antarctica. These physical sciences delineate a matrix for the polar biospheres and provide a background for understanding the major categories of structure and dynamic functioning of the marine ecosystem, polar marine mammals, adaptational physiology, and terrestrial biotic adaptations. AAAS selected symposia series 7 Polar Research: To the Present, and the Future Polar regions Polar research United States Boulder, CO 1978 Westview Press for the American Association for the Advancement of Science 1978 meteorologicaloffice273 book Data compiled from British IGY observations. Daily Aerological Cross-Sections at Latitude 30 degrees N during the International Geophysical Year Period International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 United Kingdom IGY participation (1957-1958) Aeronomy London 1966 Description: March 1958, First Edition, large atlas oblong folio, good copy in cloth, a few library stamps, London, HMSO, 1966. Bookseller Inventory # 9810 Bookseller: Jeffrey Stern Antiquarian/STERN ACADEMIC. Address: York, NYK, United Kingdom HMSO 1966 mirsky147 book To the Arctic! tells the stories of men from many nations--the English, the Dutch, the Russians, Danes and Americans--from the first attempts to map the lands through later searches for means to live there. Mirsky describes Arctic weather and resources, traces the complex history of exploration, and discusses international relationships. The book evokes, in the author's own words, "the earthbound days when Arctic explorers were isolated for years by silence and distance, when transportation was by dogsledge and ship, on foot and in frail craft, when the wealthy of the north was in fish and fur and whales. In those earthbound days if the odds were greater, so were the opportunities: to be an explorer was a choice open to all. The story, then, told in this book has a beginning, a middle, and an end. The saga is finished--it is a chapter in our past that we can still understand." The book itself has a history of its own. Lauded by critics upon its initial publication in 1934, the books sales were clouded by a threat of libel action by the late controversial Doctor Frederick Cook--a story told with considerable verve in Mirsky's preface to the present edition. To the Arctic! has become a classic in its field, and promises to re-create a little-known aspect of history for a whole new generation of readers. (cover flaps) To the Arctic: The Story of Northern Exploration from Earliest Times to the Present Arctic regions North Pole Arctic exploration International Polar Year 1882-1883 Chicago 1970 With an introd. by Vilhjalmur Stefansson. illus., facsims., maps (1 fold.) 24 cm. Includes bibliographical references. Chapter XV: The International Circumpolar Stations: The Greely Expedition University of Chicago Press 1970 mitra491 book The IGY started on July 1, 1957, and continuing in an extended capacity through IGC (International Geophysical Cooperation) till December 31, 1959, marked a watershed in Indian scientific efforts on the study of our planet and the sun. Coordinated national efforts under a framework of controlled interncomparison and specified conditions were, perhaps, introduced for the first time. There was also, for the first time, an organised entry of Indian science into international arena. Much of the coherence in the nationally coordinated programmes that has now become possible in aeronomy and planetary sciences--an outstanding example is currently operating Middle Atmospheric Programme--is a consequence, sometime direct, of this beginning of organised research in India. Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. International Programme before IGY and Indian Situation; 3. The International Geophysical Year--Genesis and Background; 4. Indian Programme for the IGY; 5. Achievements of the IGY; 6. Concluding Remarks; References; Appendices; Special Indian IGY Pubiications [sic]; Acknowledgements. Perspective Report Series Indian IGY Programme: Achievements International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 New Delhi 1985 Indian National Science Academy 1985 morris434 book This reference may or may not exist. I've compiled information to suggest it was published, but I've not located any hard evidence to that effect. Russian support for a third polar year was presented at this meeting. A Common Approach to Collaborative Technological Research for Arctic Development [Proceedings of a Joint EU-Russia-Canada-US Workshop, Brussels, 25-27 October 2001 International Polar Year 2007-2008 Brussels 2001 Joint EU-Russia-Canada-US Workshop. A Common Approach to Collaborative Technological Research for Arctic Development, S. Morris, K. Riska, R. Cabral, A. Danilov, F. Bercha and L. Brigham orgs. (Brussels: European Commission. Joint Research Center, 2001); I've got a reference that suggests the publication is over 500 pages. European Commission Joint Research Center 2001 moss150 book Arctic and Antarctic travelers and their stories have seized the popular imagination for centuries. Emphasizing themes of endurance, greed, obsession, and self-sacrifice, tales from the poles are testimony to both human curiosity and ambition and the often fatal attraction of alien landscapes. Some explorers--like Ernest Shackleton, Richard Byrd, and Roald Amundsen--have become iconic figures, while others, as famous in their day, have fallen into obscurity. Polar expeditions have generated a literature with its own history and style. The Frozen Ship is a thorough and thought-provoking examination of the most influential, popular, and intriguing accounts of journeys into the eternal ice--from Viking settlers and renaissance conquerors to Robert Falcon Scott's meticulous account of his own dying, and from the tales of Nansen, Franklin, Parry, and Shackleton to the journals of little-known explorers, missionaries, and archaeologists from Europe and North America. The Frozen Ship considers the morbid fascination of expeditions that went terribly wrong and the even greater interest attached to those that were rescued at the last minute, and pays particular attention to the strange desire to find and even exhume long-lost travelers. Looking at risks range from frostbite and polar bears to starvation and cannibalism, it also reflects on the enduring appeal of romanticized landscapes, the link between national identity and planting flags in the ice, the descriptions of indigenous communities and forgotten stories of women at the poles, as well as purely imaginary approaches to polar travel from Frankenstein to Winnie the Pooh. (cover flaps text) The Frozen Ship: The Histories and Tales of Polar Exploration Polar exploration Polar regions Travel Arctic exploration New York, NY 2006 BlueBridge 2006 mulvaney152 book The Arctic and Antarctic remain a source of mystery despite centuries of exploration. Here, Mulvaney, a freelance journalist based in Anchorage, Alaska, offers a comprehensive natural and human history of the two regions, from the earliest legends through 18th- and 19th-century European exploration to more recent issues like oil and gas drilling, tourism, ozone depletion and global warming. He points to what he terms "interweaving cycles in which exploration leads to exploitation," citing massive industries built around marine animals from the Antarctic, including fur seals killed for their pelts, and blue, fin and humpback whales, which supplied oil and other products. Compelling statistics demonstrate that these industries nearly wiped out the target species. Mulvaney also documents the political maneuvering behind a seven-nation treaty that accords the Antarctic protection as a "world park." In contrast, the Arctic has experienced heavy oil drilling, which Mulvaney recounts, paying particular attention to its environmental consequences, such as the highly publicized Exxon Valdez oil spill, which he examines in depth. He also considers the effects of the Cold War, nuclear testing and pollution on the Arctic environment and its native people. Through extensive research and engaging writing, Mulvaney supports his contention that "the long shadow of humanity has extended, for better and for worse, to the very ends of the Earth." (Cahners Business Information, Inc., 2001 via Amazon.com) At the Ends of the Earth: A History of the Polar Regions Polar regions History Washington, DC 2001 maps; 24 cm. Includes bibliographical references (p. 261-267) and index. Book Collector 1131 Island Press/Shearwater Books 2001 murdoch27 book Though the main object of the expedition was the prosecution of the observations in terrestrial magnetism and meteorology, it was possible to obtain a large collection of articles illustrating the arts and industries of the Eskimo of the region, with whom the most friendly relations were early established. Nearly all of the collection was made by barter, the natives bringing their weapons, clothing, and other objects to the station for sale. Full notes on the habits and customs of the Eskimo were collected by the different members of the party, especially by the commanding officer; the interpreter, Capt. E. P. Herendeed; the surgeon, Dr. George Scott Oldmixon, and myself, who served as one of the naturalists and observers of the expedition. It fell to my share to take charge of and catalogue all the collections made by the expedition, and therefore I had especially favorable opportunities for becoming acquainted with the ethnography of the region. Consequently, upon the return of the expedition, when it was found that the ethnological observation would occupy too much space for publication in the official report, all the collections and notes were intrusted to me for the purpose of preparing a special report. (p. 19) Ethnological Results of the Point Barrow Expedition International Polar Year 1882-1883 Alaska Point Barrow Ethnography U.S. IPY expedition Barrow (1882-1883) S.l. 1883 s.n. 1883 murphy131 book German Exploration of the Polar World is the exciting story of the generations of German polar explorers who braved the perils of the Arctic and Antarctic for themselves and their country. Such intrepid adventurers as Wilhelm Filchner, Erich von Drygalski, and Alfred Wegener are not as well known today as Robert Falcon Scott, Roald Amundsen, Ernest Shackleton, Robert E. Peary, or Richard E. Byrd, but their bravery and the hardships they faced were equal to those of the more famous polar explorers. In the half-century prior to World War II, the poles were the last blank spaces on the global map, and they exerted a tremendous pull on national imaginations. Under successive political regimes threw themselves into the race for polar glory with an ardor that matched their better-known counterparts bearing English, American, and Norwegian flags. German polar explorers were driven, like their rivals, by a complex web of interlocking motivations. Personal fame, the romance of the unknown, and the advancement of science were important considerations, but public pressure, political and military concerns, and visions of immense, untapped wealth at the poles also spurred the explorers. As historian David Thomas Murphy shows, Germany's repeated encounters with the polar world left an indelible encounters with the polar world left an indelible impression upon the German public, government, and scientific community. Reports on the polar landscape, flora, and fauna enhanced Germany's appreciation of the global environment. Accounts of the indigenous peoples of the Arctic, accurate or fantastic, permanently shaped German notions of culture and civilization. The final, failed attempt by the Nazis to extend German political power to the earth's ends revealed the limits of any country's ability to reshape the globe politically or militarily. (front flap text) German Exploration of the Polar World: A History, 1870-1940 Polar regions Germany Polar exploration Polar research Lincoln 2002 ill., maps ; 24 cm. Includes bibliographical references (p. 245-267). University of Nebraska Press 2002 nrcus5 book Online at http://www.nap.edu/books/0309092124/html/ A Vision for the International Polar Year 2007-2008 International Polar Year 2007-2008 Climate Glaciers Polar regions Physical geography Environmental conditions Climate change Washington, D.C. 2004 U.S. National Committee for the International Polar Year 2007-2008, Polar Research Board, Division on Earth and Life Studies, National Research Council of the National Academies. ill. (some col.), maps (some col.) ; 26 cm. Includes bibliographical references (p. 80-83). Also available online. National Academies Press 2004 nrcus2 book Committee on International Polar Year 2007-2008, Report of the Implementation Workshop, Polar Research Board, Division on Earth and Life Studies, National Research Council(38 pp.). International Polar Year 2007-2008: Report of the Implementation Workshop International Polar Year 2007-2008 IPY4 planning Washington, DC 2005 National Academies Press 2005 needell457 book This book illuminates how Berkner became a model that produced the scientist/advisor/policymaker that helped build post-war America. It does so by providing a detailed account of the personal and professional beliefs of one of the most influential figures in the American scientific community; a figure that helped define the political and social climates that existed in the United States during the Cold War. (from the publisher) Studies in the History of Science, Technology and Medicine Science, Cold War and the American State: Lloyd V. Berkner and the Balance of Professional Ideals International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Lloyd V. Berkner (1905-1967) Amsterdam 2000 Harwood Academic Publishers in association with the National Air and Space Museum Smithsonian Institution 2000 nicolet391 book Volume 7 of the Annals of the International Geophysical Year containing some background information on the planning and organization of the IGY among much else. Annals of the International Geophysical Year Annals of the International Geophysical Year, Vol. 7 World Days and Communications. GSAGI guide to World Data Centres. Arctic Communications. Geophysical Distribution of the International Geophysical Year Stations. The Membership and Programs of the IGY Participating Committees International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 London 7 1959 3 pts. in 1 v., ill., 28 cm. Pergamon Press 1959 nigeriasurvey11 book Meteorological Observations in Nigeria During the Polar Year 1932-33 Meteorology Nigeria International Polar Year 1932-1933 Nigeria IPY participation (1932-1933) Lagos, Nigeria 1934 Nigeria Survey Department 1934 officer458 book The forbidding Arctic has long been a subject of fascination to explorers, both actual and armchair, and to writers documenting its exploration. Unfortunately, Officer, an engineering professor at Dartmouth, and Page, a science writer (co-authors of Tales of the Earth: Paroxysms and Perturbations of the Blue Planet), don't add much to the subject by way of excitement. They do, however, provide ample, well-researched detail as they examine the Arctic and chronicle the explorations of a number of 19th- and 20th-century expeditions to the region. The opening chapter provides a good starting point with an in-depth look at Arctic weather and its impact on explorers. The sun, for instance, cannot be used to measure time, because its relative elevation to the land doesn't change. Subsequent chapters discuss numerous specific expeditions, including those of Robert Peary, William Edward Parry and Martin Frobisher. The various groups faced similar hurdles on their treacherous journeys and shared an astonishing bravery and resilience in the face of danger, illness and death. But despite deaths by scurvy, chance meetings on the ice and the almost unnatural allure of the Arctic for these explorers, the book becomes tedious. One expedition melds into another, and explicit details regarding the routes and daily routines accumulate in the authors' unimaginative writing. These minutiae will be important to scholars, but the book will be more redundant than enjoyable for the lay reader, despite its extraordinary subject. Illus. and photos. (Copyright 2001 Cahners Business Information, Inc.) A Fabulous Kingdom: The Exploration of the Arctic Arctic exploration Oxford 2001 Oxford University Press 2001 olsson12 book Meteorological observations at Mount Nordenski\"{o}ld, Spitzbergen, during the International polar year 1932-1933 Meteorology International Polar Year 1932-1933 Sweden IPY participation (1932-1933) Svalbard Stockholm 1936 83 p. incl. tables. 31 cm. Nya boktryckeriet 1936 parsons13 book "Report of the workshop hosted by Mark A. Parsons and Roger G. Barry of the National Snow and Ice Data Center/World Data Center for Glaciology, Boulder, in collaboration with the International Polar Year International Programme Office, and with support from the U.S. National Science Foundation, Office of Polar Programs (grant number ARC-0523528)." Online at http://www.nsidc.org/pubs/gd/Glaciological%5FData%5F33.pdf Glaciological data report International Polar Year Data Management Workshop 3-4 March 2006, British Antarctic Survey Cambridge, UK International Polar Year 2007-2008 IPY4 planning Arctic regions Data management Antarctic research Boulder, Colo. 2006 National Snow and Ice Data Center/World Data Center for Glaciology : Cooperative Institute for Research in the Environmental Sciences, University of Colorado 2006 prb467 book Online at http://www.nap.edu/openbook.php?record_id=11110 Planning for the International Polar Year 2007-2008: Report of the Implementation Workshop International Polar Year 2007-2008 IPY4 planning Washington, DC 2004 National Academy of Sciences 2004 pyenson493 book Science has often been seen as a matter of truth. Yet efforts to understand and control nature are necessarily intertwined with social expressions in the cultures where science is carried out. Many institutions of higher learning, extending back to antiquity, encouraged both interpretations and applications of nature. Beginning in the seventeenth century, scientific academies and societies promoted the aims of experimental science by sharing new ideas and results. The rise of mass education, beginning in the nineteenth century, created new institutions and opportunities for expanding the three standard disciplines of the Industrial Revolution: chemistry, physics, and biology. In our own time, canons of scientific inquiry have been buffeted by the rise of religious fundamentalism and academic postmodernism. Servants of Nature explores the interaction between scientific practice and public life from antiquity to the present. Drs. Lewis Pyenson and Susan Sheets-Pyenson show how, in Asia, Europe, and the New World, scientific expression has been allied closely with changes in three distinct areas of society: the institutions that sustain science; the moral, religious, political, and philosophical sensibilities of scientists themselves; and the goal of the scientific enterprise. Following the establishment of institutions of higher learning, scientific societies, and museums, the authors trace how the bodies that determine scientific tradition and guide innovation have acquired their authority. They also consider how scientific goals have changed, and they examine the relationship between scientists, militarists, and industrialists in modern times. This is an indispensable and penetrating account of how science, perhaps above all other human endeavors, has shaped and been shaped by the world we inhabit. (front flap blurb) Servants of Nature: A History of Scientific Institutions, Enterprises and Sensibilities History of science New York 1999 W. W. Norton & Company 1999 robinson213 misc [June 4] Despite talk of science and collaboration, then, the legacy of the IPYs has featured much of the vain-glorious and nationalistic pap that Weyprecht had been trying so earnestly to avoid. What then, can we hope to achieve in IPY-4? If my experience at the IPY-sponsored North By Degree conference is any indication, I think the ultimate benefit of getting people together is, well, getting people together. No one can offer a guarantee of future accomplishments. Most IPY subjects and discussions are too wonky to make good headlines. But ultimately the international IPY is a form of social communion, a way of building relationships. Online at http://timetoeatthedogs.com/2008/06/04/lets-get-geophysical/ Time to Eat the Dogs: On Science, History, and Exploration Let's Get Geophysical International Polar Year 1882-1883 International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) June 4 2008 2008 Web resource 2008-06 robinson212 misc Some think of exploration as the investigation of unknown regions, a capacious view that extends to the voyages of Christopher Columbus as easily as those of Alexander von Humboldt or Lewis and Clark. Others have given it a more precise meaning. As the OED declares, Exploration is an activity "for the purpose of discovery." This is the view adopted by William Goetzmann in his path-breaking book Exploration and Empire (1966). In Goetzmann's words, Exploration "is purposeful. It is the seeking. It is not the mere happenstance of discovery which "can be produced by accident." This may not seem like an earth-shattering distinction, but it would probably be enough to cast Columbus out of the sacred pantheon of explorers. He wasn't, after all, as interested in discovering new lands as he was finding new routes to old ones. I imagine that Columbus would have been rather peeved to learn that his West Indies were no where near Asia. Fortunately he died before Magellan figured this out. (para. 2) Online at http://timetoeatthedogs.com/2008/06/09/what-is-exploration/ Time to Eat the Dogs: On Science, History, and Exploration What is Exploration? Exploration June 9 2008 2008 Web resource 2008-06 ross486 book The International Geophysical Year, from July 1, 1957, to December 31, 1958, was the greatest co-operative effort ever undertaken by scientists. During that year, specialists from dozens of nations worked together on a most ambitious scientific program, with the earth and its enveloping world of space for a laboratory. In Partners in Science, Frank Ross, Jr., gives the history of international scientific co-operation. He tells of the first expedition in 1882 and brings us through the years to 1957, when eighty-odd nations joined forces to learn new facts and correct older findings. Their research resulted in a wealth of information about the interior of the earth, the oceans, glaciers, Antarctica, the weather, the atmosphere, the ionosphere, space, the sun, and many other areas of the physical world. Mr. Ross tells also of the marvelous instruments such as the rockets, satellites, and the Jodrell Bank telescope used in research, and finally points out the International Geophysical Year will be best remembered for furnishing the stimulus for man's first successful attempts to explore the mysteries of space. (Front cover flap text.) Partners in Science: The Story of the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 New York 1961 Lothrop, Lee and Shepard Co. 1961 rowley390 book This second special publication by the Arctic Institute of North America has an introduction by the late President R. C. Wallace of Queen's University, an earlier executive director of the Institute. It is followed by twenty-one papers contributed by specialists in the natural sciences and six papers on the social sciences. A folding map of Arctic and Subarctic Canada, Alaska, Greenland and Iceland is appended. Special Publication Arctic Research: The Current Status of Research and Some Immediate Problems in the North American Arctic and Subarctic Arctic research Montreal 2 1955 Introduction by R. C. Wallace. Reviewed by C. A. Dawson http://www.jstor.org.login.ezproxy.library.ualberta.ca/stable/138694 Arctic Institute of North America 1955 rowley442 incollection Macdonald, Ronald St. J. International Scientific Relations in the Arctic International cooperation Politics Polar research Toronto, ON 279-292 1966 The Arctic Frontier Canadian Institute of International Affairs and Arctic Institute of North America by University of Toronto Press 1966 royalgeogsoc26 book The President and Council of the Royal Geographical Society suggested that a selection of papers on various branches of science relating to the Arctic Regions, which are rendered inaccessible through being bound up in 'Transactions' and 'Proceedings' with other irrelevant matter, should be reprinted for the use of the Arctic Expedition. This suggestion, so far as regards subjects other than geography and ethnology, was adopted by the Admiralty on the recommendation of the Council of the Royal Society, and a collection of papers and extracts from books on zoology, geology and physics, will be reprinted at the public expense for the use of the expedition. The present volume contains a series of papers on Arctic geographical and ethnological subjects, which it was thought might be useful to the officers of the expedition; and which has been prepared by a Committee appointed by the Council, and at the expense of the Royal Geographical Society. It is a contribution presented to the Arctic Expedition by the Society, in the hope that some use and instruction may be derived from it, and with the warmest and most heartfelt wishes for success and safe return of the explorers, on the part of the Council and Fellows. (Preface, p. [iii]) Online at Canadiana.org A Selection of Papers on Arctic Geography and Ethnology Reprinted, and Presented to the Arctic Expedition of 1875 by the President, Council, and Fellows of the Royal Geographical Society Arctic research George Nares Expedition (1875-1876) London 1875 John Murray 1875 rutford448 incollection Summary of Science in Antarctica Prior to and Including the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Antarctic research Antarctica 87-102 1986 Antarctic Treaty System: An Assessment, Proceedings of a Workshop Held at Beardmore South Field Camp Polar Research Board, Commission on Physical Sciences, Mathematics, and Resources, National Research Council and National Academies Press 1986 sale488 book Over the centuries, men--and very rarely, women--have repeatedly set out to explore the unknown, braving those parts of the maps which truly read "here be monsters" in order to further scientific knowledge, win glory for themselves or their countries, find missing comrades, or make their fortunes. Along the way, inspiring acts of courage have been recorded along with horrifying tales of misery and desperation. Polar Reaches tells the full story of the history of exploration of both the Arctic and Antarctic, revealing within its pages that the better-known phenomenal and amazing stories are not so unusual as they seem. ... Richard Sale has assembled a complete history of polar exploration, including numerous British, Scandinavian, Russian, and American expeditions, as well as summaries of legendary voyages by the early Greeks and Polynesians, and a sampling of modern-day adventures. These are not sterile accounts: the petty rivalries, the driving ambition, the extreme torment, and the sheer heroism that drove the explorers come alive in Sale's writing, while historic and modern photos and illustrations further illuminate their stories. First Polar Reaches: The History of Arctic and Antarctic Exploration Polar exploration Seattle, WA 2002 The Mountaineers Books 2002 satterfield281 misc Preface: The following 82 pages contain high points of Army Ordnance satellite history, beginning with scientists Hermann Oberth and Robert Goddard after World War I. Still to be written is a detailed, technical account. However, a long and helpful step in this direction is this history's contemporary, called Explorers In Orbit, a technically oriented study prepared by Vitro Engineering Company for the Army Ballistic Missile Agency. The Development Operations Division, ABMA, as well as the ABMA Historical Section have copies of this Vitro Study on file. (p. ii) Online at http://www.redstone.army.mil/history/pdf/sat/sat.pdf Historical Monograph: Army Ordnance Satellite Program Rockets Satellites International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 82 1958 Army Ballistic Missile Agency 1958 schatz127 book As the Antarctic and other remote areas become more accessible and as activity increases in remote regions on an industrial scale, special problems arise. How is man to govern himself, his institutions, and his environment? How can appropriate rule of law be asserted--preserving due process, the rights of protection, and the basic liberties--without jurisdictional assertions that threaten to open or reopen national rivalries? ... On December 1, 1973, at the National Academy of Sciences in Washington, D.C., the Society held the colloquium leading to this report. The ... colloquium could not attempt to cover all aspects of international law.... Its purpose was to expose problems of particular interest to U.S. government agencies and to U. S. scientific and industrial participants in polar activities and in legally related situations--for example, towers in the deep sea beyond acknowledged national jurisdiction. ... certain general themes of interest emerged. Among them: There is a demonstrated need for attention, crossing the boundaries of federal agency jurisdiction, to the interrelationships of law, science, and technology. The view that separate, distinct legal regions can govern science, while others govern industry, is dubious both in practical and U. S. Constitutional terms. Science, Technology, and Sovereignty in the Polar Regions Antarctic exploration Antarctic international status Maritime law International cooperation Lexington, MA 1974 Sponsored by the Antarctican Society. Lexington Books 1974 schley210 book Account of the rescue of the Greely expedition survivors. Online at http://books.google.ca/books?id=lm4SAAAAYAAJ The Rescue of Greely International Polar Year 1882-1883 U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) New York 1885 CIHMR collection microfiche ISBN microfiche 0665341121 Review of the book attached in text Charles Scribner's Sons 1885 smucker195 book Lieutenant A. W. Greely, USA, at Lady Franklin Bay Grinnell Land. N. Lat 81 deg. 41' W. Long. 64 deg. 30', June 1881, a station assigned to the United States by the International Polar Commission for Meteorological Observations. -- United States station near Point Barrow, Alaska, N. 71 deg. 18' Lat., Long. W. 156 deg. 24'. -- Relief expeditions. -- Rescue of the survivors of the Greely party. pp 607-634, pp. 635-640. "In closing this account of the melancholy d\{e}noument of the Lady Franklin Bay expedition, and collapse of the United States signal station in Grinnell Land, the scientific results, as estimated by Lieut. Greely the following data, which we transcribe with some transpositions and verbal condensations from the newspaper report:-- The observations in which the greatest possible accuracy was to be had, were those of the declination and deviation of the magnetic needle, temperature of the air and sea, height of barometer, and mean and maximum rise and fall of tides" (p. 630). Online at http://books.google.ca/books?id=aJEBAAAAYAAJ Arctic Explorations and Discoveries During the Nineteenth Century. Being detailed accounts of the several expeditions to the north seas, both English and American, including the long and fruitless efforts and failures in search of Sir John Franklin. Edited and completed to 1855 by Samuel M. Smucker with a continuation to the year 1886 by Wm. L. Allison Adolphus W. Greely (1844-1935) U.S. IPY expedition Lady Franklin Bay (1881-1884) International Polar Year 1882-1883 Arctic exploration New York 1886 John W. Lovell Company 1886 spencerjones441 incollection A detailed account of the organization and implementation of the International Geophysical Year 1957-1958. The Inception and Development of the International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 London 383-414 1959 Annals of the International Geophysical Year, Vol. 1 Histories of the International Polar Year and the Inception and Development of the International Geophysical Year Pergamon Press 1959 stagg15 book [The G. J. Symons' memorial lecture delivered on Mar. 21, 1934.] The British Polar Year expedition to Fort Rae, 1932-33, was part of the contribution of this country to an internationally organized programme of observations at a circumpolar network of stations, carried out, appropriately enough, in the jubilee year of a similar enterprise which became known as the First International Polar Year. A general account of the life and work of the expedition was given in a lecture by Mr. (now Dr.) J. M. Stagg, the leader, and published in Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society for July 1934. The results of observations--meteorology, terrestrial magnetism and aurora, and atmospheric electricity--are now presented in two volumes. ... Vol. I gives first a general account of the work and then a thorough discussion of results under headings temperature, pressure, and the other meteorological elements, on the lines of previous polar work. ... Much of vol. II has apparently been produced by a process involving the photography of typewritten material. Tables to the number of 287 are given, including the hourly values of various elements from autographic records, basic tables of observations, and tables of frequencies and mean inequalities of various phenomena, altogether a vast amount of information, the preparation of which must have entailed much arduous work. By these tables the phenomena observed at Fort Rae and their variations can be compared with simultaneous events at other places. The aim of the Polar Year activities may be stated as the provision of comparable data for forming synoptic pictures of phenomena in the high latitudes where observations are normally few, as well as the discussion of results at individual stations, and it is pleasant to see in these two volumes a worthy contribution by the British Expedition to Fort Rae. (From S.T.A.M's review in The Geographical Journal, 90(4), 1937, 380-382) British Polar Year Expedition to Fort Rae, Northwest Canada, 1932-33 International Polar Year 1932-1933 British IPY expedition to Fort Rae (1932-1933) Meteorology Arctic regions Canada London 1937 Address British National Committee for the Polar Year 1937 sullivan162 book This book is designed to take the reader to the last continent of adventure, and to tell him of the many heroic efforts which have been made to find and explore it. It is not intended to be a definitive history.... ... Emphasis has been placed on the lesser-known and more recent efforts in Antarctica. Sullivan "describes authoritatively the purposes and operation of these explorations, and recounts the fascinating history of earlier expeditions, their amazing discoveries, and the brave men who organized and led them" (back cover blurb). Account of the history of Antarctica from earliest discovery to the IGY. First McGraw-Hill Paperback Edition Quest for a Continent: The Story of the Antarctic Antarctic exploration Antarctic research International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 New York 1957 56012541 illus. 22 cm. McGraw-Hill 1957 sullivan271 book This book has been written by a layman, for whom the International Geophysical Year was a scientific adventure of awesome dimensions, in the hope that the general reader will share the thrills of its discoveries and the promise that it holds for a peaceful future. The author has sought to lead the reader along the same pat that he has followed, from the most elementary concepts to the wonders disclosed by the first earth satellites and the new reach of our exploration into the blackest ocean deeps, the turbulent atmospheres, and the perilous ice sheets. Because no full account of Project Argus, the secret experiment that embraced the world, has been available to the public, it has been described in some detail. To season the scientific accounts with personal experience, the author has included a number of events that he witnessed and, because of this and the broad scope of the American program, more space has been devoted to the United States effort than to that of any other nation. Nevertheless the author has sought to bring out the international character of the IGY by including observations in many other lands. Some believe that the chief importance of the IGY may have been its effect on relations between nations. It was directly responsible for the setting aside of an entire continent--Antarctica--as an international laboratory. The emergence of science as a potent force in international affairs has taken many by surprise. The subject has, in fact, been given scant attention by the historians although international scientific efforts have been gathering momentum for more than a century and a half. Several chapters have therefore been devoted to the history of such efforts and the way in which the IGY dealt with those problems thrust upon it by the "Cold War." [From the preface, p. vii.] Assault on the Unknown: The International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Project Argus (1958) International cooperation New York 1961 McGraw-Hill 1961 surface170 incollection Second of three chapters in "Polar Research," the concluding section in The History of Nations, Vol. 16, Norway, Sweden, Denmark and Polar Research. The History of Nations Cabot Lodge, Henry Polar research: Antarctic regions Polar research Polar exploration Antarctic exploration Philadelphia, PA 332-337 XVI 1906 Norway, Sweden, Denmark and Polar Research John D. Morris and Company 1906 surface96 incollection First of three chapters in "Polar Research," the concluding section in The History of Nations, Vol. 16, Norway, Sweden, Denmark and Polar Research. The History of Nations Polar research: Arctic research Arctic exploration Arctic research Philadelphia, PA 295-331 XVI 1906 The History of Nations: Norway, Sweden, Denmark John D. Morris and Company 1906 surface171 incollection Last of three chapters in "Polar Research," the concluding section in The History of Nations, Vol. 16, Norway, Sweden, Denmark and Polar Research. The History of Nations Polar research: The present situation Polar research Polar exploration Arctic exploration Antarctic exploration Philadelphia, PA 338-341 XVI 1906 Norway, Sweden, Denmark and Polar Research John D. Morris and Company 1906 sutherland357 misc It is recommended that the draft text in Appendix A be included in the general summary of the work of the session and that the draft resolution in Appendix B be adopted. ... APPROVES the idea of holding a third IPY in 2007-2008 under the auspices of WMO; REQUESTS the Executive Council at its fifty-sixth session to examine the preparation and holding of a Third International Polar Year in 2007-2008 in collaboration with other international organizations such as the Arctic Council, the Consultative Conference on the Antarctic Treaty, SCAR, IOC and IASC and the establishment of an ad hoc working body to prepare a plan of action in preparation for a third IPY and to coordinate its implementation. (Cg-XIV/PINK 9.1(4), REV. 1 (21.V.2003).) Cooperation with the United Nations and Other Organizations, Initiative for a Third International Polar Year, Report to plenary on item 9.1 International Polar Year 2007-2008 IPY4 planning 2003 Corporate resolution United Nations 2003 thompson346 misc AB: An important part of the 2007 International Year activities will be preserving the history and memory of IGY 1957. The "IGY Gold" History initiative has several goals: 1) identifying and recognizing planners of and participants in the first IGY, 2) preserving memoirs, articles, photographs, and all items of historical significance for the IGY, 3) making these items available to historians, researchers, etc., 4) serving as a contact service for these activities, 5) spreading awareness of the history of geophysics, and 6) planning special events and "reunions." The IGY "Gold" Club identifies participants from the first IGY (gold symbolizing the 50th anniversary). "Gold club" participants will be rewarded with a special "IGY Gold Anniversary" certificate of recognition and a special commemorative "IGY Gold" lapel pin. Many IGY participants from around the globe have received IGY Gold Club awards, and many have submitted valuable historical material about the IGY activities. This is a joint program of the IHY, eGY, IPY, IYPE and IUGG. (Thompson, B. J., Cliver, E. W., Gentile, L. C., Sigsbee, K. M., & Doel, R. E. (2006). The IGY Gold History Preservation Program. Eos Trans. AGU, 87(36), Jt. Assem. Suppl., Abstract U41D-08.) The IGY Gold history preservation program International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 IGY Gold History initiative 2007 Abstract U41D-08 May 23-26 2006 American Geophysical Union 2006-05 tucker394 book Traditionally both Canada and the United States have relied on aircraft and drifting ice camps in supporting scientific work in the Arctic Ocean. Early examples include the so-called Ski Jump project in 1951-1952 and the ice stations Alpha and Bravo in 1957. These efforts have been particularly successful in advancing process studies, obtaining certain time series measurements and exploring limited areas; they have been less successful in carrying out synoptic survey work and sophisticated geographically distributed measurements requiring heavy equipment and elaborate laboratory facilities. In the open ocean the latter are typically done from shipboard, but not until 1987, when the German research icebreaker Polarstern crossed the Nansen Basin of the Arctic Ocean, did a modern Western research vessel successfully operate in the Polar Basin. Cooperation was necessary to bring the scientific, operational and funding mechanisms together. Over five years of planning culminated on the evening of 24 July 1994 when the CCGS Louis S. St-Laurent and the USCGC Polar Sea steamed northward from Nome, Alaska, when 70 scientists embarked with their scientific equipment on what was planned to be a 60-day expedition. The expedition could not have happened without enthusiasm. There was scientific enthusiasm for addressing an important and timely research topic. Also there was enthusiasm within the Coast Guards of the two nations for undertaking a maritime expedition in the Arctic Ocean that was to be the first of its type for North America. The 1994 Arctic Ocean Section: The First Major Scientific Crossing of the Arctic Ocean Arctic research Arctic Ocean Darby, PA 1996 DIANE Publishing 1996 congress192 book Online at http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=108_cong_reports&docid=f:hr422.108.pdf International Geophysical Year 50th Anniversary: Report (to Accompany H. Con. Res. 189) International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 Washington, D.C. 2004 Report U.S. Government Printing Office 2004 congressresearch17 book Online from the GPO Access web site. Address as of 2/6/07: http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=109%5Fhouse%5Fhearings&docid=f:29850.pdf; current access is available via PURL. Serial no. 109-61. International Polar Year: The Scientific Agenda and the Federal Role : Hearing Before the Subcommittee on Research, Committee on Science, House of Representatives, One Hundred Ninth Congress, second session, September 20, 2006 Polar regions Climate Research policy United States International cooperation International Polar Year 2007-2008 Washington, DC 552-070-35361-5 2006 U.S. Government Printing Office 2006 uscongressforeign16 book Second Polar Year Program: Hearings Before the Committee on Foreign Affairs, House of Representatives, Seventy-second Congress, First Session, on H.J. Res. 182, a joint resolution authorizing an appropriation to defray the expenses of participation by the United States government in the second polar year program. August 1, 1932 to August 31, 1932 ... January 26 and 27, February 2, 1932 International Polar Year 1932-1933 Geophysics United States Washington 1932 illus. U.S. Government Printing Office 1932 ussenate199 misc Reports of Committees of the Senate of the United States for the First and Second Sessions of the Forty-fifth Congress, 1877-'78. Report pagination is internal to the report. The report is found on pp 312-325 in the pdf from GoogleBooks at http://books.google.ca/books?id=hLAFAAAAQAAJ&pg=RA9-PA9-IA2 Total document length, 1101pp. On the Bill (S. 458) to Authorize and Equip an Expedition to the Arctic Seas Howgate expedition (1877-1878) Arctic exploration 94 94:1-14 1 1878 U.S. Government Printing Office 1878 ussenate201 misc Report pagination is internal to the report. The report is found on pp 610-618 in the pdf of Vol. 5 from GoogleBooks. Total length of scanned document is 1107 pages. On the bill (H. R. 3534) to authorize and equip an expedition to Arctic Seas. Howgate expedition (1880) Arctic exploration 512 512:1-9 5 1880 U.S. Government Printing Office 1880 victor142 book The story of polar exploration, from the exploits of the ancient Greeks to the voyages of today's nuclear submarines, by the famous French explorer who has spent more than fourteen years in the Arctic and Antarctic. ... M. Victor takes the reader on each of the expeditions... He describes in full detail the footnotes of polar history.... Finally he describes how modern science, supported by human courage and endurance, has conquered the poles, and gives the full details of the huge polar stations now in existence, in which scientists from every country are probing the last secrets of the ice. ... He writes not just as a historian, but as a man of action and of science. Here is a book written by an expert for the layman, and written with understanding, knowledge, a deep sense of history and, above all, with passion. Man and the Conquest of the Poles Polar regions Arctic exploration New York 1963 63012568 Translation by Scott Sullivan. illus. 24 cm. Simon and Schuster 1963 wager159 book The most amazing community of our time is the extraordinary Arctic outpost called Camp Century, an incredible base that the stubborn, brilliant U. S. Army Engineers have gouged out of the Greenland glacier. Camp Century is nearly invisible from the surface, for it is buried inside the ice cap under some 20 feet of hard-packed snow. Here--within the ancient glacier itself--the American Army has established men for year-round scientific research. ... Our U.S. scientists are enduring the worst weather in the world. ... Every effort has been made to make life comfortable despite the isolation. ... The residents of Camp Century--who jokingly refer to themselves as Ice Worms--may be making history. First, they have set a pattern for further exploration at the other end of the earth. At McMurdo Sound near the South Pole, Century-type shelters under the snow and a similar atomic power plant have already been installed. Second, while Century is purely scientific, it has provided valuable experience for possible military bases--radar stations or missile batteries--buried invisibly under the snow. ...the fabulous story of Camp Century should be one of the great tales of our time. It has excitement, adventure and a thrilling promise of the splendid American achievements still to come. (cover flaps) 1st Camp Century: City Under the Ice Camp Century Greenland Arctic research United States Philadelphia, PA 1962 Chilton Books 1962 walton163 book This book is an attempt to put Antarctic science in a more general perspective. ...chosen ... those that appear to have been the most important scientific developments. ... Since the Antarctic Treaty was ratified in 1961, Antarctica has been a continent for science and international accord. With the approach of 1991, when the terms of the Antarctic Treaty may be reviewed, it is appropriate that we assess scientific progress so far and suggest profitable lines for future research to follow. Antarctic science shows great vigour and great promise. The next 25 years seem likely to be even more productive than the last. (Walton, Preface, vii) Antarctic Science Antarctic exploration Antarctic research Cambridge ; New York 1987 edited by D.W.H. Walton ; with contributions by C.S.M. Doake ... [et al.] ; and with an introduction by Vivian Fuchs. ill. (some col.), maps ; 29 cm. Bibliography: p. 272-273. Includes index. Book Collector 1126 Cambridge University Press 1987 wartnaby193 book The International Geophysical Year International Geophysical Year 1957-1958 London 1957 H.M. Stationery Office 1957 weeks158 book The story of three years' (1961-1964) occupation and science on Arlis II, an ice island that had been found some 150 miles north of Alaska. "This is a history of those three years, of the men who lived them and the men who made them possible--of the men who first dared trespass the frozen wastes north of the north wind and remained to stake a claim on knowledge." (Preface) Ice island: Polar Science and the Arctic Research Laboratory Arlis II Arctic Ocean drift stations Arctic research New York 1965 illus., maps, ports. 21 cm. Bibliography; p. 209-211. Book Collector 1088 John Day Co. 1965 weyprecht94 misc An address delivered before the 48th meeting of German naturalists and physicians at Graz. This copy located on the SCAR site, posted 21 November 2007. Online at http://www.scar.org/ipy/Weyprecht_Graz_1875.pdf This is the talk that is commonly cited in describing Weyprecht's vision for arctic research. Fundamental Principles of Scientific Arctic Investigation Polar research Karl Weyprecht (1838-1881) September 18, 1875 1875 An address delivered before the 48th meeting of German naturalists and physicians at Graz. This copy located on the SCAR site, posted 21 November 2007. 1875-09 wood432 book An English working geologist demonstrates first-rate skills at laying out a succession of scientific squabbles that have polarized geology from its beginning--circa 1800. First there was catastrophism vs. uniformitarianism. Then came the shrinking vs. an expanding earth. Finally, the much-publicized continental drift theory vs. the fixity of land masses. The consensus today--we have been led to believe--is the modernized version of continental drift called plate tectonics. The continents move apart as a result of sea-floor spreading. That event, in turn, results from the upwelling of magma from the deeper layers of earth to pour forth from the mid-ocean ridges and settle down on either side, expanding the floor. But to hear Muir tell it, there are more than a few old-fashioned geologists who take issue with today's conventional wisdom. The problem, as Wood sees it, is that for some, geology still remains a romantic pursuit involving trekking across countryside, hammer in hand, ever ready to identify the surface rocks and strata--a skin-deep geology, so to speak. This geology would have none of the new geophysics, much less deep-ocean drilling and paleomagnetic dating that have been in the main responsible for revitalizing Wegener's much-abused theory of continental drift. In developing his tale, Wood sketches the personae and arguments across several continents. There were Lyell and Hutton in England, and Cuvier in France, along with a motley group of amateurs and originals. In America, for example, there was Thomas Chamberlin, who did much to discredit Lord Kelvin's estimate of the age of the earth even before the discovery of radioactive heating of the earth's core. Chamberlin mapped the glacial retreat that had dimpled Wisconsin, as though, as Wood puts it, "The sleeper had fled, leaving the bedclothes in disarray." To round out the modern picture, Wood closes with a description of the international state of affairs since the late 1960s when plate tectonics made its mark. The Russians remain holdouts, it seems. But then they are not alone. Other geologists will continue to demur as long as "geology" refuses to amalgamate with geophysics and oceanography. Wonderful history of science stuff here, and also a fine introductory course for serious readers or students. (Kirkus Reviews) Online in preview at http://books.google.ca/books?id=ulsVAAAAIAAJ The Dark Side of the Earth: The Battle for the Earth Sciences, 1800-1980 History of science Earth science New York, NY 1985 Routledge 1985 Nigeria Survey Department, Nigeria Survey Department Nigeria Survey Department, Odling-Smee, Lucy Odling-Smee Odling-Smee, Lucy SciencePoles SciencePoles SciencePoles Jones, Harold Spencer Jones Jones, Harold Spencer Prentice, Jim Prentice Prentice, Jim Thomas, G. M. Thomas Thomas, G. M. Scientific Committee for Antarctic Research, Scientific Committee for Antarctic Research Scientific Committee for Antarctic Research, R\"{o}ller, Oliver R\"{o}ller R\"{o}ller, Oliver Office of Polar Programs Committee Of Visitors, Office of Polar Programs Committee Of Visitors Office of Polar Programs Committee Of Visitors, Couture, Pauline Couture Couture, Pauline Bigras, Steven Bigras Bigras, Steven McSherry, Jack L. McSherry McSherry, Jack L. Stewart, Emma J. Stewart Stewart, Emma J. Johnson, Leonard Johnson Johnson, Leonard ICSU Secretariat, ICSU Secretariat ICSU Secretariat, Smith-Rose, R. L. Smith-Rose Smith-Rose, R. L. Laursen, V. Laursen Laursen, V. Mitra, A. P. Mitra Mitra, A. P. Morris, S. Morris Morris, S. Crump, Thomas Crump Crump, Thomas United States Congress House Committee on Foreign Affairs, United States Congress House Committee on Foreign Affairs United States Congress House Committee on Foreign Affairs, Warnick, Wendy K. Warnick Warnick, Wendy K. Sfraga, Michael P. Sfraga Sfraga, Michael P. Markham, Clements R. Markham Markham, Clements R. Ahlmann, H. W:son Ahlmann Ahlmann, H. W:son Matthews, Samuel W. Matthews Matthews, Samuel W. Eiby, G. A. Eiby Eiby, G. A. M., D.C. M. M., D.C. Doake, C. S. M. Doake Doake, C. S. M. Thompson, B.J. Thompson Thompson, B.J. World Data Center for Glaciology Boulder (National Snow & Ice Data Center), World Data Center for Glaciology Boulder (National Snow & Ice Data Center) World Data Center for Glaciology Boulder (National Snow & Ice Data Center), Gilder, W. H. Gilder Gilder, W. H. Dean, Katrina Dean Dean, Katrina Eayrs, James Eayrs Eayrs, James Hall, Jack D. Hall Hall, Jack D. Eaton, A. E. Eaton Eaton, A. E. Ewing, Ann Ewing Ewing, Ann Fifield, Richard Fifield Fifield, Richard Choi, C. Q. Choi Choi, C. Q. Rae, John Rae Rae, John Mirsky, Jeannette Mirsky Mirsky, Jeannette Walsh, John Walsh Walsh, John Airy, G. B. Airy Airy, G. B. Priestley, Raymond Priestley Priestley, Raymond Parsons, Mark A. Parsons Parsons, Mark A. Holmberg, Peter Holmberg Holmberg, Peter ICSU IPY 2007-2008 Planning Group, ICSU IPY 2007-2008 Planning Group ICSU IPY 2007-2008 Planning Group, Markham, A. H. Markham Markham, A. H. Launius, Roger D. Launius Launius, Roger D. Jones, A. G. E. Jones Jones, A. G. E. Grotewahl, Max Grotewahl Grotewahl, Max Zabarinskaya, L. P. Zabarinskaya Zabarinskaya, L. P. Huntington, H.P. Huntington Huntington, H.P. RAS Scientific Council on Arctic & Antarctic Exploration, RAS Scientific Council on Arctic & Antarctic Exploration RAS Scientific Council on Arctic & Antarctic Exploration, British National Committee for the International Geophysical Year, British National Committee for the International Geophysical Year British National Committee for the International Geophysical Year, FI Philatelic Bureau, FI Philatelic Bureau FI Philatelic Bureau, Kharin, E. P. Kharin Kharin, E. P. United States Congress House Committee on Science, United States Congress House Committee on Science United States Congress House Committee on Science, Polar Research Board, Polar Research Board Polar Research Board, Wikipedia contributors, Wikipedia contributors Wikipedia contributors, Mulvaney, Kieran Mulvaney Mulvaney, Kieran Riska, K. Riska Riska, K. Chapman, Sydney Chapman Chapman, Sydney Korsmo, Fae L. Korsmo Korsmo, Fae L. Fanta, Edith Fanta Fanta, Edith Friedman, R.M. Friedman Friedman, R.M. Committee on Polar Research National Research Council, Committee on Polar Research National Research Council Committee on Polar Research National Research Council, Sutcliffe, R. C. Sutcliffe Sutcliffe, R. C. Marshack, Alexander Marshack Marshack, Alexander Stone, Ian R. Stone Stone, Ian R. Behrendt, J.C. Behrendt Behrendt, J.C. Nield, Ted Nield Nield, Ted National Research Council (U.S.), National Research Council (U.S.) National Research Council (U.S.), Barry, Roger Graham Barry Barry, Roger Graham King, Alexander King King, Alexander Murphy, David Thomas Murphy Murphy, David Thomas Bonner, W. Nigel Bonner Bonner, W. Nigel Stadling, Jonas Stadling Stadling, Jonas Harrison, Richard A. Harrison Harrison, Richard A. Schatz, Gerald S. Schatz Schatz, Gerald S. Amundson, Ronald Amundson Amundson, Ronald Satterfield, Paul H. Satterfield Satterfield, Paul H. Stagg, James Martin Stagg Stagg, James Martin Wiggins, Helen Wiggins Wiggins, Helen York, Alison York York, Alison Krylova, T. A. Krylova Krylova, T. A. Gales, Carol Gales Gales, Carol Fogg, G. E. Fogg Fogg, G. E. Minster, B. Minster Minster, B. Baird, Ralph W. Baird Baird, Ralph W. Bowman, Isaiah Bowman Bowman, Isaiah Rawer, K. Rawer Rawer, K. Eisenhower, Dwight D. Eisenhower Eisenhower, Dwight D. DuShane, Graham DuShane DuShane, Graham U.K. Meteorological Office, U.K. Meteorological Office U.K. Meteorological Office, Donaghy, Greg Donaghy Donaghy, Greg Barrington, Daines Barrington Barrington, Daines International Meteorological Organisation, International Meteorological Organisation International Meteorological Organisation, Kelley, John Kelley Kelley, John Wager, Walter H. Wager Wager, Walter H. Herter, Heidi Herter Herter, Heidi Stout, A.B. Stout Stout, A.B. Stokes, G. G. Stokes Stokes, G. G. Pennisi, Elizabeth Pennisi Pennisi, Elizabeth United States Congress Senate Committee on Naval Affairs, United States Congress Senate Committee on Naval Affairs United States Congress Senate Committee on Naval Affairs, Crowther, J. G. Crowther Crowther, J. G. H., G. C. H. H., G. C. Macdonald, Ronald St J. Macdonald Macdonald, Ronald St J. de Costa, B. F. de Costa de Costa, B. F. Canadian Institute of International Affairs, Canadian Institute of International Affairs Canadian Institute of International Affairs, Sergeeva, N. A. Sergeeva Sergeeva, N. A. Lawes, Debbie Lawes Lawes, Debbie Hulburt, E. O. Hulburt Hulburt, E. O. Couzin, Jennifer Couzin Couzin, Jennifer Orvin, A.K. Orvin Orvin, A.K. Buchan, Alexander Buchan Buchan, Alexander Kaplan, Joseph Kaplan Kaplan, Joseph Beckman, Joan Beckman Beckman, Joan Headley, J. T. Headley Headley, J. T. Reed, J.C. Reed Reed, J.C. Daly, Charles P. Daly Daly, Charles P. Benyon, W. J. G. Benyon Benyon, W. J. G. De Broyer, Claude De Broyer De Broyer, Claude Hatherton, T. Hatherton Hatherton, T. Gable, Walter Gable Gable, Walter Rishbeth, Henry Rishbeth Rishbeth, Henry Keating, Vicki Keating Keating, Vicki Roth\'{e}, J. P. Roth\'{e} Roth\'{e}, J. P. Frazier, Paul W. Frazier Frazier, Paul W. New Zealand Institute, New Zealand Institute New Zealand Institute, Rust, Frank Rust Rust, Frank Blakeney, William Blakeney Blakeney, William Temporary Commission on the Liquidation of the Polar Year 1932-33, Temporary Commission on the Liquidation of the Polar Year 1932-33 Temporary Commission on the Liquidation of the Polar Year 1932-33, Bacher, M. Bacher Bacher, M. Shaimardanov, M. Z. Shaimardanov Shaimardanov, M. Z. Maher, Ramona Maher Maher, Ramona Baker, F. G. W. Baker Baker, F. G. W. Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research, Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research, Stoneley, R. Stoneley Stoneley, R. Levere, Trevor Harvey Levere Levere, Trevor Harvey Committee on Interstate & Foreign Commerce, Committee on Interstate & Foreign Commerce Committee on Interstate & Foreign Commerce, Miller, Heinz Miller Miller, Heinz Page, Jake Page Page, Jake Anonymous Anonymous Anonymous Behr, Sarah Behr Behr, Sarah Zenzinov, Vladimir Zenzinov Zenzinov, Vladimir New Zealand Polar Year Committee, New Zealand Polar Year Committee New Zealand Polar Year Committee, Odishaw, Hugh Odishaw Odishaw, Hugh Kuznetsov, A. A. Kuznetsov Kuznetsov, A. A. Murdoch, John Murdoch Murdoch, John McClintock, F. L. McClintock McClintock, F. L. Schley, Winfield Scott Schley Schley, Winfield Scott Berkner, Lloyd Viel Berkner Berkner, Lloyd Viel Paton, J. Paton Paton, J. Richards, George Henry Richards Richards, George Henry Aberdare, Lord Aberdare Aberdare, Lord L\"{u}decke, Cornelia L\"{u}decke L\"{u}decke, Cornelia Cliver, E.W. Cliver Cliver, E.W. Gould, Laurence McKinley Gould Gould, Laurence McKinley Antarctic Treaty Secretariat, Antarctic Treaty Secretariat Antarctic Treaty Secretariat, Kihn, E. A. Kihn Kihn, E. A. Loomis, Chauncey C. Loomis Loomis, Chauncey C. Sterin, A. M. Sterin Sterin, A. M. Branagan, D. F. Branagan Branagan, D. F. Siegert, Martin Siegert Siegert, Martin Dawson, E. Dawson Dawson, E. Sheets-Pyenson, Susan Sheets-Pyenson Sheets-Pyenson, Susan Fuglister, F.C. Fuglister Fuglister, F.C. Sigsbee, K.M. Sigsbee Sigsbee, K.M. Barth, Charles A. Barth Barth, Charles A. Berkman, Paul Arthur Berkman Berkman, Paul Arthur Australian Government Antarctic Division, Australian Government Antarctic Division Australian Government Antarctic Division, Cate, David Cate Cate, David Dufferin & Ava, Frederick Temple Hamilton-Temple-Blackwood Marquess of Dufferin & Ava Dufferin & Ava, Frederick Temple Hamilton-Temple-Blackwood Marquess of Jordan, Tim Jordan Jordan, Tim Smucker, Samuel M. Smucker Smucker, Samuel M. Hales, Anton L. Hales Hales, Anton L. Davies, Frank T. Davies Davies, Frank T. Lindsay, Debra Lindsay Lindsay, Debra Svenska national-kommitten for geodesi och geofysik, Svenska national-kommitten for geodesi och geofysik Svenska national-kommitten for geodesi och geofysik, Rabello-Soares, G. Rabello-Soares Rabello-Soares, G. United Press, United Press United Press, Zapol, W. Zapol Zapol, W. Spiller, James Spiller Spiller, James Sukhova, N.G. Sukhova Sukhova, N.G. Appleton, Edward V. Appleton Appleton, Edward V. Conefrey, Mick Conefrey Conefrey, Mick Howgate, Henry W. Howgate Howgate, Henry W. Gerson, N.C. Gerson Gerson, N.C. Whipple, Fred L. Whipple Whipple, Fred L. Tammiksaar, E. Tammiksaar Tammiksaar, E. Capelotti, P. J. Capelotti Capelotti, P. J. Bosco, Piero Bosco Bosco, Piero Rowley, Diana Rowley Rowley, Diana Fraser, Ronald Fraser Fraser, Ronald Tucker, W. B. Tucker Tucker, W. B. Nicolet, M. Nicolet Nicolet, M. Ross Jr., Frank Ross Jr. Ross Jr., Frank Moiseiwitsch, B.L. Moiseiwitsch Moiseiwitsch, B.L. Nicolet, Marcel Nicolet Nicolet, Marcel Newitt, L.R. Newitt Newitt, L.R. Jones, T. Rupert Jones Jones, T. Rupert Jackson, C. Ian Jackson Jackson, C. Ian Case, Theo. S. Case Case, Theo. S. Clark, D. Clark Clark, D. Rowley, Graham W. Rowley Rowley, Graham W. Dickson, Paul Dickson Dickson, Paul British Antarctic Survey, British Antarctic Survey British Antarctic Survey, Marino, Carol Marino Marino, Carol Stein, Stephen K. Stein Stein, Stephen K. National Academy of Sciences, National Academy of Sciences National Academy of Sciences, Arctic Institute of North America, Arctic Institute of North America Arctic Institute of North America, Heathcote, Niels H. de V. Heathcote Heathcote, Niels H. de V. Lebedev, V. L. Lebedev Lebedev, V. L. United States Congress Senate, United States Congress Senate United States Congress Senate, Greenaway, Frank Greenaway Greenaway, Frank S\"{o}rlin, Sverker S\"{o}rlin S\"{o}rlin, Sverker Dodds, Klaus Dodds Dodds, Klaus Bruce, William S. Bruce Bruce, William S. Schroeder, Wilfried Schroeder Schroeder, Wilfried Bell, Robin Bell Bell, Robin Langway Jr., Chester C. Langway Jr. Langway Jr., Chester C. Key, Jeff Key Key, Jeff Robinson, Michael F. Robinson Robinson, Michael F. Beaufoy, Mark Beaufoy Beaufoy, Mark Canada Meteorological Branch, Canada Meteorological Branch Canada Meteorological Branch, Drinkwater, Mark R. Drinkwater Drinkwater, Mark R. Fagen, Donald Fagen Fagen, Donald Coen, Ross Coen Coen, Ross Wood, Robert Muir Wood Wood, Robert Muir Wartnaby, J. Wartnaby Wartnaby, J. McWhinnie, Mary A. McWhinnie McWhinnie, Mary A. Jansen, Commodore Jansen Jansen, Commodore Hassi, J. Hassi Hassi, J. Csonka, Yvon Csonka Csonka, Yvon Greely, Adolphus W. Greely Greely, Adolphus W. Brandt, Anthony Brandt Brandt, Anthony Weyprecht, Karl Weyprecht Weyprecht, Karl Huxley, T. H. Huxley Huxley, T. H. Draper, Dianne Draper Draper, Dianne Newman, Kevin Newman Newman, Kevin Kellogg, William W. Kellogg Kellogg, William W. Chaturvedi, Sanjay Chaturvedi Chaturvedi, Sanjay Sullivan, Walter Sullivan Sullivan, Walter Spencer Jones, H. Spencer Jones Spencer Jones, H. Cehak, Konrad Cehak Cehak, Konrad Friedrich, Eckhard Friedrich Friedrich, Eckhard Doel, Ronald E. Doel Doel, Ronald E. Huler, Scott Huler Huler, Scott Petermann, Augustus Petermann Petermann, Augustus Hik, David Hik Hik, David Humphrey, Paul A. Humphrey Humphrey, Paul A. Sale, Richard Sale Sale, Richard Peary, Robert E. Peary Peary, Robert E. Armitage, A. Armitage Armitage, A. Poland, Arthur I. Poland Poland, Arthur I. Brown, Robert Brown Brown, Robert Patton, R. S. Patton Patton, R. S. Corby, G.A. Corby Corby, G.A. Stone, Richard Stone Stone, Richard Sutherland, T. Sutherland Sutherland, T. Surface, George Thomas Surface Surface, George Thomas Douglas, Mary Douglas Douglas, Mary Officer, Charles Officer Officer, Charles Foster, Michael Foster Foster, Michael Althoff, William F. Althoff Althoff, William F. U.S. National Committee for the International Polar Year 2007-2008, U.S. National Committee for the International Polar Year 2007-2008 U.S. National Committee for the International Polar Year 2007-2008, Nourse, J. E. Nourse Nourse, J. E. Osborn, Sherard Osborn Osborn, Sherard Bones, Stian Bones Bones, Stian Parkinson, Alan J. Parkinson Parkinson, Alan J. Richter, Karl Richter Richter, Karl Lindholm, Ferdinand Lindholm Lindholm, Ferdinand Yarnall, Ellis H. Yarnall Yarnall, Ellis H. IPY International Programme Office, IPY International Programme Office IPY International Programme Office, Mervis, Jeffrey Mervis Mervis, Jeffrey Office of Polar Programs, Office of Polar Programs Office of Polar Programs, Bulkeley, Rip Bulkeley Bulkeley, Rip Beaulieu, Jean-Marie Beaulieu Beaulieu, Jean-Marie Archer, Colin Archer Archer, Colin Olsson, Hilding Olsson Olsson, Hilding Wellman, Walter Wellman Wellman, Walter Savitt, Ronald Savitt Savitt, Ronald Weeks, Tim Weeks Weeks, Tim Smith, Jesse Smith Smith, Jesse Raspopov, O. Raspopov Raspopov, O. Belanger, Dian Olson Belanger Belanger, Dian Olson Joselyn, Jo Ann Joselyn Joselyn, Jo Ann Leshner, Alan I. Leshner Leshner, Alan I. Fogelson, Nancy Fogelson Fogelson, Nancy Wright, Michael Wright Wright, Michael Akens, David S. Akens Akens, David S. Quilty, Patrick G. Quilty Quilty, Patrick G. National Oceanographic & Atmospheric Agency, National Oceanographic & Atmospheric Agency National Oceanographic & Atmospheric Agency, Soley, James Robert Soley Soley, James Robert Belotserkovskii, D. Iu. Belotserkovskii Belotserkovskii, D. Iu. Royal Society, Royal Society Royal Society, Amundsen, Roald Amundsen Amundsen, Roald Axford, W. I. Axford Axford, W. I. University of Colorado Boulder Cooperative Institute for Research in Environmental Sciences, University of Colorado Boulder Cooperative Institute for Research in Environmental Sciences University of Colorado Boulder Cooperative Institute for Research in Environmental Sciences, Fleming, J. A. Fleming Fleming, J. A. National Science Foundation, National Science Foundation National Science Foundation, Barr, William Barr Barr, William Taylor, C.J. Taylor Taylor, C.J. Needell, A.A. Needell Needell, A.A. Goldman, H.V. Goldman Goldman, H.V. Eklund, Carl Robert Eklund Eklund, Carl Robert Pyenson, Lewis Pyenson Pyenson, Lewis Rinaldi, A. Rinaldi Rinaldi, A. Bertell, Rosalie Bertell Bertell, Rosalie Moss, Sarah Moss Moss, Sarah Scidmore, Eliza Ruhamah Scidmore Scidmore, Eliza Ruhamah Brady, Susan V. Brady Brady, Susan V. Buedeler, Werner Buedeler Buedeler, Werner Owen, Russell Owen Owen, Russell Claessens, Michel Claessens Claessens, Michel Crary, A.P. Crary Crary, A.P. Butler, Declan Butler Butler, Declan Ruttenberg, Stanley Ruttenberg Ruttenberg, Stanley Brigham, L. Brigham Brigham, L. Baker, F. W. G. Baker Baker, F. W. G. Robin Gordon, de Quetteville Robin Gordon Robin Gordon, de Quetteville Naylor, Simon Naylor Naylor, Simon Kuz'min, I. Kuz'min Kuz'min, I. Danilov, A. Danilov Danilov, A. Rapley, Christopher G. Rapley Rapley, Christopher G. Cabral, R. Cabral Cabral, R. Association of Canadian Universities for Northern Studies, Association of Canadian Universities for Northern Studies Association of Canadian Universities for Northern Studies, Victor, Paul-Emile Victor Victor, Paul-Emile Gentile, L.C. Gentile Gentile, L.C. Bullis, Harold Bullis Bullis, Harold Walton, D. W. H. Walton Walton, D. W. H. Elvey, C.T. Elvey Elvey, C.T. Thomson, Andrew Thomson Thomson, Andrew Jennings, Feenan D. Jennings Jennings, Feenan D. Turchetti, Simone Turchetti Turchetti, Simone Vogel, Gretchen Vogel Vogel, Gretchen Bercha, F. Bercha Bercha, F. Jezek, Kenneth C. Jezek Jezek, Kenneth C. Siple, Paul A. Siple Siple, Paul A. Davila, Joseph M. Davila Davila, Joseph M. Royal Geographical Society, Royal Geographical Society Royal Geographical Society, Barry, R.G. Barry Barry, R.G. Pettersen, Karl Pettersen Pettersen, Karl Wiederkehr, Karl-Heinrich Wiederkehr Wiederkehr, Karl-Heinrich Albert, M. R. Albert Albert, M. R. Haines-Stile, G. Haines-Stile Haines-Stile, G. Rutford, R. H. Rutford Rutford, R. H. Joerg, W. L. G. Joerg Joerg, W. L. G. Cowling, T.G. Cowling Cowling, T.G. Guttridge, Leonard F. Guttridge Guttridge, Leonard F. Koerbel, Hermann F. Koerbel Koerbel, Hermann F. Nansen, Fridtjof Nansen Nansen, Fridtjof Bennett, John Bennett Bennett, John Alaska Geophysical Institute, Alaska Geophysical Institute Alaska Geophysical Institute,
(
)
(
)
.
.
,
(
)
,
.
,
(
)
,
.
:
Categories:
Keywords:
[
link
]
[
doi
]
IPYs and IGY bibliography
Includes items on polar exploration and research